Modern University Sport Science May 17-18-2017

MINISTRY OF SPORT OF RUSSIAN FEDERATION RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM

Proceedings Of XI International Scientific and Practical Conference of Students and Young Scientists „Modern University Sport Science“

XI International Scientific and Practical Conference of Students and Young Scientists „Modern University Sport Science“ May 17-18, 2017

Moscow 2017 1

Publication of scientific abstracts. The XI Annual International Conference for Students and Young Researchers “Modern University Sport Science”, RSUPESY&T – M., 2017 - 356p.

This publication contains abstracts of The X Annual International Conference for Students and Young Researchers “Modern University Sport Science” May 17-18, 2017. This book of abstracts considers issues of Theory and Methods of Physical Education; Physical Education and sports for All; Physical Education & Rehabilitation and Adapted Sports; Biomechanics, Sport physiology, Sport medicine; Sport Psychology; Sport and Society; Sport Management, Marketing & Sport Media; Sport Methodology & Comparative Study in Sport and Physical Education; Issues of the Modern Olympic Movement, Tourism and is intended for the scientists conducting research in physical education and sport, lecturers of Higher Educational Establishments, students, post-graduates, coaches and athletes.

The abstracts are published as they have been submitted by the authors

ISBN 978-5-905760-79-2

© Scientific Organizational Department SCOLIPE

2

CONTENTS Abzelimova R., Fedorov N. MODERN AUTONOMOUS CARS AND THE FUTURE OF TECHNOLOGIES ..............11 Ageyeva M., Komleva L. MOVEMENTS’ EXECUTION ACCURACY FORMATION IN CHEERLEADING BY MEANS OF STATIC-DYNAMIC EXERCISES .....................................................................14 Alireza H., Zaxarova A. MOTOR LEARNING AND TECHNICAL SKILLS IN SOCCER PLAYERS 10-12 YEARS OLD ................................................................................................................................ 18 Ananin A. TRENDS OF DEVELOPMENT OF COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY IN VOLLEYBALL ....19 Ananyina P. THE OPTIMIZATION OF THE BEGINNING PERIOD OF EQUITATION IN THE YOUTH PROGRAM IN MODERN PENTATHLON, BASED ON MORPHOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ATHLETES 8-15 YEARS OLD........................................................................................................................24 Baranova I., Baidychenko T., Melnikova N. GENESIS AND PROSPECTS OF ARCHERY AS AN OLYMPIC SPORT ........................27 Barzegari A., Mirdar S. THE EFFECT OF 12 WEEKS OF SUBMAXIMAL SWIMMING TRAINING ON RESTING LEVELS OF VEGF IN RATS THAT EXPOSED TO TOBACCO DERIVED NITROSAMINE KETONE. .......................................................................................................31 Barzegari A., Mirdar S. INVESTIGATING THE EFFECT OF SWIMMING TRAINING ON RESTING LEVELS OF IL-10 IN RATS THAT EXPOSED TO NNK .....................................................................33 Bezgin I. THE DISTINCTIVE FEATURES OF THE KINEMATICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ROLLER-SKIERS TECHNIQUE IN INDIVIDUAL SPRINT.....................................35 BinhN., Hai H., Phuong L. THE CURRENT SITUATION OF VIETNAMESE STUDENTS PARTICIPATING IN ESPORT – CASE STUDY ON THE AREA OF VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HO CHI MINH CITY ........................................................................................................................43 Buzina E., Garbuziuk I. AUDIT ON BEHALF OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES AND LAW ENFORCEMENT .........49 Chernobyl’ V., Machkanova E. 3

TRENDS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNIQUES OF SHOT PUT FOR MEN AND WOMEN OF HIGH QUALIFICATION ..................................................................................52 Dvornikov A. EXERCISES AND METHODS FOR TEACHING VOLLEYBALL PLAYERS’ DISPLAY OF RAPIDITY BY MEANS OF LIGHT TRAINING SIMULATOR ...................................57 Dyachuk K., Starkova J. WAYS OF IMPROVING SOCIO-ECONOMIC EFFICIENCY OF PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS ACTIVITY BY MEANS OF EXPANDING THE SYSTEM OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION SERVICES ............................................................ 61 Dytko E. WAYS OF DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION POTENTIAL WITH THE MEANS OF “FOREIGN LANGUAGES” DISCIPLINE IN A SPORTS HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTION ............................................................................................................................ 64 Eremin D. SPECIAL ASPECTS OF HYDROKINESITHERAPY FOR CYCLISTS OF DIFFERENT SPECIALISATION WITH ANKLE JOINT DISEASE .......................................................... 68 Gamov A. HEALTH QIGONG AS A MEANS OF TREATMENT OF JUVENILE ARTERIAL HYPERTENSION IN UNIVERSITY STUDENTS .................................................................71 Gerasimenko V. GAMES OF THE XXXI OLYMPIAD IN RIO DE JANEIRO 2016 IN THE RUSSIAN MEDIA .........................................................................................................................................75 Golik A. МATHEMATICAL MODELING USING WOLFRAM CDF ...............................................79 Gorokhova E., Fetisov A. IS A NATIONAL OLYMPIC SUCCESS DEPENDENT ON SOCIO-ECONOMICS AND OTHER FACTORS? AN ANALYSIS OF DIFFERENT METHODOLOGIES ..................83 Gujar A. THE NEURAL PROCESSING IN MOTOR CORTEX DURING POSTURAL CONTROL .......................................................................................................................................................88 Guteva H., Gutev G., Dimova I. SPORT RESULTS DYNAMICS IN AGE ASPECT IN THE DISCIPLINE 110 M HURDLES – MEN ......................................................................................................................94 Hafedh A. MENTAL SKILLS AND PERFORMANCE IN FOOTBALL ...............................................97 4

Huong V., Nghia C.,Thuan N. ANALYSIS OF STUDENTS’ DEMANDS AND MOTIVES FOR MINI FOOTBAL PRACTICE ON ARTIFICIAL TURF FOOTBALL FIELDS IN THE AREA OF VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HO CHI MINH CITY ..........................................100 Ivanova A. ASSOCIATED INFLUENCE METHOD IN IMPROVEMENT OF SPECIAL FLEXIBILITY IN TRADITIONAL WUSHU (TAOLU) ......................................................107 Ivanova V., Dytko E. HIPPOTHERAPY AS A MEANS OF REHABILITATION OF CHILDREN OF YOUNGER PRESCHOOL AGE WITH A SPASTIC FORM OF CEREBRAL PALSY ..109 Karaulova A., Ershova N.G., Beljukov D.A. MUSEUM OF SPORT AND OLYMPIC MOVEMENT OF THE PSKOV REGION IN THE SYSTEM OF OLYMPIC EDUCATION .......................................................................114 Khitaryan D. PECULIARITIES OF PHYSICAL PREPAREDNESS OF YOUNG TEENAGERS (8-10 YEARS) IN JUDO .....................................................................................................................120 Klopova I. MUSCLE FUNCTION RECOVERY OF TENNIS PLAYERS ............................................126 Kokh E. PERFORMANCE STABILITY OF 10-12 YEARS OLD TENNIS PLAYERS ..................131 Koloskova C. «VALUE ORIENTATIONS OF STUDENTS: ON THE EXAMPLE OF STUDENTS OF RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE)» ...........................................................................................................133 Kononetz A. THE COACH’S APPROACH TO TRAINING AND ITS EFFECT ON THE ATHLETE’S PERFORMANCE AND SUCCESS ......................................................................................... 137 Kotova N. THE IMPROVING OF SPORT SCIENCE PERIODICALS EFFECTIVENESS .............143 Kouřil J. KYNISKA OF SPARTA: ENDEAVOR OF DECAY OF OLYMPIC EQUESTRIAN VICTORIES, ALCIBIADES´S VICTORY OR INDIVIDUAL GLORY? .......................... 148 Koursaris V., Sinelnikova M., Baidychenko T. FOUNDATIONS OF THE RUSSIAN NATIONAL SCHOOL OF TEACHING AN AIMED SHOT AT THE STAGE OF SPORT SPECIALIZATION IN ARCHERY ........................ 152 5

Kovkel A., Igonova E. BASIC GYMNASTICS AS A MEANS OF INITIAL PRESCHOOLERS SPORTS TRAINING .................................................................................................................................159 Kraynyukov P., Kolodkin B., Kokorin V. PYOINFLAMMATORY DISEASES OF THE HAND: MODERN FEATURES OF COMPLEX TREATMENT. .....................................................................................................163 Kucheryavenko E., Goniyants S. IMPROVEMENT OF ASSESSMENT METHODS OF COMPETITIVE GOALKEEPERS’ ACTIVITY IN THE MODERN WOMEN’S WATER POLO .............169 Kurochkina N. RESEARCH OF PSYCHOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF RELATIONSHIPS IN A VOLLEYBALL TEAM AND ITS INFLUENCE ON GAMING ACTIVITIES .................174 Langner S., Stucke C. PREFRONTAL BLOOD FLOW RATE DURING INCREMENTAL EXERCISE MEASURED BY HEMOENCEPHALOGRAPHY ............................................................... 179 Larin A. VEGETARIANS’ MORPHOFUNCTIONAL PARTICULAR QUALITIES .....................182 Lebedev M. THE ROLE OF E-SPORTS IN THE LIFE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION ESTABLISHMENT STUDENTS ............................................................................................ 184 Lobach A., Ivanova V., Ershova N., Belyukov D. STATUS AND PROSPECTS OF ARCHERY AS AN OLYMPIC KIND OF SPORT ......187 Lurie G., Litvinov S. FEMALE STUDENTS PHYSICAL PREPAREDNESS LEVEL EVALUATION ON THE BASIS OF “GTO” (“READY FOR LABOUR AND DEFENSE”) COMPLEX STANDARDS ............................................................................................................................. 191 Malysheva O. ATTITUDE MANIFESTATIONS OF ADOLESCENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS INVOLVED IN DANCING. .....................................................................................................195 Matveev M. POSTURE MAESUREMENTS BY MEANS OF STABILOGRAMS .................................198 Medvedev V. MODIFICATED INTEGRATIVE APPROACH TO THE STUDY OF SPORT MOVEMENT TECHNIQUE FOR PEDAGOGICAL RESEARCHES .............................. 201 6

Mitrofanov A., Petrov A., Golikov L., Lyatina I., Litvinenko S. ANALYSIS OF WORLD RECORDS IN TRACK-AND-FIELD RUNNING DISCIPLINESIN CONTEXT OF BIOENERGETIC PROCESSES ...................................206 Nikiforov N., Godina E., Kiselev V. MORPHOFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF YOUNG BOXERS..........................................209 Nikitina L. ARTICLE «INCREASE OF EFFICIENCY OF ACTIVITIES OF SPORTS SCHOOLS (ON THE EXAMPLE OF THE SPORTS SCHOOL № 47)» ...............................................211 Nourian E., Bilehsavar O. THE EFFECT OF ONE SESSION WALKING ON CHANGES IN LEPTIN SERUM LEVEL OF WOMEN A WITH HYPERTENSION .............................................................. 214 Nourian E., Bilehsavar O., Barzegari A., Ozbay S. THE EFFECT OF TWO LOADING PATTERN DOUBLE PYRAMID AND REVERSE PYRAMID ON SOME HEMATOLOGICAL PARAMETERS IN SEDENTARY YOUNG MEN ............................................................................................................................................215 Nurlygayanova L. PSYCHO-OPTIMIZING TRAINING AS FACTOR OF STANDING RATIONAL BEHAVIOR ............................................................................................................................... 217 Olyokminskay P., Novoselov M. ACTUAL PROBLEMS E-SPORT .......................................................................................... 224 Partsevskaya D. IMAGE OF THE SOVIET OLYMPIAN (ON THE EXAMPLE OF THE GAMES OF THE 15TH OLYMPIAD) ...................................................................................................................229 Pastukhovskaya A., Dytko E. VOLUNTEER ACTIVITY AS MEANS OF PROMOTING OF THE IDEAS OF AN OLYMPISM AMONG STUDENTS ........................................................................................ 233 Podsvirova V. OPPORTUNITIES OF USING PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS FOR EFFECTIVE VISUAL INFORMATION CREATION IN PR-ACTIVITY AT SPORT-EVENT............237 Pogosian L. THE ROLE OF SPORTS MASSAGE IN THE PROCESS OF FUNCTIONAL TRAINING OF BASKETBALL PLAYERS AND THEIR FURTHER RECOVERY ............................ 239 Puzankov A., Konyukhova G.

7

CALCULATION OF TIME OF PARACHUTE DISCLOSURE AFTER THE JUMP FROM THE AIRPLANE USING DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. ...................................244 Rehfeld K., Pepper K., Hökelmann A. EFFECTS OF A 6-MONTHS DANCE VS. FITNESS TRAINING ON DUAL TASK PERFORMANCE IN HEALTHY SENIORS.........................................................................249 Romanova N. PR SUPPORT OF AN AMATEUR HOCKEY CLUB .......................................................... 252 Samoilova E., Nikiforova A. RUSSIA AT THE MILITARY WORLD GAMES ................................................................ 256 Savinkina A. GROUND REACTION FORCES STUDYING ONBOARD THE ISS AS A WAY TO INDIVIDUALIZE COUNTERMEASURE IN LONG-TERM SPACE FLIGHTS ............261 Scholz P. FOOTBALL FAN BEHAVIOR – THE CASE OF SLAVIA PRAGUE .............................. 265 Shilina I. HISTORICAL ANALYSIS OF THE SKI CHAMPIONSHIPS PROGRAM IN RUSSIA AND USSR .................................................................................................................................269 Sokolova M. DRESS-KOD IN RHYTHMIC GYMNASTICS ....................................................................274 Solodova A. MONITORING OF AGE-RELATED AND RACIAL CHANGES AMONG PROFESSIONAL DECATHLON ATHLETES .....................................................................276 Solovyeva M. IMPLEMENTION OF THE OLYMPIC EDUCATION IN THE SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS OF THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION ........................... 281 Stepanova А. FEATURES OF STRENGTH TRAINING OF RACE-WALKERS 15-17 YEARS OLD .286 Tarpischeva A. CREATIVITY AND AUTHORITY IN THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A TENNIS COACH ......................................................................................................................................292 Testoedov V. CURRENT PROBLEMS OF PROVIDING EDUCATIONAL AND LEARNING MATERIALS TO FOOTBALL COACHES ..........................................................................296 8

Tishkina D. APPLICATION PROJECTS IN THE WORLD TURINDUSTRII WITH GIS TECHNOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 301 Triodina V. INFORMAL COMMUNICATIONS AS A TOOL FOR PROMOTING YOUNG REGIONAL COMPANIES ......................................................................................................304 Tsutskova A. THE WAYS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT QUALITY IMPROVEMENT IN BUDGET ORGANIZATIONS .................................................................................................306 Tung P., Nguyen N., Son N. EFFECTS OF CREATINE SUPPLEMENTATION ON MUSCULAR FITNESS OF HOCHIMINH CITY BASKETBALL PLAYERS AFTER 8-WEEK OF RESISTANT TRAINING .................................................................................................................................309 Turaev A., Kosmina I. FORMATION OF GENERAL PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES OF SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT DIRECTORS WITH SHOW TECHNOLOGIES ............................. 326 Udalova M., Baier T. FITNESS AND PHYSICAL EXERCISE AGAINST SOCIAL NETWORK ADDICTION: THE SCALE OF THE CATASTROPHE AND CONTEMPORARY METHODS FOR IMPROVEMENT ......................................................................................................................329 Valyakina E. MORPHOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF ELITE MALE BOXERS AND KICKBOXERS IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE ..............................................333 Yan Z., Wenqian Y. RESEARCH ON COMPETITION ABILITY OF CHINESE UNIVERSITY MEN'S BASKETBALL TEAM BASED ON ANALYSIS OF RSR ...................................................335 Yanturin A., Zhukova G. STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN THE ALTAI KRAI. .344 Zhernenkov I., Bokov K., Shabalina Y., Garipova A. ON THE QUESTION OF THE PROMOTION OF CHILDREN’S AND YOUTH HOCKEY IN THE REPUBLIC OF TATARSTAN............................................................... 348 Zotova M., Komova E. TENNIS PLAYER'S REHABILITATION AFTER ARTHROSCOPIC KNEE SURGERY ON MENISCUS ......................................................................................................................... 353

Khodyreva I. 9

SPORTS REHABILITATION AS A MULTI-DISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO TREAT INJURES……………………………………………….……….359 Belyakova E. MYTHS AND FACTS ABOUT PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES…..…...361 Platonova A.O. THE ROLE OF THE INTERNRT TECCNOLOGIES IN DISTANCE FOREIGH LANGUAGE TEACHING IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF CULTURAL AND SIENTIFIC RELATIONS…………………,,,,,,………..364 Pokrovskaya T, Bayanov B.I. SOCIAL ASPECT OF CONCEPT “HEALTHY LIFE-STYLE” IN PUBLIC CONSCIOUSNESS……………………………………………….………….367

10

MODERN AUTONOMOUS CARS AND THE FUTURE OF TECHNOLOGIES Abzelimova R. R., student, Faculty of Informatics and Management Systems Specialty information technologies Moscow Polytechnic University. Fedorov N. M. Candidate of Economic Sciences, Associate Professor, Director of the Higher school of management and law, Moscow Polytechnic University Annotation. The article considers autopilot systems that help a person drive a car. Autopilot has built-in navigation systems and sensors that allow you todetermine the exact location of the car, and also to lay the optimal route to the end point.The conclusion is made about the advantages and disadvantages of the autopilot system. Introduction. The first steps in the field of autonomous cars moving without the help of a driver were made back in the 30s of the XX century. At the Futurama World's Fair, the famous American company General Motors presentedits vision for the future of the automotive industry. At the exhibition, specialists presented two ideas. The first idea was that cars would be controlled by radio waves, with which you can control the distance. The second was based on makingroads like skateboard ramps. That is, cars must go in the middle, and if they start leading to the roadside, they "roll" back into the depression. Of course, at that time both ideas of the unmanned vehicle were met with skepticism. However, developments in this direction have gone with redoubled force. In the 50's, engineers from General Motors began testing the world's first "smart" car Firebird II. The car was equipped with titanium hulls, an innovative braking system, magnetic sensors that could interact with the "roads of the future" (according to this concept, under the layer of asphalt were to lay electric cables) to 11

prevent accidents. The third version of this concept car used the first autopilotsystem, which in our time is known as cruise control. It helps maintain a constant speed, which allows the driver to pay less attention to work with pedals. Aninteresting fact, the system of maintaining a constant speed was developed in 1788. Results of the research.To a car could drive without the help of a driver, heneeds "eyes", "brain" and a map. All cars that have autopilot functions have built-in navigation systems and sensors that allow you to determine the exact location of the car, and also to set the optimal route to the end point.Information about traffic jams and driving speeds on different roads is taken from the Internet. Googleunmanned vehicles also use Light Identification Detection and Ranging. This is a rotating sensor that is mounted on the roof, scanning the space around the car. Its working radius is more than 60-90 meters, the sensor works with the help of reflected light from objects. The result of the processing of information is a three-dimensional map of the surrounding terrain. Together with the information of the navigation system and Google Street View, the resulting map is used to create the route. Also in the unmanned vehicles there are internal cameras. They help the onboard computer to recognize the color of the traffic light and approaching objects. All this helps the cars to move independently from the starting point to the destination, while observing the rules of the road, and responding quickly tovarious unforeseen situations. The autopilot system is designed to help a person drive a car. Especially for truckers, Mercedes has developed a Highway Pilot system, which can fully take control of itself while driving on the highway. Cars Tesla can make emergency braking in critical situations, and also independently park. Ford is developing a system that will help people during snowfalls or downpours. It should be noted that autopilot systems operate not only at low speeds, but also on race tracks. For example, the Audi RS7 was able to ride the track, developing a speed of up to 300 km / h. 12

However, all these cars depend on the person. Creation of a truly unmannedvehicle, in which there will be no pedals and steering, was taken up by Google. The first prototype was introduced in 2014. Now these cars are tested on public roads in several US states. Conclusion. Unmanned vehicles do not violate the rules of the road. The computer has a better reaction than a person, so if anyone can brake in an emergency, it's an autopilot. The sensors are well "seen" day and night, and do not get tired with long trips, unlike human eyes. Unmanned vehicles can be used inhazardous areas, during natural and man-made disasters or military operations. Opponents of unmanned vehicles may point to their high cost, but if they are put on stream, this problem will be solved.

Bibliography 1. Aslanov R. M., A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A. Design of interactive educational resources based on technologies WolframCDF // Teacher XXI century. 2016. Vol. 1. No. 1. S. 96-103. 2. Aslanov R. M., Belyaeva, E. V., Mukhanov, S. A., Trainer on differential equations on the basis of WolframCDFPlayer// Siberian pedagogical journal. 2015. No. 4. Pp. 26-30. 3. V. V. Britvina, Zhukova G. S., Mukhanov, S. A. analysis of the implementation activities of the hotel enterprise by methods of mathematical statistics on the example of hotel "maxima hotels" // Scientific review. 2016. No. 20.P. 115118. 4. V. V. Britvina Higher mathematics. Differential equations / V. V. Britvina, G. P. Konyukhov, A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1.P. 88. 5. Zhukova G. S. Higher mathematics. Mathematical statistics / S. G. Zhukov, V. V. Britvina, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. Pp. 88-89. 6. Philips P. C. B. Understanding spurious regressions in econometrics 13

//Econometrica, 1986, pp.311-340.

MOVEMENTS’ EXECUTION ACCURACY FORMATIONIN CHEERLEADING BY MEANS OF STATIC-DYNAMIC EXERCISES Ageyeva M., postgraduate student, Komleva L. A., PhD., Associate Professor, Head of Foreign Languages Department, Volgograd State Physical Education Academy, Russia Introduction The ability to demonstrate high accuracy together with strength and speed acquires special significance in cheerleading. We must admit that motor actions coherence in team performances depends on the accuracy of each gymnast. Theoretical analysis carried out by us has shown that the degree of elaboration of the issue to form accuracy of movements, as a factor of success in motor actions performance in cheerleading is insufficient. Aim of the work That is why the goal of our research is to develop and substantiate experimentally the methodology of precision movements’ formation by means of static-dynamic exercises in girls aged 14-15 involved in cheerleading. The object of the study is the training process in cheerleading. The subject of the given research deals with the means and methods of movements’ accuracy formation in girls aged 14-15 involved in cheerleading. We assumed that the developed technique to apply static-dynamic exercises inclusion in the training process of girls aged 14-15 years will significantly improve the accuracy of motor actions in athletes due to the following aspects: - The improvement of the ability to differentiate muscle efforts in relation to space and time; - The improvement of intramuscular and intermuscular coordination mechanisms. 14

To achieve this goal the following tasks were solved: 1. To identify the motor actions accuracy indicators, which influence the result in competitive cheerleading, on the basis of scientific and methodical literature analysis. 2. To develop a methodology of static-dynamic exercises application for the precision motor action formation in girls 14-15 years old, involved in cheerleading. 3. To test experimentally the effectiveness of the technique developed in the pedagogical experiment. Material and methods The studies were conducted on the basis of the Sport Club "Primo" in Volgograd. The girls, aged 14-15, who had been engaged in the cheerleading section for the period of 3-4 years, took part in the given research. A total of 30 athletes participated. We considered adding a special technique of the static-dynamic exercises application to the existing approaches of the precision movement’s formation in cheerleading. The proposed method focuses on the development of the ability to exercise a variety of differentiation and on the aimed developing of the ability to control movements in the spatial, temporal and power characteristics. The distinctive feature of our method was the specially developed technology to perform complexes of the statodynamic exercises with strictly defined spatiotemporal parameters of movement. Results The pedagogical experiment was conducted to test the effectiveness of the experimental procedure. The control and experimental groups (15 athletes) were made taking into account age, sports skills level and the results of preliminary complex testing. The distinctive feature of the training content of the girls from experimental and control groups was the method of the precision motor actions forming by means of static-dynamic exercises. Thus, special preparatory exercises were 15

introduces into the beginning of the main part of training sessions in the experimental group. The end of the main part of training sessions was devoted to the special physical preparation, the static-dynamic exercises being the main means of it. In particular, the amplitude of motion combining of the "pull together" and "contrast" tasks’ type was aimed at the conditions creation to develop the abilities to reproduce spatial parameters of movements accurately. The varying tempo of exercises execution helped to improve the ability to control muscle tension, as a result of switching from one mode to the other of muscle contractions. Special orientation marks on the wall were used for the amplitude motion arbitrary control. Conclusions The main direction of technical training in cheerleading is determined by the accuracy of hand positions in the basic movements and the required amplitude in leg-swinging exercises. It was found out that the quality of basic hand positions; the movements’ amplitude required in the leg-swinging exercises depends on the ability of athletes to differentiate spatial, temporal and force parameters of movement, as well as the ability to adjust finely the differentiation based on their accurate assessment. In this regard, to solve the problem, aimed at the accuracy of movements improving, it is necessary in cheerleading to form the ability to manage the muscle tension efficiently. The introduction of methods of movements’ accuracy formation using staticdynamic exercises into the training process of girls aged 14-15, involved in cheerleading, provides a high-quality conditions’ building to improve the ability to assess and correct the movements in space, which can significantly improve the technical fitness of athletes. Literature 1. Zaciorskij, V. M. Fizicheskie kachestva sportsmena: osnovy teorii i metodiki vospitaniya / V. M. Zaciorskij. – 3–e izd. – M. : Sov. sport, 2009. – 200 s. 16

2. Pravila sorevnovanij po cherlidingu // Obshcherossijskaya tanceval'naya organizaciya [EHlektronnyj resurs]. Rezhim dostupa

: http://www.ortodance.ru.

3. Repnikova, E.A. Teoretiko-metodicheskie osnovy primeneniya statodinamicheskih uprazhnenij v ozdorovitel'noj i sportivnoj trenirovke: Uchebnometodicheskoe posobie / E.A. Repnikova. – Volgograd FGOU VPO «VGAFK». – 2012. – 50 s. 4. Chikalova G.A. Formirovanie rabochej osanki u yunyh sportsmenov-tancorov na ehtape nachal'noj podgotovki s ispol'zovaniem statodinamicheskih uprazhnenij: Monografiya / G. A. CHikalova, E. A. Repinkova – Volgograd FGOUVPO «VGAFK». – 2015. – 184 s.

17

MOTOR LEARNING AND TECHNICAL SKILLS IN SOCCER PLAYERS 10-12 YEARS OLD Hosseini khezri, Alireza. PhD student in sports performances science. Zaxarova, Anna. Professor in physical training and sports science. Institute of Physical Education, Sport and Youth Policy, Ural Federal University, Mira Street, Ekaterinburg, Russia

Abstract: Technique are the basic movement of any sport. Each sports skill has a given way of solving a motor task (contents of a sports skill) in accordance with the rules of a given sport, biomechanical rules and locomotive possibilities of the athlete which are referred to as technique. Methods: technical testing recorded including shooting, passing, dribbling, controlling with head and body. Soccer player (n=17) were participated in technical testing. Result: The weakness factors was recognizes in soccer players. The primary observation from technical tests has shown that motor movements problems was related with technical performances in soccer players 10-12 years old. Conclusion: the limitation of technical skills is in this range of age of soccer players. Indeed, soccer players have to improve basically motor learning which are important and related in soccer technical skills.

Keywords: motor learning, technical tests, techniques, soccer, children

18

TRENDS OF DEVELOPMENT OF COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY IN VOLLEYBALL Ananin A. S., postgraduate student Research supervisor: Bulykina L. V., Associate Professor,PhD Department of the theory and technique of volleyball Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Turism (SCOLIPE) Introduction. In modern conditions high rates of natural development of volleyball have led to rapid growth of such physical quantities as, the speed and time of flight of ball. [2,3] Use of scientific methods in studying of competitive activity in addition to empirical approach will allow us to increase considerably reliability and objectivity of the obtained information. Lack of systematic researches of competitive activity in volleyball, interferes with creation of full picture of its development. Owing to what there is difficult identification of the problems which are negatively influencing rates and the direction of development both volleyball in general and competitive activity in particular. [1,3,5,6] Researches of competitive activity must

have permanent

character, regardless of that, changes are entered into rules or not. Purpose of the study – to carry out the analysis of dynamics of development of competitive activity in volleyball and to define its tendencies on the basis of research of its contents. Research problems: 1. To carry out the analysis of scientific and methodical literature on researches of structure and content of competitive activity, and also concerning influence of changes in official rules of volleyball on aspects of competitive activity.

19

2. To conduct research of content of competitive activity in volleyball at stage matches of "The final of six" of commercial tournament of the International federation of volleyball "World league" among men's teams. 3. To study influence of changes in official rules on aspects of competitive activity at various stages of development of volleyball. Research methods: 1. analysis of scientific and methodical literature; 2. methods of pedagogical observations; 3. methods of mathematical processing of experimental data; 4. analysis and assessment of content of competitive activity. Organization of research. The research of each tournament consists of 3 stages. The first stage includes calculation of quantitative indices and timing of each draw with use of electronic stop watch. Data are fixed in protocols of research. At the second stage there is systematization and chronography of the obtained data. At the third investigation phase the comparative analysis of its results taking into account changes in official volleyball rules is carried out. Results of research go to the Commission on rules of the game and refereeing of the International federation of volleyball and are considered during the developing and modification of Official rules of volleyball. At the time of 2016 110 matches of commercial tournament of the International federation of volleyball "World league" among men's teams are investigated (from stage of "The final of six"). Results of research. As a result of the conducted researches we can observe the following tendencies in man's volleyball. Average rally duration. During the period from 2006 to 2008 innovations in official volleyball rules are not noted therefore changes during this time period are characterized by natural development of competitive activity. Changes of this parameter in 2009 and 2011 are noted by positive tendency that is consequence of 20

amending rules on contact of net and transition of centerline. In turn the ban on net contact imposed in 2015 negatively has affected rally duration. (tab. 1)

table 1 Average rally duration year Average rally duration with "pseudo-rallies", sec. Average rally duration without "pseudo-rallies", sec. year Average rally duration with "pseudo-rallies", sec. Average rally duration without "pseudo-rallies", sec.

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

7

6,8

6,6

7,6

6,8

7,2

5,5

4,9

5,8

5,9

5,5

5,4

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

6,9

7

6,8

6,59

6,9

5,4

5,7

5,52

5,51

5,51

"Pseudo-rallies" (ace or mistake at serve). Large number of aces and mistakes at serve considerably reduce the average rally duration. The indicator of average rally duration taking into account "pseudo-rallies" considered in comparison with the same indicator without their account testifies to this fact. (tab. 1) "pseudo-rallies" average 23% of all rallies in match. Attack-defence balance. Process of natural development of competitive activity without change of official volleyball rules is noted by increase in prevalence of the attacking actions over protective that is confirmed by data of the "attack-defence balance" parameter based on ratio of number of the rallies won on the serve and on serve of the rival. (tab. 2) table 2 Attack-defence balance Year Attackdefence balanc e

200 6

200 7

200 8

200 9

201 0

201 1

201 2

201 3

201 4

3

2,3

2,02

2,2

2,45 2,02 2,09 1,85 2,18

201 5

201 6

2

2

21

Average number of ball contacts during one rally (without "pseudorallies"). At correlation of average values of duration of rally (tab. 1) and number of ball contacts(tab. 3) without "pseudo-rallies" increase of speed of flight of ball between contacts is noted: so in 2006 for 7 sec. of draw 4,5 contacts were made on average, and in 2013 for the same time players manage to make nearly 7 contacts. Table 3 Average number of ball contacts during one rally (without "pseudo-rallies") year Average number of ball contacts during one rally (without "pseudorallies") year Average number of ball contacts during one rally (without "pseudorallies")

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

4,5

4,6

4,7

5,4

4,7

4,9

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

5,7

6,7

6,4

6,6

6,5

Conclusions: 1. The analysis of scientific and methodical literature has allowed to draw conclusion on insufficient systematicity of researches of content of competitive activity. 2. Taking into account features of competitive activity in volleyball the statistical parameters which are in close interrelation and characterizing the main tendencies of its development have been developed. 3. The analysis of results of research of competitive activity has indicated solutions of the following tasks the need: 

alignment of ratio of the attacking and protective actions;



increase in rally duration of ball;



reduction of quantity of technical mistakes;



reduction of the general duration of match.

The solution of these tasks is possible as by means of modification of official volleyball rules, and at close interaction with trainers through national federations of volleyball. 22

Literature. 1. Belyaev, A. V. Characteristic of competitive activity of highly skilled volleyball players: method. works for students, listeners and graduate students GCOLIFKa / A. V. Belyaev. - M, 1990. - 23 pages.

23

THE OPTIMIZATION OF THE BEGINNING PERIOD OF EQUITATION IN THE YOUTH PROGRAM IN MODERN PENTATHLON, BASED ON MORPHOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ATHLETES 8-15 YEARS OLD. Polina Ananyina, post graduate student RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Modern Pentathlon as a sport is a tool for developing the majority of the human body systems. Due to the nature of the specific character of it, in particular, because of different sports included in it the whole body is engaged in the process of training. One of the specific types of modern pentathlon is horse riding. Based on the latest changes in the rules of the competition in modern pentathlon, we can conclude that the results of riding are crucial for the final score of the competition. It is assumed that horse riding will favorably affect the physical development, physical fitness, physical and mental health of children 8 – 15 years. This type is seemed to be Included into the program of the modern pentathlon earlier than it is written in the current training program. The researches were conducted in the 2014-2015 year. They involved 30 children aged 8-15 years. Classes were held from 3 to 6 times a week from 60 to 150 minutes in the evening and daytime for 3 months on the basis of OUSTS "Planernaya" in Moscow. When comparing the hours of horseback riding program in modern pentathlon for each year of studies, the obtained results show their small amount (6% of the time in the program (506 h out of 8526 h.)) The rest of the training time is given up to shooting exercises, fencing and alternation of shooting and running in a single exercise. Estimation of the level of athletes-beginners in the pentathlon riding is done by comparison of their morphological and functional data with athletes of show 24

jumping in the same age group. Thus, it was found that, based on the characteristics of sports activity of pentathlonists in both age groups, comparing to their “jumping” peers, they outdo in terms of body length. This situation is caused by an earlier beginning of musculoskeletal system development. Analyzing the dynamics of body mass index of athletes at various stages and sports qualification, it should be noted, that athletes have a high body mass index (23.18 kg / m2), by the time when show jumping is involved into the overall pentathlon program. What is 13 % (average) higher than show jumping athletes of the same age have. These data indicate that the beginning of horse riding for pentathlon athletes should be planned for a group of the first year of studies, as in this time the mass index of pentathlon athletes is optimal for horse riding (about 22 kg / m2), comparing to the data of “jumping” athletes. Dynamics of indicators of correct posture of pentathlon athletes is characterized by growth of the number of exercises in the program of the modern pentathlon. The increase of indicators of correct posture of “jumping” athletes was 4.4 units, what is 38% of the initial condition. The same increasing for pentathlon athletes was 2.4 units and 21%. Application of a greater number of exercises in horsemanship will ensure the growth of correct posture rates of pentathlon athletes. A comparison of athletes’ anxiety levels at the beginning of lessons in horsemanship at different stages of sports training in modern pentathlon shows that this level is higher in the older age group (62%). This is because riding as a new sport at this age causes much more difficulties in perception because of the age characteristics of athletes, especially girls. The level of fear is higher in the older age group (73%). The first riding lessons are more difficult because children at this age are more sensitive to their fears, and because the initial level of training does not include any contact with animals (horses). The readiness level of athletes by the time the classes of horsemanship classes at different stages of sports training in modern pentathlon turns out higher in the younger age group (55%) because at this age it is easier to increase the motivation 25

to try new activity. The level of "curiosity" to a new physical activity is also higher. Athletes in this age group perceive new information easier. Based on data from the survey indicators desire to do horse riding is also higher in the younger age group (72%). According to morphofunctional peculiarities, the beginning of riding needs to be planned in a group of children 10-11 years (first year of studies). This will also reduce the level of anxiety and fear (children at an older age), will increase the competition results in further sporting activities, will raise the overall level of children’s interest in the modern pentathlon. It is better to start working in the saddle with elementary exercises on movements in conditions of different horse’s gaits, implement gymnastic exercises, which will provide a confident rider‘s seat. Abdrahmanov A Ya metodika otsenki fizicheskoy podgotovlennosti podrostkov razlichnyih somaticheskih tipov/Abdrahmanov, Dorohov n r // Sbornik trudov molodyih uchenyih/ Smolen. GIFK. – Smolensk,1996 – vyip 3.- s 58-60 (378,679,6(470,332-25)) Aktualnyie problemyi adaptatsii detey shkolnogo vozrasta k fizicheskim nagruzkam:mezhvuzov. Sb.nauch. tr. /ChGPI.- Chelyabinsk:1988. – 88 s. – Bibliogr, v kontse st. -0.09. ( 612,017,2 A43) Holodov Zh.K.., kuznetsov V.S., Teoriya i metodika fizicheskogo vospitaniya i sporta: Ucheb. Posobie dlya stud.vyissh.ucheb.zavedeniy.- M.: Izdatelskiy tsentr «akademiya» , 2000. – 480s.rovok pogolovem loshadey Boyarskiy V.P.Verhovaya ezda : Shkola.//1998.-128 str.. Koline D.R.O verhovoy ezde i ee deystvii na organizm chesoveka.//MZKI 2000.-m 093003-953: 10:00. Rodin M.A. Formirovanie lichnosti starshih podrostkov v usloviyah uchebnotrenirovochnogo protsessa / Rodin M.A. // Fizicheskaya kultura: vospitanie, obrazovanie, trenirovka. - 2003. - N 4. - S. 17-19.

26

GENESIS AND PROSPECTS OF ARCHERY AS AN OLYMPIC SPORT Baranova I.V.master student, Baidychenko T.V. Assciate Professor, Melnikova N.U. Professor RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Annotation: For the first time in our work, is considered the genesis and prospects for the development of archery, as an Olympic sport, in the aspect of analyzing the Olympic Games program. The results of the research showed that the specific features of the development process are: the inventory part of the athlete and the rules of the competition. Key words: genesis, "archery", as a sport, the program of the Olympic Games; Introduction: The modern Olympic movement is regularly criticized by the public involved in sports that are not included in the Olympic program.However, the main motto of the Olympic movement is "Faster. Higher. Stronger. ", which concludes the natural process of development of the leading human motor qualities, as the criterion by which the sports of the Olympic family are grouped and demonstrated.However, applications for the inclusion of new sports in the program are accepted and considered by the Olympic Committee systematically.This encourages the Olympic committee to approve new, more qualitative requirements for the sport considered as a candidate for inclusion in the Olympic Games program based on the preceding prerequisites for the development and transformation of the components of genesis.Archery, as a sport, was also subjected to a number of requirements, but, to this day, it is the catalyst by which 27

the importance and impact of such a motor ability as "accuracy" is determined.To date, it remains a full member of the community of shooting sports, adequately represented in the program of the Olympic Games.

Our study confirms the legitimate development and perspective opportunities for one of the oldest Olympic sports.

The purpose of our research: To determine the features of genesis and the prospects for the development of archery in the program of the Olympic Games

In the work we use the following methods: Analysis

and

systematization

of

specialized

(thesis,

regulatory

documents),scientific and methodological literature; the historical- genetic method; Interviewing leading experts. Table 1 shows the results of our study.

Table 1: Chronogram of the dynamics of the development of archery in the program of the Olympic Games

28

29

Sections of the table reflect the features of the genesis of the popularization and prospects for the development of our sport. Most imminent of them are: 1. Inventory and technical part; and 2. Competition rules. If, the first feature of development depends on the technical characteristics of materials from which bows and arrows are made, and practically, the evolution of their development cannot be predicted, Then the 2nd: changes in the rules of the competition, are dictated by a very specific component of genesis - providing entertainment, number of sponsors and the achievement of maximum technical results.However, all of the above is ensured by the successful performance of a particular

athlete.Therefore,

we are

inclined

to

the opinion

that

the

individualization of the sport training and specialized selection in selected sports determines the prospect of development and thus in archery, in particular.

Practical recommendations: The materials obtained as a result of the research will make it possible to systemize previously known data on the historical development of archery as an Olympic sport and to update the materials of the Work Program of the "Profiled Theory of a selected sport (archery)".

Bibliographic list:

1.БайдыченкоТ.В. Sociological forecast of development of sports archery in Russia,

БлеерАлександрНиколаевич,

БайдыченкоТатьянаВладимировна, «Теорияипрактикафизическойкультуры»

СысоевИльяИгоревич №10, 2012г., С.101-104

30

THE EFFECT OF 12 WEEKS OF SUBMAXIMAL SWIMMING TRAINING ON RESTING LEVELS OF VEGF IN RATS THAT EXPOSED TO TOBACCO DERIVED NITROSAMINE KETONE. Ali Barzegari PHD candidate of exercise physiology, Faculty of Sport Sciences, University of Mazandaran, Iran. Shadmehr Mirdar Assistant professor of exercise physiology, Faculty of Sport Sciences, University of Mazandaran, Iran.

Background: The aim of this study was to investigate changes in resting levels of VEGF in lung tissues of rats exposed nicotine-derived nitrosamine ketone (NNK) after 12 weeks of aerobic submaximal swimming training.

Methods: For this purpose, 46 Wistar rats were randomly divided into five groups consist of exercise, exercise + NNK, NNK, solvents and controls. NNK-induced groups received NNK Subcutaneously one day per week at a rate of 12/5 mg per kg body weight for 12 weeks. The exercise Groups performed submaximal swimming training for 12 weeks. Levels of VEGF in homogenized lung tissue were measured by ELISA. To analyze the data; ANOVA and Tukey's test were used at a significance level of p≤0/05.

Results: findings indicated that a period of swimming training decreased the levels of VEGF in lung tissue significantly when compared to control (p=0/03) and NNK (p≤0/001). Also a significant reduction of VEGF level was observed in exercise + NNK group when compared to NNK group (p≤0/001). Furthermore, it was observed that VEGF levels of NNK group had a significant increase when

31

compared to exercise group (p≤0/001), exercise + NNK group (p≤0/001) and solvents group (p≤0/001).

Conclusion: Generally it could be confirmed that regular submaximal aerobic training plays an important role in inhibition of the effects of lung inflammation induced by NNK via reduction of VEGF activity.

Keywords: Vascular endothelial growth factor, tobacco derived nitrosamine ketone, submaximal aerobic activity, inflammation.

32

INVESTIGATING THE EFFECT OF SWIMMING TRAINING ON RESTING LEVELS OF IL-10 IN RATS THAT EXPOSED TO NNK Ali Barzegari PHD candidate of exercise physiology, Faculty of Sport Sciences, University of Mazandaran, Iran. Shadmehr Mirdar Assistant professor of exercise physiology, Faculty of Sport Sciences, University of Mazandaran, Iran.

Background: The aim of this study was to investigate changes in resting levels of IL-10 in lung tissues of rats exposed nicotine-derived nitrosamine ketone (NNK) after 12 weeks of aerobic submaximal swimming training.

Methods: For this purpose, 46 Wistar rats were randomly divided into five groups consist of training, training + NNK, NNK, saline and control. NNK-induced groups received NNK subcutaneously one day per week at a rate of 12/5 mg per kg body weight and the training groups performed submaximal swimming training for 12 weeks. Levels of IL-10 in homogenized lung tissue were measured by ELISA. To analyze the data; ANOVA and Tukey's test were used at a significance level of p≤0/05.

Results: findings indicated that a period of swimming training increased the IL-10 levels in lung tissue significantly when compared to control and NNK (p= 0/00). Also a significant Increase of IL-10 level was observed in exercise + NNK group when compared to NNK group (p≤0/02). Furthermore, it was observed that IL-10 levels of NNK group had a significant decrease when compared to training group (p=0/00), training + NNK group (p≤0/02), but had insignificant increased when compared to saline group (p≤0/85). 33

Conclusion: Generally, it could be confirmed that regular submaximal aerobic training plays an important role in inhibition of the effects of lung inflammation induced by NNK via increasing of IL-10 activity.

Keywords: Interleukin 10, NNK, submaximal aerobic activity, inflammation.

34

THE DISTINCTIVE FEATURES OF THE KINEMATICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ROLLER-SKIERS TECHNIQUE IN INDIVIDUAL SPRINT. Bezgin I.A. student Supervisors: Khramov N.A. PhD Senior lecturer, Senatskaya V.G. The department of cross-country skiing, speed skating, figure skating Introduction. Roller skis are the main way for preparation of cross-country skiers in summer season. Using of roller skis in preparative period allows us to solve the problems of technical, tactical and physical preparation of athletes of different qualifications. Nowadays roller skis are not only the way of preparation, but also an autonomous competitive discipline of cross-country skiing. In 1992, International Federation of Skiing (FIS) gave cross- country skiers the opportunity to take part in summer competitions. The last World Championship, held in Italy, Val di Fiemme, in 2015, is an evidence: more than 200 participants from 20 countries took part in it. Roller skiing is an exciting, speedy, dynamic discipline of cross-country skiing with unique features. Roller skiing competitions are held not only on special roller skiing tracks, but in the city’s streets, causing great interest among spectators. The importance of this research was caused by the necessity of searching and scientific justification of the effective training system and competitions process in sprint disciplines of roller skiing, where the most important problem is still the problem of modelling of individual kinematical characteristics of the freestyle technique. At the same time we suppose that modern method of

35

determination of kinematic characteristics is out of date for training process in roller skiing sprint. The present study aimed to investigate the kinematical characteristics of the freestyle technique in roller skiing sprint. The Objectives of investigation In accordance with the purpose of the study the following objectives were set: 1. To study structural elements of competitive activity in roller skiing sprint. 2. To determine kinematic characteristics of the freestyle technique among the gold and silver medalists at WC 2015. 3. To find out modern kinematical characteristics and the distinctive features of the athletes in roller skiing sprint. Methods and the organizationofinvestigation. The following methods of investigation were used: 1. Theoretical analysis, using scientific-methodical sources, 2. Method of video analysis of participants of Final “A” in men and junior categories in individual roller skiing sprint at WC 2015. 3. Method of honiometria. 4. Modeling of kinematical characteristics in roller skiing sprint at WC 2015 5. Mathematical and statistical methods. The results and discussion. To solve all the tasks in our investigation, we set the following structural elements of competitive roller skiing sprint activity: 1. Start position. There is not any common start position in roller skiing sprint. The athlete may choose any start position depending on his power and coordination abilities…… 2. Start acceleration from 0 to 35 meters. The athlete’s goal at this element of roller skiing sprint is to reach optimum speed to change his skiing course on the speed variant simultaneous two-step freestyle technique. 36

3. Running at the distance from 35 meters to 150 meters. The athlete reaches almost maximum speed values, skiing at this element of the sprint. 4. Finish segment from 150 meters to 200 meters. The athlete gets his maximum speed, makes lunge leg as he crosses the finish line. At the start position the angle characteristics have been measured, and the distinctive features of taking the start position by gold and silver medalists of Roller Skiing World Championship 2015 among men and juniors men have been determined. Start position, Start acceleration, running at the distance, finish segment, the angle characteristics, the athlete’s speed, the frequency of cycle, the length of cycle have been taken from the videos were received and investigated in all structural sprint segments (Start position, Start acceleration, running at the distance, finish segment). Individual features of technique of every athlete were marked. According to the roller skiing sprint structure, we investigated angle characteristic in different joints of theathlete at start: the elbow, the torso’s angle, the knee, the ankle. In our study the angle between roller skis was found to determine individual features of techniques of every athlete in our study. The method of honiometria and application for mobile operating system Android “CamAnglemeter” were used to determine all angle characteristics. The Results of investigation are represented in table 1. Table 1. Angle characteristics at the start (men and junior men)

Athlete

The ankle left/right leg, degrees

The knee left/right leg, degrees

The torso’s angle, degrees

The elbow left/right arm, degrees

Men E.Becchis

88 / 86

130 / 149

89

75 / 78

A.Berlanda

77 / 84

135 / 153

96

87 / 91

37

Aver.value

140±12,6/ 157±11,7

82±5,57/95±17,9

111±33,3

85±9,1/ 88±9,2

Juniors I.Bezgin

64 / 80

134 / 119

103

58 / 55

S.Reigstaad

71 / 67

130 / 119

96

115 / 89

Aver.value

67±4.9/ 73±9.1

132±2.8/ 119±0

99±4,9

86±4.0/ 72±24

Considering the following structural elements, (Start position,Start acceleration, Running at the distance, Finish segment) using the fragments cineogramms of movement, the speed of the athlete, the length of cycle, the frequency of the cycle have been received and investigated. The results are represented in table 2.

Table 2. Dynamics of the technique kinematical characteristics among the finalists. Спортсмен/место

Speed value

The cycle frequency

The cycle length

Men E.Becchis – 1 pl.

7.7-11.29-13.12

1.13-1.27-1.57

4.37-8.84-8.33

A.Berlanda – 2 pl.

6.7-12.09-13.19

1.34-1.47-1.58

5.00-8.33-8.33

Juniors I.Bezgin – 1.pl

7.05-11.28-12.56

0.80-1.17-1.01

8.75-9.58-12.5

S.Reigstaad- 2.pl

7.16-11.03-12.19

1.23-1.34-1.22

5.83-8.21-10.0

38

As the result of the this investigation, the models of kinematical characteristics of the participants have been received and represented in the pictures 1-3

Picture 1. Dynamics of the cycle frequency at the different section of the sprint among the finalists (men, junior men)

39

Picture 2. Dynamic of the cycle length at the different section of the sprint among the finalists (men, junior men)

Picture 3. Dynamics of the speed values at the different section of the sprint among the finalists (men, junior men) Conclusions 1. In the current study, the following structural sections have been defined and studied: - 1. Start position. There is not any common start position in roller skiing sprint. The athlete may choose start position according to his power and coordination abilities and his - 2. Start acceleration from 0 to 35 meters. The athlete’s goal at this element of roller skiing sprint is to reach optimum speed to change his skiing course on speed variant simultaneous two-step freestyle technique. - 3. Running at the distance from 35 meters to 150 meters. The athlete reaches almost maximum speed, moving at this element of the sprint.

40

- 4. Finish segment. The athlete gets maximum speed, makes lunge leg as he crosses finish line. 2. The study of the kinematical characteristics among the WC finalists in sprint allowed us to found out the following distinctive features: E.Becchis, world champion, it’s been found out, that the dynamics of his competitive speed from start to finish is increasing (from 7.70-11.29 m/s to 13.12 m/s), but the cycle length is extremely (from 4.37 to 8.84 m) increasing in the section of the sprint distance, is slightly decreasing at the finish section (8.33 m), the cycle frequency is increasing from start to finish (1.13-1.27-1.57 cycle per second). A.Berlanda, silver medalist, his competitive speed value is increasing till finish section and than falsies (4.37-8.84-8.33 m/s), the cycle frequency is increasing from start to finish (1.34-1.47-1.58 cycle per second), but the cycle length is increasing and saving till finish (5.00-8.33-8.33 m.) I.Bezgin, world champion in juniors, his competitive speed value is increasing from start to finish (from 7.05-11.28 to 12.56 m/s), the cycle frequency is increasing from the first to the second section(0.80-1.17 cycle per second) and slightly decreasing to 1.01 during the finish section, and the cycle length is increasing from start to finish (8.75-9.58-12.50 m.) respectively S.Reigstaad, silver medalist in juniors, his competitive speed value (7.1611.03-12.19 m/s) and cycle length (5.83-8.21-10.0 m.) are increasing from start to finish, but the cycle frequency is increasing and slightly decreasing during the finish section (1.23-1.34-1.22 cycle per second). 3. Modern models of the dynamics of the kinematical characteristics for gold and silver medalists at the WC 2015 speed variant simultaneous two-step freestyle technique have been received at sprint distance 200 meters: - Speed value: У = -2,145x2+11,82x-2,9 (R² = 1); (A.Berlanda) У=-1,475x2+8,655x-0,13 (R²=1); (I,Bezgin) 41

У =-0,88x2+6,23x+2,35(R²=1); (E.Becchis) У =-1,355x2+7,935x+0,58 (R² = 1); (S.Reigstaad) - The cycle frequency: У =0,08x2-0,1x+1,15 (R² = 1); (E.Becchis) У =-0,115x2+0,455x+0,89 (R² = 1); (S.Reigstaad) У =-0,265x2+1,165x-0,1 (R² = 1); (I,Bezgin) У =-0,01x2+0,16x+1,19 (R² = 1); (A.Berlanda) - The cycle length: У=1,045x2-2,305x+10,01(R² = 1); (I,Bezgin) У = -0,295x2 + 3,265x + 2,86(R²=1); (S.Reigstaad) У =-2,49x2+11,94x-5,08 (R²=1); (E.Becchis) У =-1,665x2+8,325x-1,66 (R² = 1); (A.Berlanda) References 1. Verhoshansky U.V. The modelling of training // Athletics. – 1980. - №9. p. 10-11. 2. Xramov N.A. The modelling of competitive activity for high-qualified cross-country skiers. Abstract… PhD in pedagogic sciences. – M.: RSUPE, 2005. – p.22. 3.Ainegren M., Roller skis’ rolling resistance and grip characteristics – influences on physiological and performance measures in cross-country skiers// Doctoral Thesis, Mid Sweden University, 2012.- 56 p. 4.Kveli E., The effect of speed, incline and work rate on technique transition in classical roller-skiing: Master thesis/ Norwegian university of science and technology, 2015.- 23 p.

42

THE CURRENT SITUATION OF VIETNAMESE STUDENTS PARTICIPATING IN E-SPORT – CASE STUDY ON THE AREA OF VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HO CHI MINH CITY Le Quy Phuong, Prof. Ph.D. Nguyen Thanh Binh, Ph.D. Ho Hai, Ph.D. University of Sport Hochiminh City Abstract: By using qualitative and quantitative methods through open questionnaires, Cronbach’s Alpha reliability analysis over 850 students, the current situation of Vietnamese students participating in E-sport – case study on the area of Vietnam National University Ho Chi Minh City has been learned. The most popular e-games are League Legend and FIFA. As for the frequencies of e-sport participation, “4 times per week” accounts for the largest percentage. The time for practicing E-sport is from 6pm – 12am. Time spent for each time participating in esport is mostly around 90-120 minutes and over 120 minutes. And the students’ motives for E-sport participation, the research has found 6 groups of motives. Keywords: E-sport, students, Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City I. INTRODUCTION In Vietnam, E-sport has strongly developed over the past few years, especially after certain successes at AIG 3– Asian Indoor Game 3. E-sport has been officially recognized and noticed by the government. Professional games like Legend, Starboba, … have developed more and more drastically which then leads to a gradual improvement in gamers’ income. In the area of Vietnam National University, HCMC, there are currently 6 universities under its control, which are University of Technology, University of Natural Science, University of Social Science – Humanity, International University, University of Information Technology, University of Economics – Law and other universities as well. Leisure sport here has developed into various and diverse types, especially E-sport 43

owing to a lot of places surrounding the universities suitable for this type on a large scale, and also these places have already attracted a large number of young people of which the largest force is students. Therefore, studying the current situation of esport participation is of great significance in the development of e-sport in a healthy way as well as to fully mitigate negative problems in a timely way in this area.

Therefore,

the

research

“THE

CURRENT

SITUATION

OF

VIETNAMESE STUDENTS PARTICIPATING IN E-SPORT – CASE STUDY ON THE AREA OF VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HO CHI MINH CITY” is very practical and necessary to provide objective and scientific basis in contribution to the more effective development of e-sport in Vietnam in the future. Research methods: Research uses several methods, as follows: Systems literature review, sociology investigation methods, statistical method. The scales of students’ motives for E-sport participation and while-participating difficulties/challenges are formed based on theoretical models and factors deriving from: open questionnaires, literature basis of previous studies. After doing Cronbach’s Alpha analysis and EFA analysis, results are presented, as follows: The scale of students’ motives: “Entertainment”, “Thrill-seeking”, “Awareness”, “Social network expansion”, “To be respected” and “Self-assertion”. The scale of while-participating difficulties/challenges includes: “Subjective”, “Objective”, “Esport structure”. II. RESEARCH RESULTS 2.1 General information of the sample The number of questionnaires delivered is 1000, and we received 850 out of 1000 questionnaires, accounting for 85%. Based on these 850 questionnaires, we obtained some general information of students taking part in e-sport, as follows: The majority of student-gamers are: male students (76.8%). As for their current year: freshmen are those who participate in e-sport most (32.7%), the second is seniors (23.4%), the remaining are juniors (22.4%), sophomores (21.5%). With 44

respect to universities: University of Sport Ho Chi Minh City has the largest number of student-gamers (23.1%), the smallest number belongs to University of Economics-Law (10.6%). As for current residence: the majority live in boardinghouses (41.1%). Regarding monthly expense: the majority is “2-3VND million/month” (34%), the minority is “lower than 2 VND million/month” (8.5%) 2.2 E-games played by students The most popular e-game is League Legends (46.9%), the second is FIFA (33.8%), the least popular one is Need for Speed (0.7%).

Figure 2.2 E-games played by students 2.3 The frequency of E-sport participation of students The frequency of “4 times/week” constitutes the largest percentage (48.4%), and the lowest constitution is for “once/week” (2.5%)

Figure 2.3 The frequency of E-sport participation of students 2.4 Time spent for each time participating in E-sport “90-120 minutes” accounts for the largest part (37.1%), the second is “over 120 minutes” (33.8%), next is “60-90 minutes” (20.7%), and the remaining is “60 minutes” (8.4 %).

45

Figure 2.6 Time spent for each time participating in E-sport 2.5 Expenses for each time participating in E-sport For each time participating in E-sport, most students spend less than 30000 VND (67.6%), “30000-50000 VND” comes second (24.4%), the lowest percentage is for “over 100000VND” (1.5%). Details are shown in the figure below.

Figure 2.7 Expenses for each time participating in E-sport 2.6 Locations for E-sport participation The majority of students spends time for E-sport at internet service locations (55%), the remaining students practicing at home account for 39% and at school constitutes 6%. Details are shown in the figure below.

Figure 2.8 Locations for E-sport participation 2.7 Students’ motives for e-sport participation By computing the mean values of each group of motives, we evaluate the degrees of importance of the groups of motives. Results show that “self-assertion” has the highest mean value (3.9), “entertainment” comes next with the mean value of 3.48, the third highest mean value is of “thrill-seeking” (3.25), “to be respected” comes 46

fourth (3.1), the fifth one is “awareness” (3.05), and the last is “social network expansion” with the mean value of 3.00

Figure 2.9 Comparison of the degrees of importance of the groups of motives 2.8 Difficulties/challenges when participating in E-sport By computing the mean values of each group of motives, we evaluate the degrees of importance of the groups of factors. Results show that the “subjective” group of difficulties has the highest degree of importance (3.9), “objective” comes second (3.87), and the last one is “E-sport structure” (3.45)

Figure 2.10 Comparison of the degrees of importance of the groups of difficulties/challenges III. CONCLUSION Through survey, we have found the information about the current situation of Vietnamese students participating in E-sport – case study of the area of Vietnam National University Ho Chi Minh City as follows: Regarding time for E-sport participation: the majority of student-gamers has get involved in this type for more than 12 months. The most popular e-games are League Legend and FIFA. As for the frequencies of E-sport participation, “4 times per week” accounts for the largest 47

percentage. The time for practicing E-sport is from 6pm – 12am. Time spent for each time participating in E-sport is mostly around 90-120 minutes and over 120 minutes. As for expenses for each time participating in E-sport, the majority of student-gamers spend less than 30000 VND and the cost of more than 100000VND takes the smallest constitution. With respect to locations, the majority of studentgamers choose internet service locations for their e-sport practice. As for students’ motives for E-sport participation, the research has found 6 groups of motives. Among these, the one that has the largest impact is “self-assertion”, the one with the least impact is “social network expansion”. In studying students’ difficulties/challenges during their time of E-sport participation, there are three different groups. Among these, the “subjective” group is the one with the highest degree of importance, and the one with the lowest degree of importance is “E-sport structure”.

References: 1. Edginton, R.C., Scholl, G.K (2005), Leadership for recreation, parks and leisure services. Sagamore Publishing, L.L.C. Champaign, Illinois. 2. History of eSport, http://www.teamliquid.net. 3. Sloan (1989), Sport fan motivation: questionnaire validation, comparisons by sport, and relationship to athletic motivation, pp. 230-231. 4 Đinh Thị Văn Chi (2003), Nhu cầu giải trí của thanh niên, NXB Chính trị Quốc gia Hà Nội (in English: Leisure demands of Youth, Publisher National PoliticallyHanoi). 5. B i Tr ng To i (2011), Th c tr ng và giải ph p ph t tri n Th thao giải trí

Thành phố Hồ

Chí Minh (in English: Situation and solution for development of recreation sports in Hochiminh City)

48

AUDIT ON BEHALF OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES ANDLAW ENFORCEMENT BuzinaE. O. student of Fencing, Modern Pentathlon and Eastern Martial Arts. Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE). Garbuziuk I. V. Candidate of economic Sciences, associate Professor,Provost for Administrative Affairs and Control of Moscow State University of Mechanical Engineering. Annotation.The article examines the audit activity, which is the business activity of auditors in the implementation of non-departmental audits of accounting or financial statements, accounting documents, tax returns and other financial obligations and requirements of economic entities.It is concluded that compulsory audits of any economic entities can be conducted on behalf of the bodies of inquiry, the investigator, the prosecutor, the court and the arbitration court. Keywords.Auditing, state and law enforcement agencies. Introduction. The bodies of inquiry, investigator, prosecutor, court and arbitration court have the right, in accordance with the procedural legislation of the Russian Federation, to instruct the auditor to conduct an audit of the economic entity if there is an interest in the said bodies, in the presence of an initiated criminal case or a civil case taken for execution, or a case subordinate to the arbitral tribunal. According to the amendments to the law of the Russian Federation"On Federal Tax Police Authorities of the Code of Criminal Procedure of the Russian Federation", the bodies of preliminary investigation also include federal tax police bodies. The deadline for conducting an audit on the instructions of the tax police is determined by agreement with the audit firm and, as a rule, can not exceed two 49

months. With the consent of the auditor, the audit can be conducted according to the financial reporting documents seized or requested in the established order by the inquiry bodies, the prosecutor, the investigator, etc. Payment for the work of the auditor, when conducting an audit on behalf of state and law enforcement bodies, is carried out in advance at the expense of the audited economic entity at rates approved annually by the Council of Ministers, The Government of the Russian Federation taking into account the average rate of payment established in the market of audit services. Repeated audits of the economic entity for the same reasons, on the instructions of state and law enforcement agencies, are made only at the expense of the republican budget and can not be carried out by the auditor who conducted the initial audit. The data obtained during the audit of the state and law enforcement agencies carried out on instructions may be made public, before the court judgment (decision) comes into force, only with the permission of the said bodies and only to the extent that they recognize it possible. Conclusion.The conclusion of the auditor on the results of the audit conducted on behalf of state and law enforcement bodies is equal to the conclusion of an expert examination appointed in accordance with the procedural legislation of the Russian Federation.

Bibliography 1. Delis, F. L., Dzhenik G. R., O'reilly, V. M. Audit Montgomery (translated from English.)/ Under the editorship of J. V. Sokolova – Moscow: Audit, YUNITI, 1997 2. Kachanovsky D. E. the Order of creation of the internal audit service and the organisation of its work//State and law, №2, 2004. 3. Kachanovsky D. E. problems of financial-legal regulation of internal audit// State and law, №5, 2004. 50

4. Yerofeyev V. A., Piskunov, V. A., T. A. Bityukova Audit. – M.: yurayt, Higher education, 2010. 5. Lebedeva E. M. Audit. – Moscow: Academy, 2009. 6. Merzlikina E. M., Nikol'skaya, Yu. P. Audit. – M.: Infra-M, 2008. 7. Podolsky V. I., Savin A. A., Sotnikova L. V., Mamaeva G. N. Audit. – M.: VoltersKluver, 2010. 8. Rogulenko, T. M., Ponomareva S. V. The Audit. – M.: KnoRus, 2010. 9. Sotnikova L. V. Assessment of the internal audit. – M.: Yuniti-Dana, 2005. 10. Suyts VP, Sitnikova V. A. Audit. – M.: KnoRus, 2010. 11. Chechetkin A. C., Lippert E. N. Organization of accounting and auditing. – M.: computer center of the Ministry of Finance, 2009.

51

TRENDS IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF TECHNIQUES OF SHOT PUT FOR MEN AND WOMEN OF HIGH QUALIFICATION Chernobyl’ V.V. student Machkanova E.V. PhD Department of theoretical and methodological foundations of physical education and sports Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE).

At present stage of the development of sport the tree main factors are very important: 1) improving and perfection of methods of teaching and educational qualities; 2) improving of sports technical skills; 3) searching for the most effective ways of competitive exercises by changing the structure of movement. The improving of technical skills of athletes is one of the most important aspect of training process that determines the growth of sports results. Technical improvement - is a great importance in athletics throwing. The purpose of the study is to determine the trends in using methods and female shot put. Methods of researching: – analysis of scientific literature; – retrospective analysis; – analysis of documentary sources; – methods of mathematical statistics. There is no the only opinion about the advantages of glide or rotational manner of shot put. The advantage of rotational manner is associated with the fact that it is possible to create an optimal and high speed of core with the help of rotational manner. However, others believe that the complicated coordination of rotational manner doesn't allow. Many athletes to show high results, because the

52

rotational manner requires the all-around physical development of the athlete, especially qualities of speed, flexibility and coordination of movements. In according to latest research the core speed at the end of the acceleration is varied by the rotational manner. According to the scientific literature it is 2,5 m/sec, the speed of the core at the end of the turning is 4,5 m/sec which in any case exceeds the acceleration speed after jump. Using the method of glide manner take off the increasing to the result from a place is 1,5-2 m, but using the rotational manner 3-3,5 m. It is explained: – by the increasing the speed of the shot of glide manner 1,5-2, rotational manner – 3-5 m/sec; – by the increasing the length of the way of application of force in final effort: glide manner 1,5-1,7, rotational manner – 2,2 m. If you compare these two manners, you can see that the rotational method of shot put is more progressive and economic than the well-known technique manner. There were a lot of planned changes in the development of the techniques in many types of athletics. Indevelopmentofmanytypesofathletics, therewassystematicchanges which method of execution of competition exercises associated with increasing its efficiency, and, consequently,performance. Forexample,in the high jump with a running start method "step over"was gradually replaced by rocker way,but at the present stage without exception, used the way "Fosbury flop".The shot put is not an exception. A more simple manner from the place of shot put is used at the initial stage of training and the shot put in glide manner can be replaced by the rotational manner most effective by today's standards. Nowadays there are two methods of shot put are used by athletes: glide manner and rotational manner. Comparing these manners used by male and female we can say that the high-level core pushers in most cases. Chose a rotational manner in a figure 1 we can see the date of the application by the strongest athletes of the world various ways of shot put of shot put during 4 Olympics. 53

Figure 1 – The number of athletes from the world's top 10, the pushing core rotational and the glide manner in recent years

According to the data in recent years, most of the throwers have achieved high results by using the rotational manner. If in early 2000 only 40-50% of athletes used this manner, then by 2015-2016 this figure reaches 90%. Women have a different picture. For the first time in the leaders of the season there were athletes who used rotational manner only 10 years ago. Over the past 10 years 34 female athletes came into worlds top 10. Only 7 of them use rotational manner (Fig. 2). However, the dynamics of the appearance of athletes using the rotational manner is increasing. Now it is 20-30% of all.

54

Figure 2 –The number of athletes from the world's top 10, the pushing core rotational and the glide manner in recent years

It is also worth considering that women didn't have set any world records in the shot put when using the rotational method.We can assume that in the women's shot put with a variant of the technique of rotation was introduced relatively recently, and athletes only learn this method, not yet fully to show their maximum abilities in the discipline of athletics.This fact opens new frontiers subsequently improve sporting achievements in the women shot put.

Literature: 1.Alekseev, V. I. - Pushes Alexander Baryshnikov. / V. I. Alekseev // athletics. – No. 8, 1997. – P.16-17. 2. Miller, V. I. Methodology of improvement of technical and special physical preparedness in the shot put rotational way. / Vasily Miller // Author. dis. on competition of a scientific degree of candidate of pedagogical Sciences (13.00.04). – M. : Rgufksmit, 2015. – 24 p.

55

3. Miller, V. I., Theoretical and experimental substantiation of the method of testing and training of athletes-throwers to teaching the shot put with indicator / V. I. Miller, V. C. Rubin, E. V. Macanova // proceedings of the Rgufksit scientists : materials of the scientific conference of the teaching and research staff Rgufksit (24-26 February 2010). – M. : Svetoton 2010,. – P. 144-149. 4. http://www.iaaf.org

56

EXERCISES AND METHODS FOR TEACHING VOLLEYBALL PLAYERS’ DISPLAY OF RAPIDITY BY MEANS OF LIGHT TRAINING SIMULATOR DvornikovA. V., post graduate student Supervisor: BulykinaL. V.,Assistant Professor, Ph.D. Department of Volleyball Theory and Methodology Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE). Introduction.Modern volleyball is marked by high physical activity of volleyball players.High performance of jumping playing activities, techniques and majority of tactical combinations during the game or several playing days are based on the high level of physical fitness development (certain parts of athletes’ motor abilities). Rapidity(speed abilities or speed performance) is a complex of personal functionality, providing execution of physical actions in the minimum period of timefor the given conditions. It is assumed that the task lasts a shorttime, and fatigue does not occur. Speed performance in the modern volleyball plays a significant role. Successful team play is possible only in the case if its players are ahead of the opponent's players, winning time and space from them. There are elementary and complex forms of speed ability displays. There are four elementary speed ability displays of volleyball players: 

Rate of response (simple and complex). The complex one can be the

response to a moving object (for example, a ball, partners, or opponents) and choice responses (when it is needed to choose the most effective technique of the several possible techniques in the given moment); 

Speed of single movement; 57



Ability to quickly start the movement (acceleration);



Ability to rapid movements. All the above forms of speed ability displays are relatively independent and

require fundamentally different teaching methods. In volleyball we meet the complex displays of these abilities. It should be noted, the speed performance of a holistic motor act depends not only on the level of rapidity development, but on strength development, speed-strength abilities, motion techniques, etc. Research goal:Toidentify the dependence of the special rapidity development on the age and sports qualification of volleyball players, develop a methodology for education of special rapidity using a light training simulator. Research objectives: 

To identify the level of the special rapidity development for volleyball

players of the university male and female teams, sports category of which is 1 adult, Candidate Masters of Sports; 

To develop standards for special rapid development for volleyball

players of 1 adult category and Candidate Masters of Sports with the application of the light training simulator; 

To develop the methodology of special rapidity education (rate of

response) by means of the light training simulator. Research methods: 

Scientific and methodical literature analysis;



Control tests (testing);



Lesson observation;



Pedagogical experiment;



Mathematical and statistical methods of received dataprocessing;



Psychophysiological methods of research. Organization of the research. Control tests by means of the light training

simulator were provided in the following way: 58



Before the testing the test report was fulfilled: age, position, sports

qualification. 

Before the experiment a test person was offered warm-up test tasks,

followed by the main ones. Testing provided for: 

Determination of the simple response time;



Determination of the choice response time;



Determination of the response time for a moving object;



Determination of the complex response time. Research results.As a result of the conducted research on the light training

simulator, we obtained and processed data on the rate of the players’ response in the university male and female teams. Further, received data will be used in the methodology of special rapidity development for volleyball players, and for estimation of the level of its physical development for different age groups and sports qualifications. Below in Table 1 the results, obtained during the research, are presented: Table 1. Research results. Response type

Average response time male

female

0,155 secs

0,171 secs

0,239 secs

0,260 secs

0,334 secs

0, 320 secs

Moving object reaction-1

0,0054 secs

0,00507 secs

Moving object reaction-2

0, 0066 secs

0,0058 secs

0,758 secs

0,783 secs

Simple response Choice response «left-right» Choice response «green-red»

Complex motion response

59

Conclusion: 

The indicators of response time among the University male and

female volleyball teams, sports category of which is 1 adult, Candidate Masters of Sports were identified; 

Standards for special rapid development (response time) were

developed for volleyball players of 1 adult category and Candidate Masters of Sports with the application of the light training simulator; 

Received results of the research were applied in the developed

methodology of special rapidity teaching (rate of response) by means of the light training simulator. Literature: 1.

Belyaev. A. B. Volleyball/ Edited byA. B. Belyaev, M. VВ. Savin.

– M.: Physical Education, education and science, 2000.2.

GaripovA. T. Age features of speed-strength training for young

female volleyball players / GaripovA. T., KleschevY. N., FominE. V. // Metodokabinet of Sports Committee of the TSSR. – Amkhabad. 1991. 53p. 3.

ZheleznyakY.D., IvoilovA.VВ. Volleyball: Studybookfor institutes

of physical culture. – M.: Physical education and sport, 1991. – 239 p. 4.

ZheleznyakY.DYoung volleyball player, Study Guide for Trainers.

– M.: Physical education and sport, 1998. – 422 p. 5.

Matveev L.P. Theory and methods of physical culture (General

principles of theory and methods of physical education; Theoretical and methodical aspects of sport and professional-applied forms of physical culture): Studybookfor institutes of physical culture / L.P. Matveev. – M.: Physical education and sport, 1991. – 543 p.

60

WAYS OF IMPROVING SOCIO-ECONOMIC EFFICIENCY OF PRE-SCHOOL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS ACTIVITY BY MEANS OF EXPANDING THE SYSTEM OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION SERVICES Ksenia Dyachuk, Starkova Julia Master Student – Major «Management and Economic in the Sphere of Рhysical Еducation» Scientific adviser: Ushakova Natalia Alexandrovna Key words: Management of physical education, pre-school educational institutions, socio – economic system, supplementary services in education. The relevance of the study: Modern tendencies of pre-school children development are characterized by the role of physical education and sport in pre-school educational institutions. The research is devoted to the study and development of socio – economic system of physical education services. Many parameters are determined in the research: the quality of provided services, physical training of pre-school children, social progress, which have a positive effect on economic growth division. The life and health of children are the most important government tasks. The search for new ways and forms of strengthening the health of preschool children is characterized by a number of reasons: Environmentally unfavorable way of life Increased information flow High fatigue The main feature is that in the first 7 years of life, the foundations of health are laid, a large number of vital motor skills and habits are formed, decisive prerequisites for comprehensively harmonious development of the individual are created in children. 61

The purpose of the study: The aim of the study is to develop a methodological framework for assessing and improving the efficiency of physical – educational activity in the state preschool educational institutions education. The object of the study: Management of physical education services of pre-school element. My work can serve as a socio - economic basis for the pre-school institutions in the Russian Federation, and its program which is considered in the work, will develop the economic part of the state and health of preschool children. And the definition of a number of concepts related to the organization of additional preschool education will be specified and justified. The legal framework will be explored to create value-added services and formulate concrete proposals for the establishment and improvement of their activities. As a result, in the test work there conclusions, proposals for the optimization of state budgetary educational institution of preschool education on additional services of budget educational institutions and physical development will be formulated. Methods of research. 1. Analysis of literary sources on the research problem. 2. Analysis of the regulatory framework that characterizes the organizational management of pre-school institutions. 3. Survey, questioning, methods of mathematical processing of research, pedagogical observation, interview. The first stage of our work is the Analysis of literary sources on the problem of the social and economic effectiveness of preschool education, which includes: 1. Methodological bases of functioning of preschool state educational institutions 2. Theoretical aspects of increasing the social and economic efficiency of the formation of additional services in education 3. General concept of organizational management 62

4. Analysis of foreign literature on the problem of socio-economic efficiency of preschool educational institutions through the expansion of the system of physical education services Experimental and control groups will be create on the basis ol school 1208 for diagnosing of the children in volved in to additional educational on the ground of data received during de first stage. The third stage consists the research of children's physical preparations through the system of educational services Main results of the study: The result of our work is that we have been able to improve the functional and physical state of children and financial efficiency in pre-school educational institutions. A hierarchy of governing structures and stimulation of leaders and teachers in pre-school additional education will be proposed in the course of the work. This will lead to the interest of teachers and leaders, will contribute to the development of interesting programs, taking into account the time and children’s interest to engage in physical education. The list of sources: 1. Dzhurinsky A. N. The development of education in the modern world: Proc. a manual for students. ouch. proc. institutions. - 2nd ed. Rev. and extra - M.: Gumanit. Ed. center VLADOS, 2003. S- 240 . 2. Leslie J. Calman., Linda Tarr-Whelan, The Economic Impacts of Child Care and Early Education: Financing Solutions for the Future/ issuance Legal Momentum, April 2005 New York, S 69. 3. Tipenko, N. G. Economics of education and educational policy : Education in the new Russia // Social Sciences and modernity. - 2003. - N 4. - S. 29-36. 4. Additional education : scientific-methodical journal. - M., 2015

63

WAYS OF DEVELOPMENT OF INFORMATION POTENTIAL WITH THE MEANS OF “FOREIGN LANGUAGES” DISCIPLINE IN A SPORTS HIGHER EDUCATION INSTITUTION Dytko E.V.,senior teacher foreign languages department, VELIKIE LUKI STATE ACADEMY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT, RUSSIA Introduction.Theexistinginvestigationsinvarioussectorsofscientificknowled gemakeitpossibletogaininsightintothe essence of the information potential concept (S.A. Korsukova, 2005; L.V. Osipova-Derbas, 2010; L.L. Arushanyan, 2009; Zh.A.

Denisova,

2001).

Thenecessityofinformationpotentialdevelopmentofastudentinthebeginningofhisprof essionalformationhasafundamentalimportanceinhisfurtherprofessionalactivity, formationofhispersonality, whichpossessesactive life stand, is able to use the acquired knowledge, passing it through consciousness,hereby generating new ideas,

which

the

very

personality

can

transfer

to

others.

Thissituationischaracteristicoffutureprofessionalactivityofasports higher education institution student, sincethe level of his information potential development influences the personality of a coach, an athlete or a referee a student possibly can become and the way he is going to use and process the information and information resources. As

stated

by

N.G.

Ershova,

understandingofthefactthattheknowledgeofaforeignlanguagebecomesan indispensable condition of professional success of a modern specialist, increases importance of a linguistic component of higher education in a non-language higher education institution [2]. Significanceofthisspecialrole of “Foreign languages” discipline in various spheres of higher education for different groups of specialists

64

is marked by such researchers as O.G. Polyakov (2004), L.I. Soseliya (2009), M.S. Dushko (2015) and others. Onthebasisof “Foreignlanguages” disciplineteachingpracticeinhighereducationit is possible to draw a conclusion that students’ need to work with foreign language information is often out of line with abilities to fulfill this work. Insufficientlywelldevelopedlanguageskills, inabilitytoactivelyperceiveandprocessforeign language information and participate in foreign language communication do not allow to master a foreign language properly and then use it in professional or other activity type. Thus, versatiledevelopmentof

1styearstudentsandtheiractiveparticipationinsociallifeis

hindered, disabling them to disclose the margins of their information potential to the full extent. Theaimofresearchconsists in definition of ways of information potential development with the means of “Foreign languages” discipline in a sports higher education institution. Methods–

theoreticalanalysisofphilosophic,

psycho-

pedagogicalandmethodicalliteratureontheproblemofresearchandregulatorydocumen ts; pedagogicalexperimentwith baseline and training phases; diagnostic research methods (survey,questionnaire poll, testing); pedagogical observation; analysis of students’ activity results. Results.

Duringtestprocedures,

analysisofpedagogicalandscientificliteratureandteachingpracticeof “Foreignlanguages” disciplineinasportshighereducationestablishmentitwasstatedthatinformationpotentia ldevelopmentofsportsstudentsispossibledue to: - takingintoaccountthespecifications of foreign language education in a sports higher education institution; - creationofspecialpsycho-pedagogicalconditions, allowing to use the sphere of personal interests and needs, self-actualization and motivation settings of a student; 65

- applicationofvarious ICT, which creates the opportunities for creativity development and self-actualization process activation in educational process; Discussion. Foreign language education in a sports higher education institution has a unique educational and development potential, since in its frames takesplaceactiveformationanddevelopmentofpersonalcharacteristicsoffuture specialistsdue to specific characteristics of the world of sport abroad and comparison of these characteristics with the really existing ones in Russian sport. “Foreignlanguages”

discipline,

playinganimportantroleinformingofthefoundationofthepersonalityofafuturespecialis tinthesphereofphysicaleducationandsport, usingvariousmethodsandformsofactivitieswithutilizationofforeignlanguageinformat ion, activatesmechanismsofcreative abilities development, striving for selfactualization and cognitive operations of a personality and so it leads to development and disclosing of information potential margins of a person. Developmentofspecificinformationneedsandmotivationinouropinionisthefun damentalsituationofsuccessin individualization of forming the information potential

development

path

of

a

sports

student.

Inourinvestigations

theindicatorsofacademicmotivation and information needs of students [3, 1] are adequate and favorable fora more active process of mastering a foreign language and point at inclination to get knowledge in the chosen professional sphere. Activeintegrationofmoderninformationcomputertechnologies

(ICT)

intoacademicprocessofasportshighereducationestablishmentallowstousenotonlythe wholespectrumofvariousmultimediaresources, reflectingalltheaspectsofacademicandfutureprofessionalactivityofstudents, butalsomodify the existing activity types in the frames of instructional classes, enabling students to disclose lots of margins of their creative potential. Nowthereappearsthenecessarytohaveamoreconsciousanalysisandchoiceofinformati onsources, amoreliterate approachto application of these resources by both a teacher and his students in order to avoid encountering «information trash» and having significant time expenses. Presentlyamongthemostwidelyusedresources in 66

“Foreign languages” discipline classes in Velikie Luki Sports Academy (and as a source of tasks for students’ self-instruction) there are such resources as Memrise [5] and Duolingo [4]. Conclusion.Theneedtoconsiderinformationpotentialofsportsstudentsinclosec “Foreignlanguages”

onnectionwith

disciplineliesinouropinioninmodernizationofrequirementstothecontentofhighersport seducationandtothefuturegraduatesof sports higher education institutions, as well as in character ofinformationalsupportanddigitalization of all spheres of human life.

Theall-

rounddevelopmentofafuturespecialistabletoapplylanguageknowledgeinprofessional activityservesasabasis of formation of a personality successfully developing within society, ready to actively learn and use new knowledge in practice. Inthisregarditbecomespossible, consideringallthecurrentwaysofinformationpotentialdevelopmentofapersonality, toprovidecreationofsituationsinwhichstudentsactivelyuse a variety of information streams and manage them so that the process of accommodation to different life conditions could have been the most successful and effective.

Literature 1.

DytkoE.V.,

ErshovaN.G.

Natureofinformationneedsoffirst-

yearstudentsofphysicaleducationestablishment / E.V. Dytko, N.G. Ershova // Thescientifictheoryjournal "UchenyezapiskiuniversitetaimeniP.F. Lesgafta". - № 3 (133). – 2016. - P. 76-80. 2.

ErshovaN.G. Development of creative potential of future specialists

in the sphere of physical culture and sport in the process of learning a foreign language / N.G. Ershova // Scientific Theoretical Journal Theory and Practice of Physical Culture. - № 6. - 2015. - P. 39-41. 3.

ErshovaN.G., Dytko E.V. Manifestation of academic motivation

among the students of physical culture and sports universities / N.G. Ershova, E.V. 67

Dytko

//

Thescientifictheoryjournal

"UchenyezapiskiuniversitetaimeniP.F.

Lesgafta". - № 12 (142). – 2016. - P. 40-43. 4.

Duolingo – URL: www.duolingo.com(access date: 11.04.2017).

5.

Memrise: Learning, made joyful – URL: www.memrise.com(access

date: 11.04.2017).

SPECIAL ASPECTS OF HYDROKINESITHERAPY FOR CYCLISTS OF DIFFERENT SPECIALISATION WITH ANKLE JOINT DISEASE Eremin D.N, post-graduate student Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE).

Summary. Current research is devoted to the problem of scientific and methodological support of health and physical education in the section of medical gymnastics private methods - namely, physical exercises in water for injuries of the ankle joint in cyclists of different specialization.

Key words. hydrokinesitherapy, cyclist, MTB, BMX, ankle joint. According to various statistical analyses of Ministry of Health and Sport of the Russian Federation the prevalence of musculoskeletal diseases are increasing among athletes cyclists. Severe injuries ankle joint in cycling occurs when the weak ligaments and a fall at high speed. The incidence of injury of the ankle joint has increased 4 times in the last 5 years. The ankle joint injury holds the third place in the structure of injuries the lower extremities after sprains and fractures. Deformation of the ankle joint is one of the complicated pathologies of the musculoskeletal system in cyclists, mountain bikers (MTB), bicycle moto extreme (BMX).

68

Research objective

is

to

develop and

reason

contents

of the

hydrokinesitherapy program for cyclists of different specialization with ankle joint disease.

Pedagogical research methods. 1. The study of references 2. Pedagogical experiment (model of consecutive experiment) Anthropometric methods. 3. Stabilometry (stabilometric platform, Gamma, Gamma AC International, Poland) 4. Goniometry (goniometer model Baseline Hand Evaluation 7, BASELINE, USA) 5. The measurement of the shin circumference (the standard method of using measuring tape) 6. Somatoscopy of walking (limping, step length: healthy feet and injured legs) Mathematical statistics method.

Organization of the research. The research was conducted on the basis of Plekhanov Russia University of Economics «Swimming Pool» of Moscow in three stages. The research included 25 participants with ankle joint disease of moderate form . 11 people (44%) had the left leg affected and 14 people-right-side defect (56%). Almost all cyclists (92%) had basic swimming skills.

According to the theory and practice of medical physical training, the program includes 3 periods. Adaptation period lasted 3 weeks, corrective training – 10 weeks and stabilization period lasted 3 weeks. Each period was characterized by special goals, the selection of tools and modes for their implementation and load differentiation. 69

Results. Introduction of the developed program rehabilitation has led to reliable changes in most of the studied parameters. There was a restoration of motor coordination and function of the ankle joint. The tendency to the elimination of asymmetry in terms of the circumference between the injured and healthy leg. The angle of mobility of the injured ankle joint approached value of a norm.

Conclusions. The application of the developedhydrokinesitherapy program will allow us to achieve a specific therapeutic effect. This is reflected in the dynamics of the research indicators. The achieving of reliable differences requires inclusion in the study a larger number of subjects and the elongation of application of the program up to 6-8 months with an indispensable adjustment to the physical load.

The list of references. 1.

Captain A. F. Hydrokinesitherapy in Orthopaedics and traumatology/

A. F. Captain. - M.: Medicine, 1986 – P. 225. 2. method

Men'shutkina T. G., Nepochatykh M. G. Substantive provisions of of

employments

hydroaerobics, swimming.

researches,

training,

hydrorehabilitation. - Saint Petersburg, NSIPC, 2003, pp. 137-179. 3.

Montagna JC, Santos BC, Battistuzzo CR, Loureiro AP. Effects of

aquatic physiotherapy on the improvement of balance and corporal symmetry in stroke survivors. Int J Clin Exp Med 2014; 7:1182-7.

70

HEALTH QIGONG AS A MEANS OF TREATMENT OF JUVENILEARTERIAL HYPERTENSION IN UNIVERSITY STUDENTS Gamov A.E.First year student of Postgraduatecourse of education in Adaptive Physical Culture Mukhina A.V Supervisor of studies PhD in Pedagogical Sciences Professor at the Department of Modern Adaptive Physical Culture Technologies SAINT-PETERSBURG NATIONAL STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORTS AND HEALTH NAMED AFTER P.F. LESGAFT Department of Modern Adaptive Physical Culture Technologies Keywords: hypertension, high blood pressure, cardiovascular disease, qigong, qigong exercises, Chinese medicine, energy activation, energy balance, energy circulation,Tai Chi exercises, Ba Juan Din exercises, stress resistance, meditation practices, cognitive perception, nervous system, tranquility, relaxation, abdominal breathing, deep breathing, non-pharmaceutical procedures. Introduction Purpose of the given work is to consider the causes on psychological

and

physiological aspects of hypertension in university students. To introduce some of health qigong approaches contributing to the normalization of blood pressure , enhancing the effectiveness of learning in the university students with a view to their complex rehabilitation. Brief references overview: the work is based on the deep analysis of the most credible literature sources written by reputable Russian and foreign authors dating from 1974 to 2016. Research object: students’ hypertension as a syndrome of nervous overstrain. Research subject: etiology of hypertension in students and health qigong approaches to its rehabilitation. 71

Research tasks: 1) to analyse symptoms and pathogenesis of juvenile arterial hypertension in university students; 2) to show the interrelation between high blood pressure and nervous and physical exhaustion; 3)to introduce general methods of the complex qigong treatment. Methods of the research: theoretical analysis and generalization of the data of the special literature and video-films. Consideration: According to a 2016 year statistics, about 10 percent of university students in Russia suffer from arterial hypertension, and this figure has a tendency to increase every year. High blood pressure is a main risk factor for cardiovascular diseases. Roughly half the people with untreated hypertension die of ischemic heart disease, and another third die of stroke. Taking into consideration collateral effects of pharmaceutical means of hypertension therapy, health qigong treatment of high blood pressure has an important and urgent value. The theme under study should be helpful for students of psychiatric and physical culture faculties, medical, pedagogical educational institutions and also for parents of university students and school children. Conclusion: Arterial hypertension occurs when the heart has to work harder to pump blood through the arteries. The more force it takes, the higher the blood pressure is High blood pressure, 140/90 or higher, is the leading risk for stroke and heart attack, which are the reason of about 70 percent of deaths in the world. When hypertension isn't treated, people are more likely to develop heart, brain, kidney and eye damage. Juvenile hypertension also increases the risk of adult hypertension, which is associated with kidney disease, coronary heart disease and stroke. Main pathogenetic factors of juvenile hypertension also include: sympathetic nervous system overstrain, vascular oxidative stress, smoking, sleep deprivation, lack of physical activity. There are some non-pharmaceutical types of complementary and alternative treatments believed to be effective for treating high blood pressure, especially in students. Scientific evidence indicates that regular 72

practice of relaxation Qigong techniques that include controlled breathing and gentle physical activity, can really help to lower high blood pressure. The results of a recent study suggest that a daily practice of a special qigong set of exercises (15 minutes a day for 8 weeks) brings about a substantial reduction in blood pressure in university students.

Undisputed advantage of this method is that it is harmless

and free.

LIST OF THE LITERATURE Автандилов А. Г., Александров А. А., Кисляк О. А., Конь И. Я. и др. Рекомендации по диагностике, лечению и профилактике артериальной гипертензии у детей и подростков. Всероссийское научное общество кардиологов, Ассоциация детских кардиологов России. 2005. Cardiosite.ru. Богачихин М.М. - Уроки китайской гимнастики, изд-во Свет, 2016 80 с Бянь Чжичжун 5 стихий здоровья. 25 золотых китайских упражнений. Изд-во Питер 2016 128 с Вради А. С., Иоселиани Д. Г. Вазоренальная гипертензия: диагностика и принципы лечения // Лечебное дело, 2007. — 4. — С. 11-17. Инка Йохум Лечебная гимнастика цигун из-во Поппури, 2009 240 с Лао Минь Китайская медицина на каждый день для каждой семьи АСТ 2016 384 с Пейчев Н. Полная система восстановления здоровья. Причины заболеваний и пути их устранения 2016 свет-Амрита-Русь, 240 с Ратова Л. Г., Чазова И. Е. Комбинированная терапия артериальной гипертензии // Справочник поликлинического врача, 2006. — 4. — С. 1320. Сердюковская Г.Н. «Клиника заболеваний, физиология и гигиена в подростковом возрасте», М., 1974. Фён Тьён Ли Цигун Олимпия Пресс, 2005 64 с Цзяо Гожуй Основы оздоровительного цигун Изд-во С.Подгорнов 2013 288 с LiebermanE.Hypertensionin childhoodand adolescence. In:KaplanN, editor. 73

Clinicalhypertension,5thed.Baltimore:WilliamsandWilkins; 1990.pp.407–433 LiebermanE.Hypertensionin childhoodand adolescence. In:KaplanN, editor.Clinicalhypertension,5thed.Baltimore:WilliamsandWilkins; 1990.pp.407–433 S Túri, A Friedman, Cs Bereczki, F Papp, J Kov cs, E Karg, I Németh. Oxidative stress in juvenile essential hypertension. Journal of Hypertension 2003; 145–152.

74

GAMES OF THE XXXI OLYMPIAD IN RIO DE JANEIRO 2016 IN THE RUSSIAN MEDIA Victoria V. Gerasimenko, post graduate student Scientific Adviser:Nataliya Yu. Melnikova, Doctor of Pedagogics, Professor Department of History of Physical Education, Sport and Olympic Education Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE) Introduction.The coverage of the Olympic Games by the media is a powerful factor by popularization of the Olympic movement in the world.This article is researched the coverage of the Games of the XXXI Olympiad in Rio de Janeiro by the Russian media. This article is conductedthe genre and species diversity of media materials, and Is conducted comparative analysis of Russian media work the coverage of the Games of the XXXI Olympiad in Rio de Janeiro 2016 and the Games of the XXX Olympiad in London 2012. Nowadays, more attention is paid to technical progress in sport, in the international Olympic movement and relationshipsbetween the media and IOC. International Olympic Committee (IOC) President Thomas Bach today revealed the 40 proposals that make up Olympic Agenda 2020, a strategic roadmap for the future of the Olympic Movement. The 40 recommendations are like pieces of a jigsaw puzzle that, when you put together, form a picture that shows the IOC safeguarding the uniqueness of the Olympic Games and strengthening sport in society. Some of the key areas addressed by Olympic Agenda 2020 are: 

launch of an Olympic Channel to provide a platform for

sports and athletes beyond the Olympic Games period, 365 days a year; 

engage with communities (with the general public,

athletes, youth). 75

This researchis relevant because the importance of coverage of the Olympic Games in the media is growing up. The problematic situation of the study is a littleanalytical information about coverage of the Games of the XXXI Olympiad by Russian media. Goal of this research is the historical analysis of coverage of the Games of the XXXI Olympiad in Rio de Janeiro by Russian media. Tasks: 

to study the typological diversity of Russian media that

worked for the Games of the XXXI Olympiad in Rio de Janeiro in 2016; 

to analyze the main media genres;



to make a comparative analysis of media coverage of the

Games of the XXXI Olympiad in Rio de Janeiro in 2016 and the Games of the XXX Olympiad in London 2012. Methods: Method of analysis and synthesis, method of comparative analysis, historical methods of research. Discussion. During the research, we have analyzed more than 90 Russian media, which covered the Games of the XXXI Olympiad in Rio de Janeiro. We systematized the media according to the following criteria: 

availability of accreditation;



the level of coverage of the event;



the main information channel.

For the genre systematization of media publications, we analyzed more than 17.5 thousand publications of printed and electronic media, TV spots, photo reports, news items, notes, announcements and reports. News genres were the most popular in the electronic media and on television. Analytic genres are most popular in print media. 76

We have identified the main themes and the main information reasons. The main topics are #doping, #scandal, #medal, #victory. The most popular persons in the Russian media are Richard McLaren, Elena Isinbayeva, Daria Klishina, Usain Bolt, MargaritaMamun. We analyzed information portals, federations, leagues, sports teams, and online versions of print media and special media projects and social networks. The largest number of media materials were released on the day of the Opening Ceremony of the Games of the XXI Olympiad and in those days when Russian team won the largest number of medals. We conducted a comparative analysis of the coverage of the Olympic Games in Rio and London. Conclusions. Russian media were represented by fewer accredited journalists (2370 in London, 1239 in Rio). Russian media had not a national signal on television; News media have been the main channel for information about the Olympics Games in Rio (news agencies, news Internet portals and profile media) Social networks had not much impact on the audience The technological revolution, which was mentioned at the 127th session of the IOC continues to be introduced into the Olympic movement, but Games in Rio lost to the previous on information support. Nevertheless, the process of introducing innovative technologies continues, which allows us to hope for a positive dynamic in the interaction of the IOC and the media. Literature: 1. Eurovision

and

the

Olympic

Games.

URL:

https://www.eurovision.net/media-rights/acq/olympics.php 2. Miah, A. London 2012: a social media Olympics to remember. BBC online,

2012.

URL:

http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/technology-

19191785 77

3. Миа Энди, Белоусов Лев, Золотарев Александр. Олимпийское движение и новые медиа — М.: ПЛАНЕТА, 2015.

78

МATHEMATICAL MODELING USINGWOLFRAM CDF Golik Angelina V., 1st year student faculty of social technologies and management Moscow Polytechnic University Supervisor: Mukhanov S. A. Candidate of Pedagogical Sciences, Associate Professor, centre of mathematical education Moscow Polytechnic University. Abstract. The article deals with the use of technology Wolfram CDF for the mathematical modeling. А table comparing the popular file formats of educational contentwas compiled. The findings that the CDF ensures the creation of documents with the interactivity of applications in-built capability to calculate, on the fly, access to specialized algorithms, data, and visualizations. Key words.Wolfram CDF, mathematical modeling. Introduction.Recently it seemed that mathematics and sports are infinitely far apart. Of course, various methods of mathematical statistics, forecasting and probability theory were used to predict the competition results. However, modern technologies will allow us to make significant progress in this matter. As an example, we can consider the player tracking system developed by SPORTS. Several cameras record and track the location and movement of each player on the field, and the system calculates a set of indicators for it. Analysis of these indicators allows you to build forecasts already in real time of the match. There are other similar systems, for example Prozone or Opta, working in football, etc. Information of sports performance accumulation and modern information technology leads to the fact that the number of studies related to the application of mathematical modeling methods in sports is growing substantially. 79

You can use various toolsto create mathematical models. We would like to consider one of the most interesting tools presented in 2011 by WolframResearch, a new file format - CDF and free browser add-on Wolfram CDF Player, which is a full version of the WolframMathematica system. In contrast to static formats such as PDF and pre-generated interactive content provided by formats such as Adobe Flash the CDF Player contains an entire runtime library of Mathematica allowing document content to be generated in response to user interaction using any algorithms or visualizations which can be described in Mathematica. Thus, the CDF is great for replicable mathematical models used in educational and scientific activities.It provides creation of documents that have interactive applications, built-in ability to make calculations on the fly, access to specialized algorithms, data and visualizations, which contributes to the activation of students in math classes. In this article we will consider one of the simple examples that allow demonstrating the visualization and mathematical modeling in sports using CDF. Consider a demonstration based on the work of "Soccer Penalty Kicks" by Daniel Classon and Josh Seidman.

Figure 1. CDF file "Soccer Penalty Kicks" 80

This demonstration illustrates the interaction of a soccer ball and goalkeeper in a free-kick. It is possible to change the ball position, its speed and angle (horizontal and vertical) of the blow. You can also adjust some parameters of the goalkeeper, such as the time of reaction and his speed. These parameters based on real sports data obtained by authors. In particular, the authors found that the average goalkeeper's speed is 6.7 m/s, and the reaction time is 0.3 seconds. In this demonstration, goalkeeper intercepted the ballif the trajectory of a soccer ball is intercepted.It realized using the Solve command, which allows solving equations and systems of equations determined by simple equations of ball motion in a three-dimensional coordinate system, reaction and goalkeeper speed. Graphical representation of the mathematical model is realized using the commands Graphics3D (ball), ParametricPlot3D (trajectory), etc. Conclusion: the CDF format is great for processing and disseminating research data, scientific simulations and mathematical modeling in various fields, including sports. Bibliography 1. Aslanov R. M., A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A. Design of interactive educational resources based on technologies WolframCDF // Teacher XXI century. 2016. Vol. 1. No. 1. S. 96-103. 2. Aslanov R. M., Belyaeva, E. V., Mukhanov, S. A., Trainer on differential equations on the basis of WolframCDFPlayer// Siberian pedagogical journal. 2015. No. 4. Pp. 26-30. 3. V. V. Britvina, Zhukova G. S., Mukhanov, S. A. analysis of the implementation activities of the hotel enterprise by methods of mathematical statistics on the example of hotel "maxima hotels" // Scientific review. 2016. No. 20. P. 115118. 4. V. V. Britvina Higher mathematics. Differential equations / V. V. Britvina, G. P. Konyukhov, A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. P. 88. 5. Zhukova G. S. Higher mathematics. Mathematical statistics / S. G. 81

Zhukov, V. V. Britvina, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. Pp. 88-89. 6. Philips P. C. B. Understanding spurious regressions in econometrics //Econometrica, 1986, pp.311-340. 7. Demin A. A., Semenova Yu. a. the Practical use of adaptive models in tourism // Culture of the black sea. - 2001. - No. 16. - S. 34-39. 8. Mukhanov S. A., Mukhanova A. A. design Technology distance learning course "Differential equations" using LMSMoodle //Science and school. 2014. No. 2. S. 28-32. 9. Mukhanov S. A., Mukhanova A. A. distance learning System Moodle as a tool to support classroom instruction // In the book: Mathematics in the modern world proceedings of the International conference dedicated to the 150th anniversary of D. A. grave. 2013. S. 131-134. 10. Mukhanov S. A., Mukhanova A. A. Designing of the educational process in mathematics in the context of the worldwide CDIO initiative// Professional education in Russia and abroad. 2015. No. 1 (17). P. 52-57. 11. Golik A.V., Mukhanov S. A. WolframCDF Technology to create electronic math book // the Young scientist. 2016. No. 30 (134). S. 1-4. 12. Vlasov D. A., Senchukov A. V. Informatization Strategy of methodical system of mathematical training of bachelors in education Informatization. 2012. T. 2012. P. 68. 13. Vlasov D. A., A. V. Senchukov New technology Wolframalpha in the study kolichestvennykh methods undergraduate students // Vestnik of the Russian University of friendship of peoples. Series: Informatization of education. 2012. No. 4. 43. 14. Vlasov D. A. the Integration of information and pedagogical technologies in the system of applied mathematical preparation of future specialists // Siberian pedagogical journal. 2009. No. 2. P.

82

IS A NATIONAL OLYMPIC SUCCESS DEPENDENT ON SOCIO-ECONOMICS AND OTHER FACTORS? AN ANALYSIS OF DIFFERENT METHODOLOGIES Gorokhova E.V. Fetisov A.S.Associate Professor, Ph.D. (supervisor) Department of Social-Economic Geography of Foreign Countries, Faculty of Geography, Lomonosov Moscow State University

Introduction.During the 20th century the Olympic Games began to be perceived by spectators more like competitions between countries rather than between athletes. National medal totals in the Olympic Games have been counted in order to determine the most successful countries.However only the biggest sports powers are competing for Olympic medals, for the majority of countries, the participation in the Olympic Games is already a kind of success. That is why some researchers have suggested that national Olympic success can be dependent on different socio-economics factors. Thereby

the

objective

of

the

research

was

to

identifyfactors,

whichinfluenceon the developmentof sports in acountry and the methods, whichare used to assess their influence by analysingprevious scientific studies of this problem. Methods. In that study 11 researches were analysed. The first scientific articles of this problem were published since the 1950s. Most of them were based on methodof correlationanalysis.In further studies more complicated statistics methods were used, for example regression analysis. The recent research of this problem are based on qualitative methods. Results. E.Jokl[7] was the first who examined the dependence of national Olympic successon the following factors: incomeper capita, nutrition, mortality 83

and climate.D.W. Ball [2] analysed the relationship between 55 different socioeconomic indicators and Olympic success. A.M. Maksimenko and A.D. Novikov [10] explained Olympic success of the socialist countries by centralization and a planned management system that contributes to the better organization of sports in the country. Since the end of the 1970s, researchers were trying to identify a set of factors and its ratio, which is significantly related to Olympic national success, by using a more sophisticated econometric method - regression analysis. According toto the results of the regression analysiswhich was conducted by P. Kviyaho and P. Makela [8], economic development, population size and the country’s economic system are significant for absolute Olympic success. In turn, relative Olympic success is explained by the regression model with such variables as density of population and religious culture at 46%. In addition to the standard variables traditionally used in such studies, J. Cooper and E. Sterken [9] added, in the regression model, indicators reflecting the current trends in the Olympic Games. Considering the growth offemale participation in the Games, a newvariablewas is female labor participation. The second trend is the growth of media and television attention to the Olympic Games. Taking this into account, the additional variable in the model was the TVsets per capita. A. Bernard and M. Busse [3] used other statistical method – Cobb-Douglas production function. They considered Olympic success as "value of production" of the country's sports system, GDP per capita (capital) and the population size (labor) as factors productivity: Olympic success = A * GDP per capitaa * population sizeb. Given that model Wladimir Andreffmade quite accurate predictions of the 2008 Beijing Games and the 2014 Sochi Winter Games [1]. Futhermore he changed it slightly and modified it to predict the Olympic Winter Games. He has 84

added a variable consideringaverage degree of annual snow coveragebecause of the special geographical conditions are necessary for the development of winter sports. Also since economic wealth plays an important role in the development of winter sports W. Andreff has added a variable considering the availability of ski resorts and otherwinter sports infrastructure. The models of relationships betweennational Olympic success and various indicators are used in order to assess the effectiveness of the system of preparing national teams. V.Boscher, B.Heidels, M.Bottenburg and S.Shibli [4] have noted that Olympic success is explained by socio-economic indicators in average at 50%. The other half depends on the state sports policy and an effective training system of the national team. Among the indicators characterizing the sports policy, there are the recognition of physical education and sport in the country's legislation, the practice of identifying talented children in schools, the system of training and development of professional coaches, the availability of financial support programs for sports, the development of sports medicine and sports infrastructure of top level and others levels. There is the project "Sports Policy factors leading to international sporting success" (SPLISS)[5]. It was created as an international network of studies aimed at interaction and exchange of experience in the analysis of national sports policy. 15 countries take part in the project.The results of the work are published in reports where the systems of organizing sports are compared according to certain parameters. D. Reich has applied a different approach to this problem in his book "Success and Failure of Countries at the Olympic Games" [11]. He used the socalled "WISE" formula taking into account the following factors that have impacton the national Olympic success: the participation of women in sports (W women),

the

creation

of

organizations

for

sport

management

(I

-

85

institutionalization), the specialization in medals sports (S-specialization) and the development of new kinds of sport (E - early adaptation). Conclusions. The first articles explained the dependence of Olympic success on various socio-economic factors using correlation analysis. Gradually, more complex econometric methods were applied. Using regression analysis, the models determined the relationships between Olympic success or the number of participants in the national team and a certain set of independent variables, represented by socio-economic, natural and political indicators. Over time, some researchers were able to predict the results of the future Olympic Games, using regression analysis. Nowadays, we can note the transition from the use of quantitative methods to qualitative ones. As the studies focus on analysis, the effectiveness of the sports policy is becoming more popular. Bibliography 1.

Andreff W. Economic development as major determinant of Olympic

medal wins: predicting performances of Russian and Chinese teams at Sochi Games // Int. J. Economic Policy in Emerging Economies. 2013. Vol. 6, No. 4, P. 314–340. 2.

Ball D.W. Olympic Games Competition: Structural Correlates of

National Success // International Journal of Comparative Sociology. 1972. Vol. 13, No. 3–4, P. 186–200. 3.

Bernard A.B. Busse M.R. Who wins the Olympic Games: Economic

Development and Medal Totals // Review of Economics and Statistics. 2004. Vol. 86, No. 1, P. 413–417. 4.

De Bosscher V., Heydels B., De Knop P., van Bottenburg M., Shibli

S. The paradox of measuring success of nations in elite sport // Belgeo. Revue belge de géographie. 2008. Vol. 9 (2)., P. 217-234. 5.

De Bosscher V., Shibli S.H. Westerbeek H., van Bottenburg M.

Successful Elite Sport Policy. An international comparison of the Sport Policy 86

Factors Leading to International Sporting Success (SPLIS 2.0) in 15 nations. (1st). 2015. Maidenhead: Mayer & Mayer Sports (UK) Ltd. 6.

Johnson D., Ali A. Tale of Two Seasons: Participation and Medal

Counts at the Summer and Winter Olympic Games // Social Science Quarterly. 2004. Vol. 85, No. 4, P. 974–993. 7.

Jokl E. Sports in the cultural pattern of the world: a study of the 1952

Olympic Games at Helsinki. Helsinki, Finland: Institute of Occupational Health, 1956. 8.

Kiviaho P., Makela P. Olympic Success: A sum of Non-Material and

Material Factors // International Review of Sport sociology. 1978. No. 2, P. 5-17. 9.

Kuper G., Sterken E. Olympic participation and performance since

1896 // Mimeo. Department of Economics, University of Groningen. 2001. 10.

Novikov A.D., Maksimenko A.M. The influence of Selected Socio-

Economic Factors on the Level of Sports Achievements in the Various Countries // International Review of Sport Sociology. 1972. Vol. 7, P. 27—40 11.

Reiche, D. Success and Failure of Countries at the Olympic Games.

Routledge Research in Sport, Culture and Society, 2017.

87

THE NEURAL PROCESSING IN MOTOR CORTEX DURING POSTURAL CONTROL Gujar,Tariq Ali Scientific Adviser:Hökelmann Anita, habil, PhD, Professor Otto-von-Guericke University Magdeburg, Germany

Introduction:Postural control is a fundamental necessity of human beings in order to meet the activities of daily life under various environmental conditions.Postural control abilities depend on muscle strength, central processing, motor control and sensory input of somatosensory, vestibular and visual (Alexander, 1994). Beside this postural control is also influenced by cortical function. Parietal, temporal and insula cortex are fundamental for sensory integration during postural control while the motor cortex generates responses to stable posture (Jacobs & Horak, 2007). The aim of this study is to find out the impact of visual, vestibular, and somatosensory information during maintenance of posture on motor cortex. Method:Fifteen young male universities players aged 24 ± 2.6 performed a sensory organization test with Balance Master NeuroCom® and Brain Products GmbH wireless MOVE EEG 10/20 system along with EEG balance master coupling system. The balance master computes the equilibrium score by averaging 3 trials, each consisting of 20 seconds duration. During this time balance master computes the average of the centre of pressure over the force platform from the theoretical range of normal anteroposterior sway (12.5°). There are four (4) conditions that have been measured to find out the influence of somatosensory (SOM), visual (VIS) and vestibular (VEST) inputs. EEG Data Analysis: EEG data have recorded by Brain Vision recorder software on 1000 Hz, 10/20 system along with 32 active electrodes with impedance 5 Ohms. Further IIR filter low cutoff: 8 Hz, high cutoff: 13 Hz, 24dB/oct was applied to the EEG data along with the semiautomatic artifact rejection method. The average of segments in each trail has been used to apply Fast Fourier Transformation 88

(FFT).The exported data of the EEG during SOT wasanalysed by one way ANOVA on SPSS 20. Results: Our results are based on the equilibrium score and the spectral analysis. The balance score of participants is significantly higher under the influence of

somatosensory and visual input as compared to vestibular input (p <0.05).The strategy score was significantly high under the influence of somatosensory, visual and vestibular (p < 0.05), while there was strong relationship with postural control (r =.814). From the point view of spectral analysis, mu rhythm (8-13 Hz) has been found similar for somatosensory and visual input, however high mu rhythm was found during vestibular input (Fig.1). Figure 1: Average mu rhythm over the skull

Discussion: According to results, participants showed less postural control ability when they receive vestibular input as compared to visual and somatosensory input. The change does not only occur in postural control ability but the participants changed the strategy from ankle to hip during visual and vestibular inputs to maintain posture. As much as participants moved towards hip strategy to maintain posture, the postural score become reduced. The results of the mu rhythm (8-13 Hz) in sensorimotor cortex showed same trends. The mu rhythm (8-13 Hz) was found lower in sensorimotor cortex during visual and somatosensory input as compare to vestibular input. This indicates the intensive neural activity in sensorimotor cortex happened during visual and somatosensory input and showed better postural control abilities. In these conditions frequency may change in 89

sensorimotor cortex from mu rhythm to higher frequencies (Arroyo et al., 1993) and provide better postural control. The present study is helpful to understand the role of sensorimotor cortex during different sensory input to maintain Posture. References: Alexander, N. B. (1994). Postural Control in Older Adults, 93–108. Arroyo, S., Lesser, R. P., Gordon, B., Uematsu, S., Jackson, D., & Webber, R. (1993). Functional significance of the mu rhythm of human cortex: an electrophysiologic study with subdural electrodes. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 87(3), 76–87. http://doi.org/10.1016/00134694(93)90114-B Jacobs, J. V., & Horak, F. B. (2007). Cortical control of postural responses. Journal of Neural Transmission, 114(10), 1339–1348. http://doi.org/10.1007/s00702-007-0657-0 Sport results dynamics in age aspect in the discipline 110 m hurdles – men

Authors: Hristyana Guteva, PhD student, National Sports Academy “Vassil Levski”, Sofia, Bulgaria Senior Assistant Grigor Gutev, PhD, National Sports Academy “Vassil Levski”, Department “Track & Field”, Sofia, Bulgaria

Assistant Iva Dimova, National Sports Academy “Vassil Levski”, Department “Track & Field”, Sofia, Bulgaria

Key words: 110 m hurdles, men, age, sport results, dynamics, anthropometry

Introduction The 110 m hurdle running is a key discipline in each athletic competition due to the facts that it is the first hurdle discipline in historic plan and the spectacular height of the hurdles – 106.7 cm.

90

From its appearance to present days there was a long process of evolution and development of the different aspects of the sport result – running and hurdle clearance technique, sport equipment (hurdles, spikes, starting blocks, etc.), athletic tracks and etc. Present days the discipline is more competitive and spectacular than any other period from its development. (R. Quercetani, 2009) Based on this fact we assume that analyzing the best hurdlers of all time we can help improvement of selection and training processes.

Methodology The aim of the following study is to analyze the sport development of world elite 110 m hurdlers. Respondents are the best world hurdlers (at present finished their sport career) with personal best (PB) results from 12.88 to 13.34 sec. (average 13.20 sec.) – in total 95 athletes. For the purposes of the study we gathered information regarding their best results from the age of 16 to 41 years, also we seek information for their height, weight and Body Mass Index (BMI). All data was processed using Microsoft Excel and SPSS 19.0 applying variance and correlation analysis.

Results and analysis The age of setting PB of all 95 hurdlers vary between 20 and 35 years (avg. 25.76 years) – we find high variance levels based on V% (12.29%). This results are similar to other studies in the sport methodology literature. Using this index, it is hard to get the individual sport realization of each athlete or group of athletes. More interesting is the data presenting year PB results from 16 to 41 years where the cases of all 95 hurdlers vary from 2 to 66 in the different ages. All gathered results are from internet statistical portals. Based on the average value best results were registered between 22 and 31 years (<13.50 sec.). Most homogenous results based on variance coefficient (V%) we find in 21-22, 24-28 age periods (V%<2.00). We have low V% coefficients in other age periods (over 91

35 years) but this is due to the low sport result levels. Results range (R) vary between 0.85 and 2.18 sec. for the different age periods. An interest for our study is hurdlers anthropometry – seeking information regarding height and weight and derived therefrom BMI. Average values for height and weight are respectively 1.87 m (V%=2.70) and 81.76 kg (V%=7.36) – we find hurdlers height more homogenous compared to weight. BMI values range from 19.06 to 28.08 with average value of 23.47. All data including PB, PB age, sport results through the age period 16-41 years, and anthropometric indexes were processed using correlation analysis. Here we found interesting information regarding positive correlation between different age periods – proving connection between them. Also we found interrelations between anthropometric indexes. For more accurate analysis, we trace different sport results and anthropometry for sport results range <13.00 sec., between 13.00 and 13.20 sec. and >13.20 sec.

Conclusion Based on research data we developed evaluation tables for sport result realization based on the world elite hurdlers – ready for immediate use in practice. Also as a help for practice we present regression models for sport results prognosis. These evaluation methods are also used and presented for anthropometric indexes – height, weight and BMI. Also we present information which must be used as a role model for sport development of future world elite hurdlers.

References 1. Quercetani, R., A World History of Hurdle and Steeplechase Racing (18602008, Men and women), editVallardi, 2009. 2. Гигова, В., Статистически методи в спорта – ОКС „Магистър“, НСА, София, 2010 год. 92

3. Гутев, Гр., Препятствено бягане на 110 метра за мъже – състояние и тенденции в развитието, Международна конференция на Катедра „Лека атлетика“ 2010 г., Лека атлетика и Наука, бр. 1 (10), 2010, Тип Топ Прес, София, 2010, (стр. 71-76). 4. Гутев, Гр., Физически и спортносъстезателни показатели при елитни състезатели на 110 метра препятствено бягане – мъже, (Международна Научна Конференция на кат. „Лека атлетика“ 2011 год.) Лека атлетика и Наука бр. 1(11) 2011 год., БПС, София, 2011 год. (стр. 76-81). 5. Карапетрова, Р., Дисертация, НСА, 2011 год. 6. Лазаров, Ив., Дисертация, НСА, 2014 год. 7. Стойков, Ст., и колектив катедра „Лека атлетика“, Лека атлетика – техника, методика на обучение и преподаване. Правилознание (под редакцията на проф. Ст. Стойков), НСА Прес, София, 2014 год. Web sources: 1. http://www.all-athletics.com/ – All Athletics Official web site. 2. http://www.en.wikipedia.org/ – Wikipedia. 3. http://www.european-athletics.org/athletes/ – European Athletics Official web site. 4. http://www.iaaf.org/athletes/ – IAAF Official web site. 5. http://www.olympic.org/ – Official website of the Olympic games. 6. http://www.sports-reference.com/olympics/athletes/

–

Sport

reference

Official web site. 7. http://www.tilastopaja.net/ (http://www.tilastopaja.fi/) – Track and Field statistics from Finland. http://www.usatf.org/athletes/bios/ – USA Track & Field Official

93

SPORT RESULTS DYNAMICS IN AGE ASPECT IN THE DISCIPLINE 110 M HURDLES – MEN Hristyana Guteva, PhD student, National Sports Academy “Vassil Levski”, Sofia, Bulgaria Senior AssistantGrigor Gutev, PhD, National Sports Academy “Vassil Levski”, Department “Track & Field”, Sofia, Bulgaria Assistant Iva Dimova, National Sports Academy “Vassil Levski”, Department “Track & Field”, Sofia, Bulgaria Key words: 110 m hurdles, men, age, sport results, dynamics, anthropometry Introduction The 110 m hurdle running is a key discipline in each athletic competition due to the facts that it is the first hurdle discipline in historic plan and the spectacular height of the hurdles – 106.7 cm. From its appearance to present days there was a long process of evolution and development of the different aspects of the sport result – running and hurdle clearance technique, sport equipment (hurdles, spikes, starting blocks, etc.), athletic tracks and etc. Present days the discipline is more competitive and spectacular than any other period from its development. (R. Quercetani, 2009) Based on this fact we assume that analyzing the best hurdlers of all time we can help improvement of selection and training processes. Methodology The aim of the following study is to analyze the sport development of world elite 110 m hurdlers. Respondents are the best world hurdlers (at present finished their sport career) with personal best (PB) results from 12.88 to 13.34 sec. (average 13.20 sec.) – in total 95 athletes. For the purposes of the study we gathered information regarding their best results from the age of 16 to 41 years, also we seek information for their height, weight and Body Mass Index (BMI). All data was processed using Microsoft Excel and SPSS 19.0 applying variance and correlation analysis. Results and analysis The age of setting PB of all 95 hurdlers vary between 20 and 35 years (avg. 25.76 years) – we find high variance levels based on V% (12.29%). This results are similar to other studies in the sport methodology literature. Using this index, it is hard to get the individual sport realization of each athlete or group of athletes. 94

More interesting is the data presenting year PB results from 16 to 41 years where the cases of all 95 hurdlers vary from 2 to 66 in the different ages. All gathered results are from internet statistical portals. Based on the average value best results were registered between 22 and 31 years (<13.50 sec.). Most homogenous results based on variance coefficient (V%) we find in 21-22, 24-28 age periods (V%<2.00). We have low V% coefficients in other age periods (over 35 years) but this is due to the low sport result levels. Results range (R) vary between 0.85 and 2.18 sec. for the different age periods. An interest for our study is hurdlers anthropometry – seeking information regarding height and weight and derived therefrom BMI. Average values for height and weight are respectively 1.87 m (V%=2.70) and 81.76 kg (V%=7.36) – we find hurdlers height more homogenous compared to weight. BMI values range from 19.06 to 28.08 with average value of 23.47. All data including PB, PB age, sport results through the age period 16-41 years, and anthropometric indexes were processed using correlation analysis. Here we found interesting information regarding positive correlation between different age periods – proving connection between them. Also we found interrelations between anthropometric indexes. For more accurate analysis, we trace different sport results and anthropometry for sport results range <13.00 sec., between 13.00 and 13.20 sec. and >13.20 sec. Conclusion Based on research data we developed evaluation tables for sport result realization based on the world elite hurdlers – ready for immediate use in practice. Also as a help for practice we present regression models for sport results prognosis. These evaluation methods are also used and presented for anthropometric indexes – height, weight and BMI. Also we present information which must be used as a role model for sport development of future world elite hurdlers. References 8. Quercetani, R., A World History of Hurdle and Steeplechase Racing (1860-2008, Men and women), editVallardi, 2009. 9. Гигова, В., Статистически методи в спорта – ОКС „Магистър“, НСА, София, 2010 год. 10. Гутев, Гр., Препятствено бягане на 110 метра за мъже – състояние и тенденции в развитието, Международна конференция на Катедра „Лека атлетика“ 2010 г., Лека атлетика и Наука, бр. 1 (10), 2010, Тип Топ Прес, София, 2010, (стр. 71-76). 11. Гутев, Гр., Физически и спортносъстезателни показатели при елитни състезатели на 110 метра препятствено бягане – мъже, (Международна Научна Конференция на кат. „Лека атлетика“ 2011 год.) Лека атлетика и Наука бр. 1(11) 2011 год., БПС, София, 2011 год. (стр. 76-81). 12. Карапетрова, Р., Дисертация, НСА, 2011 год. 13. Лазаров, Ив., Дисертация, НСА, 2014 год. 95

14. Стойков, Ст., и колектив катедра „Лека атлетика“, Лека атлетика – техника, методика на обучение и преподаване. Правилознание (под редакцията на проф. Ст. Стойков), НСА Прес, София, 2014 год. Web sources: 8. http://www.all-athletics.com/ – All Athletics Official web site. 9. http://www.en.wikipedia.org/ – Wikipedia. 10. http://www.european-athletics.org/athletes/ – European Athletics Official web site. 11. http://www.iaaf.org/athletes/ – IAAF Official web site. 12. http://www.olympic.org/ – Official website of the Olympic games. 13. http://www.sports-reference.com/olympics/athletes/ – Sport reference Official web site. 14. http://www.tilastopaja.net/ (http://www.tilastopaja.fi/) – Track and Field statistics from Finland. 15. http://www.usatf.org/athletes/bios/ – USA Track & Field Official web site.

96

MENTAL SKILLS AND PERFORMANCE IN FOOTBALL Ayed Hafedh student RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Introduction: There is in football many elements involved in the success or failure of an action or performance. Indeed, to reach the high performance to gather, beforehand, several conditions in, not only the technical, tactical and physical preparations but also the psychological. In our study, we will insist on the status of mental abilities and the importance of psychological factors in improving performance in soccer. Research objective: Provide appropriate responses to problems that are faced bay the players, looking at the status of mental abilities and the importance of psychological factors in improving performances in soccer. Research problem: Is the mental preparation of athletes critical in achieving a high level? The literature: - Analysis of the football activity - The determiners of performance in high level football (physical, technical, psychological) - Personality of high level soccer players Methods of searche:

97

- Study population (26 players belonging to “ESS” Tunisian football club, 16 players who play often and belong to the national team an 10 who are substitutes) - We opted for the psychological test of James LOEHR (1983),  Positive energy,  Self-confidence,  Negative energy,  Motivation level,  Control of attention,  Control of attitude,  Control of visualization, - Statistical method : we used a statistical program (SPSS). Results and discussion:

Comparative histogram between expert and inexperienced skills The summary analysis of all the obtained results from our research shows us first of all that the players evolving within the team from the ESS (experts) have a personality profile where the mental skills crucial to success in football dominate. Unlike the inexperienced subjects whose scores are recorded lower. The results found in our research are consistent with the work of Jones (2002) and Davey (1978) who defined the professional football player as an athlete mentally

98

strong and having a personality profile where very important psychological qualities dominate unlike the inexperienced players. Bibliography: Jones (2002), Thelwell R, Weston N. Defining and understanding mental toughness with soccer, Journal of applied sport psychology n°17. Davey (1978), Physical exertion and mental performance ergonomics.

99

ANALYSIS OF STUDENTS’ DEMANDS AND MOTIVES FOR MINI FOOTBAL PRACTICE ON ARTIFICIAL TURF FOOTBALL FIELDS IN THE AREA OF VIETNAM NATIONAL UNIVERSITY HO CHI MINH CITY Vu Thi Thu Huong, Ph.D (1) Can Van Nghia, Ph.D (2) Nguyen Hoang Minh Thuan, Ph.D (3) (1)

: Vietnam Youth Football Training Centre – Vietnam Football Federation (2)

: NationalSports Complex – My Dinh, Vietnam (3)

: University of Sport Hochiminh City

Abstract Research aims to analyze students’ needs and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields in the area of Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City by using open questionnaires, Cronbach’s Alpha reliability analysis, EFA analysis. Research is carried out with 750 students and has systematized 5 needs for practice and 5 groups of motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields. Keywords: Demand, motives, artificial turf football fields, Vietnam National University. I.INTRODUCTION Ho Chi Minh City (HCMC) with its position as a big economic center is also the national leading center for sport development. Apart from state-owned sport facilities serving for sport development, there are more and more private ones which have rapidly developed all across the city such as sport clubs, gyms, golf courses, tennis courts, artificial turf football fields, swimming pools, sport service centers, health consultants, … for some particular sports like mini football, bodybuilding, gymnastics, … Among them, the business model of artificial turf football fields is of great significance for its remarkable and widespread development all over every district of the city throughout the recent years, 100

appealing to a large number of participants. The most significant place to mention is the area of Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City in which there is the largest number of participants with more than 35391 students as potential customers in contribution to the development of this business model in the future. Based on the real status, the development of this business model of artificial turf football fields here has largely contributed to the increase in opportunities to participate in sport for students,which is suitable for individual characteristics, hobbies and needs. Deriving from above-mentioned practical situation, the research on “Analysis of students’ needs and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields in the area of Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City” is necessary to form an evaluation basis for the development of sport activities in general and mini football practice on artificial turf football fields in particular with the hope to enrich students’ cultural and spiritual life in the future. Research methods: The research used several methods, as follows: Systems literature review analysis, methods of sociological surveys, statistics using SPSS 2.0 The scale of students’ demands and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields was made on the basis of Maslow’s theory of needs and these factors are derived from several sources like: open questionnaires, theoretical basis of previous studies. After doing Cronbach Alpha and EFA analysis, we obtained the scale of students’ needs and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields, as follows: -Students’ demands for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields include: physiological need, self-assertion need, Safety need, Awareness need, Social need. -Students’ motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields consist of 5 different groups, as follows: Group 1: “Entertainment”; Group 2: “Health Enhancement”; Group 3: “Social network expansion” ; Group 4: “Self-assertion”; Group 5: “Awareness” II. RESEARCH RESULTS 101

2.1 The real situation of students’ needs and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields in the area of Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City. 2.1.1 General information about the research sample: The research was carried out with 750 students in the area of VNU HCMC by using the method of random selection. The general information of the sample is specifically shown, as follows: The majority of students practicing mini football on artificial turf football fields are: male students (82.7%). As for their current year: Senior students are those who practice mini football on artificial turf football fields most (29.7%), next is sophomore (27.3%), the remaining ones are junior (24.7%) and freshman (8.3%). As for colleges/universities: students of University of Sport Ho Chi Minh City are said to practice mini football most (41%), and the smallest constitution belongs to University of Information Technology (3.7%). As for current residence: the majority of the students live in dormitories (51.3%). As for monthly expense: 3-4 VND million/month accounts for the largest part (37.7%), the lowest part belongs to over 4 VND million/month. 2.1.2 Evaluation of the degree of importance of students’ needs for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields The degree of importance of various students’ needs for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields is assessed by calculating the mean values of each group of needs. The result shows that “physiological need” has the highest mean value (3.45), next are “self-assertion need” and “safety need” with the same mean value (3.25), and the last ones are “awareness need” and “social need” (3.11) 2.1.3 Evaluation of the degree of importance of students’ motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields We assess the degree of importance of students’ motives for mini football practice on artificial turf football fields by computing the mean values of each group of motives. Results show that “social network expansion” has the highest mean value (3.33), The second highest mean value is of “awareness” (3.03), next is “health 102

enhancement” (2.92) followed by “self-assertion” (2.84) and the last is “entertainment” (2.81) 2.2 Recommended solutions for the development of mini football practice among students in the area of Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City Strengths

Weaknesses

-The area of Vietnam National University -The lack of human resources with HCMC is a place of students with more expertise working in the field of than 35000 students living and studying, mini football. which

provides

a

large

number

of -As students are the potential

customers.

customers, there is no stability in

-The socio-economic situation is stable, terms of time and frequency. and people now have higher and higher -The grounds, facilities have not living standards.

met

the

increasing

needs

of

-Students’ demands for entertainment, students. health enhancement … after school are -Marketing, increasing.

advertising

to

introduce mini football on artificial

-Mini football on artificial turf football turf fields is still very limited. fields is the most popular type which appeals

to

the

largest

number

of

participants in the area of Vietnam National University, Ho Chi Minh City. Opportunities

Threats

-Students’ life in this area is getting better, -There have been no specific and proving them opportunities to enjoy sport timely policies or solutions for the services, which then leads to an increase in instructions on how to make the number of potential customers.

investment and do business in this

-Vietnam National University now has a field.

The

majority

are

new zone under construction over a land of spontaneously

formed

by

643.7 hectares following the model of a individuals only. 103

modern scientific urban area, which -Awareness of the benefits and the creates

a

good

condition

for

the usefulness of mini football on

development of the facilities for mini artificial turf fields is not yet of football on artificial turf fields.

students’ interest.

-This business type of mini football on -The growing demands of students artificial turf fields is now a social trend of regarding grounds, equipment and development.

complemented services leads to higher requirements. -Competition on price and other services

among

different

businesses is getting more intense. Based on the research results of students’ needs and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf fields and SWOT analysis, several solutions are suggested, as follows: Solutions regarding facilities, including 3 solutions: Upgrade and supplement facilities (improve the grass surface of artificial turf fields, equipment, lightning system, parking lot, etc.); Make plans for frequent preservation and appropriate uses of facilities; Make investment in facilities, equipment in meeting the needs of participants. Solutions regarding information spreading, including 3 solutions: Focus on marketing, spreading, advertising mini football on artificial turf fields; Organize regularly games, sport events, and other social activities in order to attract students to participate; Invite teams athletes or famous people in the field to join and exchange with students to better attract the participation of students. Solutions regarding human resources, including 3 solutions: Enhance the training of employees, staffs in charge of managing the turf fields in work manners, attitudes towards customers; Make regular evaluation of employees’ working performance through some methods such as scoring, giving comments, criticizing, behavior observation, etc.; Create a pleasant working environment, give 104

encouragement to raise employees’ motivation and spirit on a regular basis and have suitable supporting policies. Solutions regarding quality improvement including 3 solutions: Focus on quality improvement in available club services such as food and drinks, parking, hygiene, parking lot, etc.; Develop other services such as training for the whole team, costume design, costume for hire, organizing events, organizing practice and training activities, referees, etc.; Have programs, various promotion services. Have special promotion for students in terms of price and supplemented services. III.CONCLUSION Based on the research results, several groups of students’ needs and motives for mini football practice on artificial turf fields at the area of Vietnam National University Ho Chi Minh City have been found including: The highest need is “Physiological need”, the next ones are “Self-assertion need”, “Safety need” and the last ones are “Awareness need” and “Social need”. As for motives, it can be seen that the highest one is “social network expansion” and the lowest one is “entertainment”. Besides, research has suggested several solutions in contribution to the development of the movement of mini football practice on artificial turf fields among students including: Solutions regarding facilities, Solutions regarding information spreading, Solutions regarding human resources, Solutions regarding quality improvement in services. This is the evaluation basis for the development of sport practice in general and mini football practice on artificial turf fields in particular among students in the area of VNU-HCMC.

References: 1. Roberts (1992), Motivation in sport and exercise, pp. 3-29. 2. Schiffman & Kanuk (2001), Consumer behavior, American economic review, 75[1], pp.78-90. 3. Sloan (1989), Sport fan motivation: questionnaire validation, comparisons by sport, and relationship to athletic motivation, pp. 230-231. 105

4. Mimi, S ph t tri n của bóng đ mini trên cả nước (Development of mini football in Vietnam), http://thegioiconhantao.com.vn/su-phat-trien-cua-bong-damini-tren-ca-nuoc-1014/; Access in 17/5/2016

106

ASSOCIATED INFLUENCE METHOD IN IMPROVEMENT OF SPECIAL FLEXIBILITY IN TRADITIONAL WUSHU (TAOLU) Ivanova A.O., master student Scientific adviser – Movshovich A.D., Professor, Dr.S RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE)

ABSTRACT The options of using of the associated influence method in improvement of special flexibility in traditional wushu (taolu) are considered in this article.

Keywords: the associated influence, flexibility, wushu, traditional wushu, kung-fu,associativity.

One of the most effective methods in improvement of special flexibility in traditional wushu (taolu), satisfying basic principles of exercises, is the associated method. Its key feature is simultaneous influence on the formed skill and the related qualitative features of physical activity. At the final stage of drills the associated method is expressed in that the exercises are carried out with objectively increased requirements to certain motor qualities. It includes a complete action that is the taolu itself (a complex of formal movements). And these requirements are normalized so that doesn’t cause some distortion of the main mechanism of the motive technique. Another advantage of the associated method is the saving of time. Using only standard set of means and methods in traditional wushu (taolu), it is possible to influence physical skills in a complex.

107

It is necessary to consider the following associated influences in traditional wushu: 1.

Associativity of the applied methods.

To study traditional wushu it is used various methods that allow to achieve the best results in shorter time. 2. Associated influence of physical actions: improvement of both the motor technique and physical abilities. There is an opportunity to successfully solve problem of motive abilities development which work in combination with improvement of the specific drills technique at the heart of the associated influence method. 3. Associativity of physical qualities improvement. The associated method allows overcoming the competition of various physical qualities. In particular, applying the associated method, it is possible to train strength and flexibility, flexibility and speed, dexterity and flexibility at the same time. When performing the taolu in traditional wushu all these issues are associated among themselves. 4. Improvement of physical skill and fighting spirit. Associativity in traditional wushu is fighting expediency and spirit of each element which is expressed in indicators, but not just in beautiful poses. 5. Performance associativity of taolu. Within centuries taolu has been formed by such principle: when performing form (the sequence of movements) every movement needs to be considered and estimated in the context of other associated movements. For example, a transition from one pose to another. It is also necessary to consider that the taolu always has had fighting character, with effect of critical danger.

108

HIPPOTHERAPY AS A MEANS OF REHABILITATION OF CHILDREN OF YOUNGER PRESCHOOL AGE WITH A SPASTIC FORM OF CEREBRAL PALSY Ivanova V., second-year student, 49.03.02 «Physical culture for persons with disabilities (adaptive physical education)» speciality Dytko E.V.,senior teacher foreign languages department, Velikie Luki Sports Academy Introduction. Recently, there has been a significant growth of the amount of children with cerebral palsy (CP)in the world. According to a number of researchers in the general mass of Russian children with disabilities, cerebral palsy among all nosologies is presented in more than 50% of cases. Spastic diplegia is the most common form of infantile cerebral palsy, also known as Little's disease. Patients with this form of the disease have tetraparesis, in which the lower extremities are more susceptible to injury than the upper extremities. The growth of the number of children with spastic form of cerebral palsy makes the problem of their complex motor rehabilitation very actual. Among the means and methods of motor rehabilitation in recent years the leading place is given to hippotherapy. Hippotherapy as therapeutic gymnastics on a horse ("hippos" means "a horse"in Greek) is a long-known effective therapeutic aid for patients with various diseases. The first attempts to apply dosed horseback riding and physical exercises on horses for the treatment and rehabilitation of some categories of disabled persons were adopted in the early 1950s in Germany, Scandinavia, and then in the UK, Canada, Switzerland, Poland and France. In Russia for the first time horse riding for the treatment of children was applied in the hippotherapy center "Zhivaya nit", which was opened in 1991 in Moscow. In recent years in various countries hippotherapy is used in the system of complex rehabilitation of persons 109

with disorders of the musculoskeletal system. On the territory of Pskov Region on the basis of the equestrian club "Rodina" [] for more than 10 years the treatment and rehabilitation of disabled children has been carried out. The goal of the rehabilitation process is to move to a higher level of the patient's abilities. Hippotherapy as one of the forms of therapeutic physical training allows to solve the following main tasks: 1) to counteract the negative influence of hypokinesia caused by the disease; 2) to develop physical activity of a patient; 3) to contribute to the restoration of impaired functions; 4) to improve or restore lost skills; 5) to provide professional rehabilitation, form new or restore lost skills. Hippotherapy as one of the technologies for working with people with disabilities is a complex multifunctional method of rehabilitation. In essence, hippotherapy is nothing more than a form of physiotherapy exercise (LFK, or exercise therapy), where the horse, the riding process and the physical exercises performed by the person during riding are used as an instrument of rehabilitation. The positive effect is achieved through familiarity with the horse (a positive emotional background is created), the heat and movement of the musculature of the horse (it warms up and massages the muscles of the child), the inclusion of all muscle groups in the work. Thus, hippotherapy as a means of rehabilitation provides not only motor rehabilitation, but also social adaptation of the patient. Purpose:

to

develop

an

approximate

rehabilitation

program

for

hippotherapy in Velikie Luki for children with cerebral palsy. Methods: analysis of literature sources on the problem under study, questionnaire poll, survey of infrastructure facilities in Pskov Region and adjacent regions (racecourses, private stables), analysis of topical Russian rehabilitation programs with application of hippotherapy. Results. An approximate program for the rehabilitation of preschool age patients (3-7 years) with the use of hippotherapy was developed. The program includes tests to assess the functional capabilities of the patient, the category of 110

exercises that most effectively affect certain aspects of the development of cerebral palsyand a set of recommendations necessary for the successful implementation of the developed program in Velikie Luki. Discussion. To create a specialized program of classes with children with a spastic form of cerebral palsy, in the first place, the possibilities of the infrastructure of Pskov Region were assessed. In the immediate vicinity of the city of Velikie Luki and the Academy of Physical Education and Sports there is a stable in the village of Balandino (Velikie Luki district), in which it is theoretically possible to organize horse-riding classes for children suffering from cerebral palsy, but this stable currently has only entertaining and teaching potential of work with a horse, offering, for example, riding small children around in a circle on horses and training everyone who wants to ride from scratch []. From our point of view, with the presence of specially trained animals and qualified specialists, the stable in Balandino can in future become a center offering rehabilitation services for different age groups of people diagnosed with cerebral palsy. The site for development of an exemplary rehabilitation program was the equestrian club, located in the village of Rodina, Pskov district. This club has a wide range of opportunities for implementing medical support programs using hippotherapy, as well as employees who have the appropriate education and training to conduct classes with horses in special conditions. According to personal estimates of the staff of the racecourse in the equestrian club "Rodina" the classes are being held with children with disabilities under a special program for more than 10 years already, on the basis of the club there are two horses possessing an iron mind, a good disposition, a suitable physique and a good amplitude step for classes with children. Based on the materials and programs of the equestrian club Rodina and the analysis of programs for the rehabilitation of children of pre-school age group with cerebral palsy traditionally used in practice, initially a curriculum was developed, designed for a period of six months (the optimal term of the test period of the program in real conditions) and consisting of 3 parts - the adaptation stage, the 111

main stage and the final stage. The curriculum design includes a total amount of only 24 hours, classes should be held 2 times a week and last for 30 minutes. Selection of the complex of exercises of the program is strictly individual for each patient. Depending on the form of the disease, the tasks of treatment and rehabilitation and functional capabilities, which are determined by special tests, there are various contraindications. During hippotherapy classes, exercises are performed on the horse starting from the following initial positions (the main ones): •

starting position №1 - sitting astride facing the horse's head with one’s

hands freely lowered along one’s trunk; •

starting position № 2 - sitting astride facing the tail of the horse;

•

starting position № 3 - sitting sideways on the horse, with one’s face

to the left or to the right; •

starting position № 4 - the person lies with his head on the rump of the

horse to the tail (a) or to the neck (b), face "to the ceiling", and the hands hanging down along the ribs of the animal. First, the rider assumes the starting position (b), and then (a). •

starting position № 5 - first the person assumes the initial position of

lying prone on the horse's back, leaning with his arms bent in the elbows to the croup and hugging the hips of the hind legs, after which the horse-breeder leads the horse in steps, and the patient holds the pose. After a few laps the rider changes his position to lying on his belly on the back of the horse, leaning his arms bent in the elbows to the croup and hugging his neck and holding it while the horse-breeder leads the horse in a leisurely pace. •

starting position № 6 - lying across the horse face down.

Conclusions. The sample program for the rehabilitation of preschool age patients diagnosed with cerebral palsy with the use of hippotherapy, developed by us, being only a theoretically designed project at the moment. When further it will be tested in a stable in the village of Balandino in the immediate vicinity of the city of Velikie Luki, there is a probability of successful development of the 112

rehabilitation potential of this facility and the appearance in the future of a rehabilitation center for children with cerebral palsy in Velikie Luki area.

Bibliography 1. Equestrian club "Rodina". – URL: http://kskrodina.ru/(accessdate: 11.04.2017). 2. Healthcare in Russia. 2015: Statistics / Rosstat. - M., 2015 - 174 p. 3. Humanistically oriented forms of physical and sports work with disabled people: Collection. / Comp. Ed .: Academician of the Russian Academy of Education, Doctor of Pedagogical Nike, Professor VV Kuzin, Doctor of Philosophy, Associate Professor Chesnokov NN - Moscow .: Humanitarian Center "SpArt" RGAFK, 1997. - 215 p. ("Sport, spiritual values, culture: theoretical concepts and applied programs." The eighth edition). 4. Lutsenko S.A. Correction of motor abilities of children of primary school age with spastic diplegia using the hippotherapy method / S.А. Lutsenko // Adaptive physical culture. - 2014. - No. 4 (60). 5. Rehabilitation center for children and adolescents with disabilities, Velikie Luki. - URL: http://rcluki.ru/p/department(accessdate: 11.04.2017). 6. Stable in Balandino. – URL: https://vk.com/club45660366(accessdate: 11.04.2017).

113

MUSEUM OF SPORT AND OLYMPIC MOVEMENT OF THE PSKOV REGION IN THE SYSTEM OF OLYMPIC EDUCATION Karaulova A. ErshovaN.G. Beljukov D.A. Velikie Luki state academy of physical training and sports

Museums play an important role in the system of Olympic education. The Museum of sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov region is among them. It has been working to spread the Olympic knowledge among different categories of the population. Methods. The analysis of sources and literature, comparative analysis. Results of research. In Russia the system of Olympic education started to be formed at the initiative of the Olympic committee of Russia which in 1992 developed the concept of state and public system of Olympic education. The system is based on interaction at the federal level of the Ministry of Education and Olympic committee, at level of subjects of the Russian Federation - on cooperation of physical training and sports bodies, regional Olympic academies and education authorities. There are 14 regional Olympic academies in Russia which make the big impact on development of system of Olympic education in the regions of Russia [4,5,7]. One of them is Velikie Luki Olympic academy. It exists as a public organization in Velikie Luki Sports Academy. Annually (every year) since 2007, in Velikie Luki sports competitions «Young olimpionics» among preschool educational institutions are held. The competition program of«Young olimpionics» includes: motor tasks, a complex obstacle course, a theoretical test «Experts of Olympism». The competitions of «Young olimpionics» have two rounds: the qualifying - on bases of secondary schools and final - on the basis of our Academy. As for the Olympic education in 114

high educational establishments in Velikie Luki, it should be mentioned that the greatest development it received in Sports academy.

It is realized through

teaching, creative contests during non-learning time, scientific work on studying of the Olympic movement, educational activity on distribution of Olympic knowledge among various population groups[3, 10]. The special place in system of Olympic education is given to sports museums. Among them there is the Museum of sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov region which opened in Velikie Luki state academy of physical training and sports in 2015. There were some objective reasons for creation of the museum. First, the Pskov region is rich with sports and Olympic traditions, and proud of its famous athletes, coaches, organizers of sports-mass work. Athletes of the Pskov area are known for the sports victories on world and Olympic arenas. Secondly, in the Pskov area there is

specialized sports academy which is

recognized as a center of training and retraining of physical culture and sports experts for the region and the country. 13 students and graduates of the academy there were participants of Olympic Games in different years, and two of them became Olympic champions (Valery Tchaplygin and Michael Ivanov). Thirdly, the academy has the necessary material base for Museum functioning. And, fourthly, in academy there is the personnel potential, capable to conduct effective work in the field of studying, preservations and popularizations of historical sports heritage of region. On September, 3rd, 2014 Academic council ВЛГАФК has made the decision on creation of new structural division - the Museum of sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov edge. Its solemn opening on February, 19th, 2015 has taken place. The museum purpose is studying, preservation and popularisation of a sports and Olympic heritage of the Pskov edge. The following is included in a circle of problems: studying of stages of development of physical training, sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov edge, and also history ВЛГАФК as centre of sports formation Псковщины; replenishment of museum funds and maintenance of their safety; assistance in the organisation of teaching 115

and educational process of academy and development of interest to a sports and Olympic heritage [1, 6]. Today the museum has various thematic collections of museum subjects, a private library and archive. Since its foundation in February 2015 the Museum has carried out the activities in four basic directions: stock work, exposition, research and cultural-educational activity.

In museumstructure there are 3 funds. They are: a main Fund, temporary storage and scientific support. It is necessary to stop on the maintenance and features of a main Fund in more details. It includes the various collections corresponding to specificity available museum subjects (items). A collection of “Items faleristics and numismatics” is included medals, badges, coins, tokens with sports subjects; in a collection "Cups" you can find

sports trophies from

competitions of various levels - from local to international. A separate collectionis devoted sports clothes and equipment.There is also an impressive collection of sports pennants (pendants) (more than 90 names). The special place in the Museum is given tothe collection of «Attributes of Olympic and Paralympic winter games of 2014 in Sochi», which included a large number of museum objects related to the XXII Olympic and XI Paralympic winter games in Sochi. It is not casual: 24 representatives of our Academy - students and teachers -

visited Games as volunteers; and some of them, as the rector of

academy V.N.Shljahtov - as the official visitor of the Olympiad. Thanking to these people it was possible to collect an extensive collection of Olympic memorable souvenirs, elements of the sports uniform and equipment, a large number of photos and other documents. Therefore there was an idea to create an exhibition devoted to the participation of representatives of the academy at the XXII Olympic and XI Paralympic winter games. During exhibition preparation it has been collected more than 270 various subjects, and more than 120 were selected for exhibiting. Among them: Torches of relay race Olympic and Paralympic flame, a set of torchbearer uniform and the 116

volunteer, accreditations and schedules of working hours of the volunteer, workbooks staff of the games, memorable certificates, diplomas, letters of thanks, tickets to sports events and official ceremonies, souvenirs, posters, cards, badges, magnets, pendants, tablets, photos and many other things. It is necessary to notice, that a number of subjects are really unique and make pride of the exhibition and the museum. They arethe flag of Russia with autographs of members of the Russian national team in a short-track relay on 5 000 meters

Olympic champion Victor Ann, Simeon Elistratov, Ruslan Zapharov,

Vladimir Grigoriev; a bunch of flowers from ceremony of awarding of the winners of XI Paralympic winter games, donated to

4-times Paralympic champion

Michalina Lysova; the poster «Sochi 2014» with a donative inscription «Yours faithfully, the main judge on cross-countries of XXII Olympic winter games in Sochi V.V. Vedenin»; the puck with the autograph of the Olympic champion, the captain of a men's Olympic hockey team of Canada of Sydney by Crosby; a stick of the member of men's Olympic hockey team of Norway of Hanssen; a gift set of badges with the image of the official form of national teams on hockey; a souvenir medal «Participant of a closing ceremony of XXII Olympic winter games» (on February, 23rd, 2014) ; a collection album for Olympic 100 ruble banknotes and 25 ruble coins of bank of Russia, devoted to the XXII Olympic and XI Paralympic winter games. The Exhibition activity of the Museum of sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov edge is one of leading. On June, 4th, 2015 the exhibition «VLGAFK: history and the present», dedicated to the 45th anniversary of the Academywas opened. June, 16th, 2016 one more exhibition was opened«Sports stars of Velikie Luki», devoted to the 850th anniversary of the first mention in the chronicle of the city Velikie Luki. The research activity of the Museum is closely connected with preparation of new exhibitions, stock work and studying of available museum subjects. Among the priority directions of research for today it is necessary to allocate the studying 117

of various stages of development of physical training and sports of the Pskov region; the study of the history of Sports Academy, studying of biographies and professional lives of the people of Pskov- Honored workers of physical culture, famous athletes of the Pskov region and, first of all, Olympic champions, prizewinners and participants of Olympic games. Cultural-educational work of the museum has a special importance. It is based on the excursions acquainting visitors with current expositions. Nowadays, more than 1 300 persons visited the museum. Among them veterans of sports, lowmobility groups, visitors of a city, athletes and participants of competitions, etc. Discussion and conclusions. Thus, it is possible to say that the Museum of sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov edge has extensive opportunities for distribution of Olympic knowledge among different categories of the population, bringing the contribution to the system of Olympic education.

The literature 1. Belyokov D.A. Museum of sports and Olympic movement of the Pskov edge//the Fifth Pskov regional readings of regional studies / red.-sost. T.V.Veresova. Pskov-Moscow, 2015. With. 104-111. 2. Beljukov D.A., Smirnova E. Olympic education in Velikie Luki: condition, problems, prospects//Traditions - Innovations - Development / the Collection of articles of chair of humanitarian and social and economic disciplines ВЛГАФК. - Editorial council: V.A.Beskrovnaja, A.A.Stepan, G.T.Trofimova. Release 9. Velikie Luki, 2013. With. 82-89. 3. Контанистов A.T.Russian system of Olympic formation: state-public model//the Olympic bulletin. №14 / Сост. N.J.Melnikova, A.V.Treskin, N.S.Leonteva, h.p. Леонтьева. М, 2013. With. 334-338. 4. Polikarpov G. M, Мельникова N.J.Olimpizm in modern educational space//the Olympic bulletin. №14 / Сост. N.J.Melnikova, A.V.Treskin, N.S.Leonteva, h.p. Леонтьева. М, 2013. With. 339-344. 5. Rodichenko V. S. Olympic idea for Russia (repetition passed). M. 2004. 6. Ershova N., Belyukov D., Smirnova E. Olympic education in Russia at the regional level//Acta kinesiologiae Universitatis Tartuensis. - Volume 20 (Supplement) / SeventhConference of BalticSociety ofSportSciences(May, 118

7-9, 2014, Tartu, Estonia). Edited by Mati Paasuke, Evelin Latt and Jaak Jurimae. Tartu, 2014. P. 84.

119

PECULIARITIES OF PHYSICAL PREPAREDNESS OF YOUNG TEENAGERS (8-10 YEARS) IN JUDO Khitaryan D. - Ph.D. FRENCH UNIVERSITY IN ARMENIA Head of physical education and sport sub-faculty

Introduction The analysis of literary sources showed the presence of a significant number of works devoted to different stages of preparation of judokas. In our opinion, at the present stage of judo development, practical coaches and theoreticians pay no enough attention to the methods of the initial stage of preparation. This is due to the relatively short duration of this stage, compared with other stages in the system of long-term sports training, and almost no competitive activity in the training process of adolescent children. Therefore, the technique of technical training of judokas at the initial stage is almost identical with the technique of the basic training phase, which is an unacceptable mistake and adversely affects the training process. Achievement of high results in judo is impossible without the improvement of the initial training system, during which the basis for the correct implementation of technical actions is laid. Unfortunately, little attention has been paid to this issue in modern judo theory. The existing method of initial training does not sufficiently take into account the age characteristics of pupils, neglects the system of primary selection, in many respects repeats the method of training adult judokas, ignores the healing effect of judo lessons for children and teenagers. The peculiarity of the training process in the initial training groups is that, with loads with high energy costs, renewal occurs slowly, the nervous system of young athletes is characterized by reactivity, plasticity, and the advantage of excitation processes over the braking processes. In the learning process, an arbitrary character of the majority of mental processes (perception, attention, 120

memory, imagination, etc.), the formation of abstract logical forms of thinking, and the rapid development of the need for motor activity are observed. Taking into cosiderance the functional features and capabilities, we can talk about the natural necessity of students in large amounts of motor activity. Therefore, it is important to ensure to children this volume, corresponding to their age and individual health condition. To achieve this goal will help the priority of general development and health-improving focus at the stage of initial training, including judo. Methods. For solving the problems of our research, the following methods are used. 1. Analysis of literature sources and generalization of best practices of leading coaches. 2. Methods for determining the level of physical preparedness. 3.Methods of mathematical statistics. In accordance with the curriculum of judo for children's and youth sports schools, specialized children's and youth schools of the Olympic reserve, primary selection for initial training groups is conducted among children aged 8 years. The criteria of primary selection in the initial training groups is the child's desire to engage in judo, the absence of contraindications for health reasons and the propensity indicators for test results. Favorable anthropometric data are characterized by external and general indices of the tendency to judo: a difference of more than 100 cm between height and body weight. During the determination of the level of physical preparedness of children for judo, special attention is paid to speed-strength qualities, the ability to perform short-term and high-intensity work, flexibility. To determine the level of physical preparedness of children in the selection of initial training in judo use test tasks (Table 1.) Tests to determine the level of physical fitness of judokas. Control exercises

Cadets

Girls 121

Evaluation 5 4 3 5 4 4,8 4,9 5,0 5,4 5,5 185 170 155 165 150 8 6 4 5 4

Test 1. Run from high start at 30 m. Test 2. . Long jump from the place Test 3. Retention of legs in the position of the angle 90 ° in the vis on the crossbeam Test 4. Pulling on the crossbar to the 10 8 6 level of the chin, quantity Test 5. The Gymnastics Bridge Accomplishments Conditions Steep, is executed from the position, standing Steep, is satisfied from the lying position

6

5

3 5,6 135 3

4

Evaluation 5 4 3

The average is satisfied from the lying position Тest 6.Incline forward With a touch of the chest and head of the knees (knees 5 straight) With the touch of the knee head 4 Without touching the head of the knees 3 The results of testing determine the overall level of physical preparedness of children by calculating the average of all test scores. The overall score of "5" indicates a high level of physical preparedness, "4" - medium, "3" - satisfactory, "2" - low (unsatisfactory). If there is a score of "2" for the results of one of the tests, the overall score can not be higher than "3", with two ratings of "2" - the overall level of physical preparedness is considered unsatisfactory. Analysis of research results Our research was conducted on the basis of the sports club "Zeytun" in Yerevan and took place in three stages: In the pedagogical testing involved 30 judokas of the initial training group aged 8-10 years, the results of which are presented in Table 2. The results of the implementation of the standards for the judokas physical training of the initial training group at the age of 8-10 years (n = 30). TESTS Test 1 res.

Test 2

Тest 3

Тest 4 Тest 5 Тest 6

ev. res. ev. rez. ev. res. ev.

ev.

ev.

Total evaluation 122

5,1

3

164

3

2

2

2

2

3

0,29 0,96 18,3 1,05 1,60 0,63 2,72 0,72 0,53

4

3

0,63

0,73

As a result of pedagogical testing, disappointing indicators are observed: 56.7% of children aged 8-10 years have an unsatisfactory level of physical preparedness for the initial judo training group, 36.7% are satisfactory and 3.3% average and high. In order to comply with the reliability of testing, the available sample was divided into three groups: the first included children with acceptable anthropometric data, the second included children with an overestimated growth rate, which can be attributed to an ectomorphic somatotype for W. Sheldon's typology, and the third to children with excessive weight index - endomorphic type. Comparing the obtained average results of test exercises on a 5-point scale in the study groups with the norms proposed in the judo program, we concluded that in all groups of children, even with the corresponding anthropometric data, no physical quality indicator corresponds to the model level. The practical significance of the research results lies in the experimental justification of the disability of most children to physically perform the training load in the initial judo training groups and, accordingly, qualitatively master the technical arsenal of judo techniques according to the existing judo training program. As a consequence, there is a need to change the existing methodology for training young judokas at the initial stage and the criteria for primary selection. Conclusions: In the process of improving the general methodology for training young judokas at the initial stage, it is necessary to take into account the characteristics of individual development of physical and psychological qualities, general indicators of the functional preparedness of children. Particular attention should be paid to the process of formation of abstract-logical forms of thinking when mastering the 123

technique of motor actions of judo and the development of natural needs in motor activity through the skillful use of the game method. A characteristic feature of children's motivation for such active training is directly the training process itself, its values as a social value activity. Also, given the overall low level of physical preparedness of children, must be avoided heavy loads on the spine, unilateral tension of the muscles of the trunk, strong tremors and body shocks, overstrain of the joint-ligament and muscular apparatus. Particular attention is paid to the formation of the habit of correct posture, to strengthen the muscles of the back, the abdominal press, the summary of the foot. Limit exercise with stress, overcoming large resistances, difficult to complete tasks. Avoid inflated or overly complex loads during exercise, running and other cyclic movements. In our research, we consider judo not only as an effective form of sports and professionally applied single combat, but as a possible component of the system of physical education of the population of our country. In the process of judo training, all groups of muscles and, of course, all motor qualities receive a push to harmonious development. The healing effect of these exercises is almost obvious. The aim of this research is to create an author's program for classes in the initial training groups "judo-sport-health", the basis of which is the priority of the improving and developing direction. Bibliography: 1.

ԱռաքելյանՎ.Բ. ՍաղյանԲ.Զ

Ձյուդո ըմբշամարտ Ուսումնական

ձեռնարկ 2009 2.

Платонов В. Н. Система подготовки спортсменов в олимпийском спорте. Общая теория спорта и ее практические приложения / В. Н. Платонов. К.: Олимпийская литература, 2004.

3.

Туманян Г. С. Стратегия подготовки чемпионов / Г. С. Туманян – М.: Советский спорт, 2006.

4.

Федякина

Г.К.

Развитие

координационных

и

интеллектуальных 124

способностей школьников младших классов на основе возрастных закономерностей организации движений //Ареф. канд. дисс. – Майкоп, 1998. 5.

Ямасита Ясухиро. Боевой дух дзюдо. (Уникальная техника мастера). М.: «Гранд – Фаир», 2003.

125

MUSCLE FUNCTION RECOVERY OF TENNIS PLAYERS KLOPOVA IRINA PAVLOVNA Research supervisor: SPASOVA VIOLETTA SPASIMIROVA Moscow State Academy of Physical Education (MSAPE) Malakhovka, Russia Abstract The article presents the main criteria of selection of muscle function recovery means for tennis players, and their specific effect on the body. It considers the ways to accelerate the recovery, increase the efficiency and quality of training, help to avoid overloads and prevent overtraining. Keywords: muscle function recovery, choice of muscle recovery means, selection of muscle recovery means, recovery acceleration. In the course of the game, all parts of the body of a tennis player are exposed to a very strong tension bordering on stress. As a rule, during a tennis match a player makes from 300 to 500 quick sudden movements in various directions, followed by a surge of energy. At the same time, the match can last more than four hours. Therefore, the game requires not only exceptional muscular strength but also anaerobic endurance. Professional tennis practice often leads to such physiological disorders as minor and severe injuries, as well as occupational diseases. Issues of muscle function recovery are no less relevant than a competently designed coaching process when training tennis players for competitions and taking part in them. It is of the utmost importance that the modern concept of sports training considers the load and subsequent recovery activities as two parts of the whole in the training process of an athlete.

126

The processes of fatigue and recovery depend on a number of significant and minor factors: the nature and intensity of the work performed; degree of fitness; the number of muscles involved in the movement and their mass; individual features of a tennis player; climatic and weather conditions; daily regime; nutrition, etc. It should be remembered that excessive enthusiasm for the means of recovery can lead to a negative effect, even harm the health of an athlete. It is necessary to apply the means of recovery strictly individually taking into account the deviations in the player’s state of health, the tasks of a specific stage of the training process, and consulting a team physician. The integrated use of all types of recovery means, i.e. pedagogical, biomedical and psychological, has the greatest effect. Thus, it accelerates the recovery, increases the efficiency and quality of training, helps to avoid overloads, provides prevention of overtraining, improves the processes of adaptation of the organism to the influence of external environment. Among all the methods used, priority should be given to pedagogical approaches, while biomedical and psychological means should be considered as auxiliary, contributing to the acceleration of recovery. To achieve the optimal training effectiveness, a tennis player needs: 1) competent planning, i.e. compliance of physical exertions with the functional capabilities of an organism; 2) optimal combination of general and special means of training; 3) rational elaboration of training and competitive cycles; 4) timely use of switching in the activity of an athlete by introducing recovery microcycles; 5) competent elaboration of a lifestyle — timeliness and quality of sleep, nutrition, sports training, relaxation and other activities;

127

6) correct elaboration of a separate training session in terms of creating a positive emotional state; 7) individually selected warm-up and final part of a training session, 8) use of active recreation and relaxation. Along with the mentioned above pedagogical tasks, biomedical means of recovery are widely used in training, where an important role is played by rational and balanced nutrition, physio- and hydroprocedures, various types of massage, vitamins and pharmacological drugs (except for banned, of course), as well as electrical stimulation, aeronization, oxygen therapy, etc. The tactics of using these means are based on the laws governing the development of protective reactions of a body in the process of sports practice (current recovery), immediately after its termination (urgent recovery) and in the nearest future after it (delayed recovery). These means are directed at replenishment of the energy resources of a body expended during loading, restoration of vitamin balance and microelements, thermoregulation and blood supply, increase of immune activity. High intensification of the training process and stresses accompanying competitive practice create a high level of psychological stress of tennis players. Thus, psychological recovery methods, such as sleep, autogenic and psychoregulatory training, activating therapy, muscle relaxation techniques, special breathing exercises become essential. Comfortable living conditions and a variety of leisure activities are of the same importance. Selection of recovery means, their combination, dosage, duration and tactics of use are determined by the specific condition of a tennis player: his health, level of fitness, individual capacity for recovery and the methodological parameters of the training process. At the same time, one should always adhere to the basic principles of using recovery tools: 128

1) integrity, i.e. the use of the means of all three groups and various means of each group for the purpose of simultaneous impact on the main functional units of the body - the motor environment, neurological processes, metabolism and energy, the defenses of the body, etc .; 2) calculation of the time of application, when the restorative products have the greatest effect (for example, the use of a bath immediately after a load worsens the strength rates, and after 8-10 hours after a load improves); 3) taking into account the individual characteristics of an organism; 4) compatibility and rational combination to enhance the effect (for example, sauna and hydromassage); 5) confidence in the complete harmlessness and minimal toxicity of pharmaceutical drugs; 6) compliance with the stages of training, the nature of the work that has already been done, and the work ahead; 7) the inadmissibility of prolonged or systematic use of strong pharmaceutical drugs due to possible adverse effects. When developing various schemes of recovery procedures for tennis players, a number of important factors and requirements should be taken into account: 

to determine the link of the functional system of the organism,

which carries the main load and limits the capacity for work; 

to take into account temporal differences in the course of

recovery; 

to develop an optimal technology for the use of various means

in the complex; 129



selection of objective control methods over the effectiveness of

the means used, followed by the adjustment of recovery techniques; 

when there is a small break between training sessions (4 - 6

hours), it is advisable to perform recovery procedures immediately after training; 

the means of general and global impact precede the local

influences; 

it is not advisable to use the same means for a long time;

moreover, the means of local impact should be changed more often than the means of general impact; 

more than three different procedures are not recommended in

one recovery session; 

the greatest activity of biological processes and the highest

working capacity are in the periods of 10am - 1pm and 5pm - 8pm. Conclusion.A considerable role in sports activities is played by muscle function recovery. Well recovered muscles of an organism are capable of growing which allows to train even more intensively and is one of main goals in any kind of sport. Many tennis players often overload body muscles enormously, neglecting simple rules of recovery after the training. It leads to overtraining which directly affects their results in sport.

REFERENCES 1.

Emms H.K. Achieving Peak Performance in Tennis. Live It

Publishing, London: 2008. - 312 p. 2.

IvanovaG.P., KnyazevaT.I. Tennis: handbook /G.P. Ivanova, T.I.

Knyazeva/ Lesgaft National State University of Physical Education, Sport and Health. – St. Petersburg: 2008. – 207 p. 130

PERFORMANCE STABILITY OF 10-12 YEARS OLD TENNIS PLAYERS Emiliya Kokh, student RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Key-words: stability, attention, tennis player, emotional zone Tennis develops very fast. Many new technologies, methods and means of training activity are appearing. All athletes are different, but desire to win unites everybody in emulative professional activity. To win by hook or by crook. Sportsmen are trained physically, tactically, technically, but it is very hard to define interior condition. Therefore training psychic side of athlete one ought to consider individuality. To play stable on professional layer, you should begin to train since childhood. As a consequence we have decided to analyze stability and psychological conditioning of children 10-12 year old. Research’s objective is to explore some dependence of game’s action stability on attention stability in different emotional zone of 10-12 year old tennis players. For the purpose of evidence of interconnection between game’s action stability in competitive activity and attention stability in different emotional zone during the game the experiment has been held. It was concluded with a group of sportsmen of 12 people 10-12 year old, boys and girls who belong to education-training group. Methods: 1)

Literature survey

2)

Testing productivity and attention stability 131

3)

Pedagogical observations

4)

Pedagogical experiment

5)

Math’s statistics

Discussion Research’s object is emulative activity tennis player 10-12 year old. We have found interconnection in 3 area intensity and got ensuing results: 1)

In the first area intensity is r=0, 2. It means that our significatives are not

interdependent. 2)

In the second and the third emotional zone the coefficient is also low,

indicates that relationship is very weak. Conclusion: so, attention stability at the age of 10-12 year old is not affected by performance stability. At this age the mane indexes that influence the game’s action stability are technical and physical preparedness of young tennis players. Literature: 1)

Matveev L. P Theory and methodics of physical culture. Introduction to

the course: textbook. for the high. spec. of phys. culture. institutions. – 3rd ed. St. Petersburg, 2003, 160 p 2)

Pikalova, A.V. Effeciency criteria of competitive activity of junior

tennis player aged 10-12: abstract of Ph.D. thesis / A.V. Pikalova. – Moscow, 2004. – 21P.

132

«VALUE ORIENTATIONS OF STUDENTS: ON THE EXAMPLE OF STUDENTS OF RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE)» Christina Koloskova, Master Student, Svetlana Myagkova, Scientific Advisor Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE).

Key words:values, valuableorientations,Internet-communication, youth. Introduction. Relevance of this study lies in the fact that the value world of modern Russian youth is ambiguous, contradictory and needs investigation and prioritization. Value-spiritual world of young people responds to the social processes taking place in the country, and reflects them through their specific needs and interests. The process of formation and change of values, aswell as the process of socialization, takes place throughout the entire life of a person. In other words, during the process of socialization a person gets his own values, which can vary throughout a lifetime, sometimes quite significantly under the influence of sociocultural environment. Taking into consideration the fact that the youth is a social group which forms its values due to age and psychological characteristics, the relevance of the research on this subject is clear. The objective of the research is to analyze theoretically the factors affecting the formation of valuable orientations of students and, using the Internet survey of students of RSUPESY&T, to reveal empirically the structure of the value orientations of modern students. 133

To achieve this goal, the following tasks should be solved: 1. To define the structure of the value orientations of modern Russian students. 2. To identify the features of socialization of student youth in modern conditions. 3. To determine the impact of the media and the Internet communications on the formation of valuable orientations of students in Russia. 4. To conduct a sociological research aimed at studying the value orientations of modern students: on the example of the students To achieve the objectives, the following methods were used: 1. Scientific methods: analysis and generalization 2. The sociological method - the method of questionnaire Discussion.The sample of the research isyoung students at the age of 17 to 24 years of age. The researchrevaels the idea of values and value orientations in sociological science, university students as an object of sociological research are observed and the structure of the value orientations of modern students is investigated and factors influencing the formation of value orientations of students are studied.Sociological study application on the topic "The Value orientation of students" was conducted. Conclusion.So in today's society there are so many social and cultural factors thataffect the values of youth. Social institutions such as religion, state ideology, the media, education system, family form the young man’s values, so the analysis of spiritual values and social processes is one of the priority directions of research in modern sociology sinceby monitoring the valuables system (especially 134

the values of the younger generation) we can judge of the culture and humanistic potential and prospects of society. Key findings:Themajority of the most popular terminal values among students are more specific than abstract, that means that the students have already been formed as personalities and know exactly what they want in their lives and what objectives they need to achieve . Also according to the survey, it is clear that the most popular values among respondents are firstly focused on personal life (love, happy family life, the existence of good and loyal friends), and secondly on professional fulfillment, but also these values are quite popular among students. Among these values are such as: active life, interesting work and development. The results of the research confirm the hypothesis that in modern conditions the value orientation of students is primarily characterized by a high level of stability of the family values, love, and of health while the values of professional fulfillment are regarded - in the second turn. As it turned out, in the course of the study, the students have already formed personalities and know exactly what goals they want in life and what they should strive to achieve.

List of references:

1.Brink, Pamela J. 2000. Values and conflict in clinical settings, IN: Kurt W.Russo (Ed.). Finding the Middle Ground: Insight and Applications of theValue Orientations Method. pp. 109-118. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press. 2.Carter, Robert. T. 2000. Perspectives on addressing cultural issues in organizations.

In:

Robert

T.

Carter

(Ed.).

Addressing

cultural

issues

inorganizations: Beyond the corporate context, pp. 3-18. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

135

3.Chapman, Ann D. 1993. Educational applications of Kluckhohn's ValueOrientation Theory: Focus on two graduate education classes. Proceedings of the Kluckhohn Values Symposium, Seattle, WA. pp. 43-51. 4.Gallagher,

Thomas

J.

2000a.

Value

orientations

and

conflict

resolution:Using the Kluckhohn Value Orientations Model. In: Kurt W. Russo (Ed.).

Finding

the

Middle

Ground:

Insight

and

Applications

of

the

ValueOrientations Method. pp. 185-194. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press. Gallagher, Thomas 5.Russo, Kurt W. (Ed.). 2000a. Finding the middle ground: Insights and applications of the Value Orientations Method. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press. 6.Russo, Kurt W. 2000b. A sharing of subjectivities: the Values Project Northwest, In: In: Kurt W. Russo (Ed.). Finding the Middle Ground:Insight and Applications of the Value Orientations Method. pp. 165-177. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press.

136

THE COACH’S APPROACH TO TRAINING AND ITS EFFECT ON THE ATHLETE’S PERFORMANCE AND SUCCESS Alexandra E. Kononetz, Scientific Adviser:Nataliya Yu. Melnikova, Doctor of Pedagogics, Professor Department of History of Physical Education, Sport and Olympic Education RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Introduction. The coach is one of the most important people on the athlet’s tough way to becoming a professional player and achieving the highest goals in his or her sports career. It is all starts from the childhood, the same as upbringing in family. Just as our relatives gave us as much as they could so does the coach. It is important to know how to getto the point and properly explain things to the kids, make them understand and listen to you, and also make it interesting and entertaining;how to teach them the basic definition of sport (basketball), explain the rules and know how to build relationships in the team;how to become a successful athlete and build a motivation for that. Methods. This test was done in the Dynamo Basketball school. There are 30-35 boys about 8-12 years old which just started their training process. To identify characteristics and status of physical activity and availability to afford an exercise stress for a group of kids and also set a personal quality of a successful coaching activity we put the following research objectives: 1.

To know the communication key between coach and players. To

motivate them and build a relationship in the whole team. 2.

To improve their technique, tactics and psychological

resistance. 137

3.

To observe and identify at what age it is better to start training

and get into physical and mental activity. Results. The study involved 30 basketball players of 8-12 years old from 3 teams participating in Ural championship, of which, based on the method of observation, examination of expert assessments and statistical data for further study, 2 groups were formed: 1st group – beginners of 8 - 10 years old, the 2nd group – beginners of 10 – 12 years old. We compared groups of kids of different age to understand and recognize at what age range it is better to teach them and what age is the perfect time to get into physical activity. Athletes in both groups have started the basketball season at the same time and have been trained for the whole year by two coaches. There are two graphics to compare the results: There is some explanation of type of test we have in a graphics: 1.

Running for a hundred meters.

2.

Shuttle run. Is a running for 1 minute back and forth on a

basketball court which is 28 meters long. 3.

Free throws are just a shoot from the same point 10 times in a

row. Partner can help and count how many shoots an athlete out of 10. 4.

The main purpose of long jump is put as much work as you can

and jump the longest way forward. 5.

The same as long jump, but up. Also, to jump up athlete needs

to help it with his arms and while he is jumping in the upper point throw his arm and touch the wall with a little sign on as a measurer. 1st group: Beginners of 8-10 years’ old

Name

Age

100m

Shuttle

Free

Long

High 138

run

throws

jump

jump

Nekhaev M.

8

15,5

4

5

185

210

Bashkatov V.

9

16

4

6

150

215

Luzhinkov A.

8

15,3

4,5

5

180

205

Povolotskiy L.

9

15

4,5

3

181

195

Valeev R.

9

16

4

3

150

185

Yakutsenia D.

8

15,4

5

5

176

211

Igonin A.

8

15,7

4

3

160

189

Minenko M.

8

15,8

4

6

150

205

Stiazhkin D.

8

15,8

4

4

148

200

Gerasimov A.

9

16

3,8

4

147

185

Aksarin V.

9

15,5

5

3

165

185

Baranov E.

8

15,9

3,8

3

178

195

139

2nd group: Beginners of 10 – 12 years’ old

Shuttle

Free

Long

High

Name

Age

100m

run

throws

jump

jump

Peshkov A.

11

14,9

5

6

180

210

Shirinov A.

10

15,2

4,5

3

163

187

Tokarev M.

11

15,5

4

4

172

192

Ziryanov V.

11

14,9

5

6

185

205

Knutarev M.

11

15,5

4,5

5

183

220

Pushkarev S.

11

16,2

3,9

4

145

186

Seliverstov D.

10

16

3,8

3

150

190

Protasov I.

10

15,7

4

4

167

198

Minenko D.

10

16

3,5

7

145

175

Vasilievskiy A.

10

16,5

3,4

2

135

173

Darenskih E.

10

15

5

5

175

194

Demidov M.

11

15

4,5

5

165

202

140

_____________________________________________________________

Discussion.As it shows on a graphics there is no big difference between two groups of athletes. Bur there were some atypical cases during testing. Leaders who usually had a highest grade and no communication problems with the coachwere just lost and absolutely not prepared for the test. At the same other kids who sometimes wererather carelessand missed basketball sessions from time to time achieved very good results. So, there is a point ofpsychologicalside of athletes. A word “test” for some of them is a very stressful thing. But testing can be comparable to championship or tournament on championship athletes, where they are able to show what they learned and how they can use it in practice. It is a good experience for the coach as well. Duringthe game he can see who can hold together under the nervous pressure and take it under control. 141

Conclusions: 1.

The analysis of expert data shows that the young athletes have a

certain set of personality characteristics, which are formed during sports activities. 2.

The formation of the individual athlete is greatly influenced by

coaching activities. 3.

There is no big difference between kidsin the age range of 8-12

and it is adequate for understanding any kind of activities.

142

THE IMPROVING OF SPORT SCIENCE PERIODICALS EFFECTIVENESS Kotova N.G. Master Student Department of Management and Economics of Physical education and sports. Scientific adviser: Lubysheva L.I. D Sc., Professor Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE). Keywords: sport science journals, sport science periodicals, The Impact factor, science publications, content analysis, management of sport journal Introduction Information resource in Russia in the field of physical education and sports, specifically science-methodological direction allows researchers to publish their studies. However, thepaperspublishedinscience, covering the area of sport and physical education are not always popular with the target audience, such ascoaches, teachers of this field. That is why, I think, there is a great problemin sport science magazines such as the lack of requirement for actual direction in the researches. Journals publish flawed papers, and there is no objective evaluation of the magazine prestige. It comes to being manifold of publication deprived of scientific novelty and significance. The analysis of foreign literature has shown that scientific journalism, especially in the field of sports and physical education is a weak information resource of the industry not only in Russia.«Today, scientists' success often isn't measured by the quality of their questions or the rigor of their methods. Instead it’s measured by how much grant money they win, the number of studies they publish, and how they spin their findings to appeal to the public» said one of researches, which was interviewed about this problem. [6] 143

Journals that publish scientific materials should also receive prestigious status and occupy high positions in the citation Index. But the position in the rating depends not only on the number of citations in other sources, but also on the availability of a scientific journal in international citation databases. Moreover, we found such a problem, as a mass readership's perception of scientific information announced in the mass publications, which Ivan Oransky describes in his studies. In the study, we hypothesized that the complex of innovative management solutions, based on the results of content analysis of Russian and foreign scientific sports periodicals will increase the efficiency of information resource of the physical education and sports industry. The purpose of work. Scientific substantiation of the content and organization of management decisions in sport science journals. Improving the efficiency of scientific and methodological resource of physical education and sports on the basis of the analysis of the Russian scientific and sports periodicals. The object of the research is «Research and information resources of physical education and sports». The methods of research We did the content analysis for sports magazines published abroad in English, their thematic areas and the content of the chapters. It helped to understand how the journals on specializations are classified into the sphere of physical education and sports that covers the big scientific field. There are physical education, the specifics of various sports, and injury section, methods and theory of games, medicine and anatomy, as well as humanities, such as psychology and sociology in sports. Results and discussions 144

We conducted content analysis of popular scientific magazines on sports and physical culture, occupying leading positions in the ratings of RISC (Russian Index of Scientific citation) and Science Index, and also of those issued regularly 6 times a year and more. For today in Russia there are 58 science-methodological magazines, which publish studies in Russian, and 9 English-language magazines. The Science Index, according to the data of 2014 includes only 15 magazines on physical education and sports, the most cited of them are «Horse breeding and equestrian sport»(0,309), «Physical education:

development,

education, training» (0,197), «The Theory and Practice of Physical Education» (0,190), «Sport: Economics, Law, Management» (0,178), «Herald of sports science» (0,176). The citation rating of 2014 contains 60 magazines: 21 of them were not quoted at all, 3 of them were cited once, only 12 magazines have high citation rates (more than 100 times a year). «The Theory and Practice of Physical Education» became a citation leader in 2014. It was cited 2318 times (2014 without self-citation). Citation index of this magazine is much more than others: «Lesgaft National State University Scientists notes» was cited 1471 times (569 without self-citation), «Physical education: development, education, training» was cited 392 times a year (360 without selfcitation). We analyzed these journals by the number of articles in 2014. 42 magazines have been analyzed: 18 of them published less than 50 papers a year, 16 of them less than 100 papers. Other 8 magazines showed better amount. The magazine «Lesgaft National State University Scientists notes» is in the lead with the index of 545 papers a year. However, this is not a high figure, if the magazine publishes 50 papers in monthly issue, the standard will be near 600 papers a year. 145

The content of these journals was analyzed according to the following parameters: actuality, topics coverage throughout the year, science novelty, the direction of sports science development in researches. We complied a table for each magazine with the results of analysis, it contents: -Headings and number of articles in each of them for a year, as well as the proportion of the total number of articles; -Thenumberofpapersforeachsport, andforphysicaleducation; -

Thenumberofauthorsinthemagazine,

andcorrelation

with

the

numberofmaterialsperyear. Thus, based on analysis of «The Theory and Practice of Physical Education», for example, we can state, that the important questions, like children’s and youth sports and physical education are not covered sufficiently. These aspects occupy only 0.6% and 1.8% of the total, as compared with the topic of physical education of students occupying as much as 9.8%. As for the authors, it can be noted here that we can find some surnames in every issue of the journal 12 times a year. While the others are waiting for their turn to be published for six months. Theseproblemsaresolved by managementand organizing the work of the editorial staff. Conclusion We have developed management decisions to improve the efficiency of scientific and methodological resource of physical education and sports, considering the results of content analysis of scientific periodicals and sports over the past 5 years. 146

The

study

developed

practical

recommendations

to

improve

the

effectiveness of social scientific and methodological resource industry, that make the audience targeting system for information flow. Materials of scientific periodicals will get more popular among coaches and physical education workers. We will create a cooperation scheme between the editorial office and reviewers, the way to publishing scientific information in popular media, and we will develop recommendations for editors so that they can clearly track the topics of the materials. List of sources: 1. Haff, G Gregory,(2010), “Sport Science”, Strength and Conditioning Journal; Apr 2010; 32, 2; Health Research Premium Collection, pg. 33; 2. Inge Claringbould, Annelies Knoppers, and Agnes Elling, Exclusionary Practices in Sport Journalism, Sex Roles, Vol. 51, Nos. 11/12, December 2004; 3. Inge Claringbould, Annelies Knoppers, and Agnes Elling,(2004),“Exclusionary Practices in Sport Journalism”, Sex Roles, Vol. 51, Nos. 11/12, December 2004; 4. Ivan Oransky, (2016) “Why science news embargoes are bad for the public”, Vox. Retrieved Nov 29, 2016; 5. Julia Belluz, (2016), “Do prestigious science journals attract bad science?” Vox. Retrieved Jan 11, 2016; 6. JuliaBelluz, BradPlumer, BrianResnick, (2016),“The 7 biggestproblems facing science, according to 270 scientists”, Vox. Retrieved September 7, 2016; 7. Kolt, Gregory S. “A look at the Journal of Science and Medicine in SportPast, present and future”, (2009), Journal of Science and Medicine in Sport; Jan 2009; 12, 1; Health Research Premium Collection, pg. 1; 8. The RISC database, URL: http://elibrary.ru/project_risc.asp.

147

KYNISKA OF SPARTA: ENDEAVOR OF DECAY OF OLYMPIC EQUESTRIAN VICTORIES, ALCIBIADES´S VICTORY OR INDIVIDUAL GLORY? Jiří Kouřil Masaryk University, Faculty of Arts, Department of Classical Studies, Brno, CZE + Masaryk University, Faculty of Sport Studies, Brno, CZE In the year 396 B. C. and 392 B. C. (96th and 97th Olympic Games) 1 Kyniska from Sparta won in τέθριππον(tethrippon2).3 Kyniska (“Puppy“)4, the first woman who trained horses,5 thus became a double winner at Olympia (and the first woman who won at Olympia), the name of her charioteer is not preserved. One of partially surviving inscriptions shows Kyniska´s words on a pedestal sculpture, which after one of "her" victory she had bulit for herself: “Kings of Sparta were my fathers and brothers. Kyniska, victorious at the chariot race with her swift-footed horses, erected this statue. I assert that I am only woman in all Greece who won this crown. Apelleas, son of Kallikles, made it.“6 Her statue (bronze horses less than a life-size) was placed at Olympia in the pronaos of the temple of Zeus. Another larger statue had mentioned another inscription.7 They built Kyniska a shrine with religious honors in Sparta after her death, which was in all Greece absolutely unique phenomenon. Xenophon and Plutarch when writing a biography of Agesilaus II emphasized that breeding of horses and competing at the Olympia wasn´t Kyniska´s idea, but a plan of this king.8 Plutarch wrote that he persuaded to Kyniska even for this.9 If Agesilaus himself won over ordinary citizens through his property he would not become more famous.10 So, why Agesilaus wanted Olympic victory for his sister Kyniska? Regarding to history, warfare and virtues we see three possibilities here: - Endeavor of decay Alcibiades´s victory. Alcibiades was famous politician from Athens, who participated in the 91st Olympics (416 B. C.), where seven of his 1

At the time of these victory she was perhaps 40 to 50 years old. Basic equestrian contest; four-horse chariot races. 3 Paus.5.8.11; Crowther 2007: 148; Hyde 1921: 131, 367. 4 Daughter of the Spartan king Archidamus and Eupolia (“rich of colts“) and sister of the king Agesilaus II.and stepsister of the king Agis (Paus. 3.8.1; Cartledge 2012: 131). 5 Drees 1968: 42. 6 Nejstarší řecká lyrika: 1981: 363; IvO 160. In: Miller 2004: 106. 7 Drees 1968: 42; Hyde 1921: 265. 8 Plut.,Ages. 20.1; Plut., Mor. 212b; Xen.,Ages. 9.6. 9 Plut.,Ages. 20.1. 10 Xen.,Ages. 9.7. 2

148

chariots competed at τέθριππονand these ended on 1st, 2nd and 3rd or 4th place.11 Part of Peloponnesian War he supported of Sparta, but here he inveigled Timaia, wife of Spartan king Agis II. and because of this activity, he fallen into disgrace.12 Agis was stepbrother of Agesilaus13 and Kyniska. Alcibiades then also malign and slander over Spartans to Tissaphernes.14 Alcibiades´s could used his Olympic victory for his political career. So it is possible, but unlikely, that endeavor of decay Alcibiades´s victory was Spartan revenge. - Endeavor of decay Olympic equestrian victories. This point also can be connected with first possibility. The Spartans did not accept so much a ride and fight on war horses, and thus because a sister of Agesilaus (a woman!) won in Olympic τέθριππον he demonstrated that victory in these competitions depends on wealth, not on the physical abilities. The fact that a real man would want to win in the disciplines in which females win. - Endeavor of decay individual Glory gained at Olympia. It could be an effort to restore in the men the desire for fame gained on the battlefield, the glory of the collective versus individual glory, gained by a victory at the biggest of Panhellenic Games at Olympia.15 That is why Agesilaus II, was a typical Spartan with a huge sense of military and religious honor, tried to reduce this individual honor and degrade it by proving that, in contrast to the glory from battle can be achieved also by women (it's not about manliness, but the wealth16). It was the time when Sparta had hegemony, but there began to appear new enemies, mainly Thebans 17 (e. g. from 394 B. C. to 387 B. C. Thebas and Athenians fought against Sparta), and the first signs of problems and crises that culminated in defeat at Leuctra in 371 B. C. and the definitive lost of status for decisively weakening by Mantineia (362 B. C.). Endeavor of Agesilaus II to the renovation of genuine Spartan ἀνδρείᾱ18 and ὰριστεύα19 may be the most possible explanation of Kyniska´s victories. Agesilaus was one of the best of the Spartan kings and he knew that crisis of warfare will be increased. It was necessary to do something and Spartan high level of religion and warlike virtues were good points for this. Mainly for Spartans, was not more strong and valid than war legacy, their ancestors and values as ἀνδρείᾱ and ὰριστεύαπρόμαχοι20. It is very well documented on the examples of Spartans

11

Plut.,Alc. 11.1; Thuc. 6.16.2. Plut.,Alc. 23.7. 13 Nep., Ag. 1.4. 14 Plut.,Alc. 25.1. 15 Cartledge 2012: 181-182. 16 Xen.,Ages. 9.6. 17 Nep., Pel. 1.3. 18 From term ἀνδρός, man; courageousness, bravery, red-blooded power; fortitude displayed in the struggle. 19 Aristeiá, ἀριστείᾱ was Greek term for unusual valiant behaviour in the battle, heroism, valor, derring-do, rare proof of courage; as compared was term aristeíon, ἀριστεῑον, thus heroism and also honour, reward, victorious prize for the biggest valour in the battle (Kouřil 2016: 15; Prach 1998: 86). 20 Sg. πρόμαχος (promachos) – ahead/ combatant in first line; anterior warrior. Πρόμαχος was also famous epithet of Greek goddness Athena. 12

149

Aristodemus21and Isadas22. Warfare style of contemporary πρόμαχοι was not based on the strength of individual men and their ability to defeat the enemy, but it was based on the strength of the group, obedience and its coherence. Summary of bibliographic citations Primary Sources Ael., VH = Aelian, Claudii Aeliani de natura animalium libri xvii, varia historia, epistolae, fragmenta, Vol 2. Ed. R. Hercher (1866). Lipsiae: B. G. Teubneri. Hdt. = Hérodotos, Dějiny aneb Devět knih dějin nazvaných MÚSY. Překl. J. Šonka (2004). Praha: Academia. Nejstarší řecká lyrika. Překl. F. Stiebitz, F. Novotný, P. Oliva, R. Hošek & R. Mertlík (1981). Praha: Svoboda. Nep., Ag. / Pel. = Cornelius Nepos, Vitae. Ed. A. Fleckeisen (1886). Leipzig: Teubner. Paus. = Pausanias, Pausaniae Graeciae Descriptio, 3 vols. (1903). Leipzig: Teubner. Paus. = Pausanias, Cesta po Řecku I. Překl. H. Businsk (1973). Praha: Svoboda. Plut., Alc. = Plutarchos, Životopisy slavných Řeků a Římanů I. Překl. V. Bahník et al. (2006). Praha: Svoboda. Plut., Ages. = Plutarchos, Životopisy slavných Řeků a Římanů II. Překl. V. Bahník, A. Hartmann, R. Mertlík, E. Svobodov & F. Stiebitz (2007). Praha: Arista, Baset & Maitrea. Plut., Mor. = Plutarch, Sayings of Spartans. In: Plutarch, Moralia, Volume III. Ed. & Trans. by F. C. Babbitt (1961). Cambridge: Harvard University Press & London: William Heinemann LTD. Thuc. = Thukydides, Dějiny peloponéské války. Překl. V. Bahník (1977). Praha Odeon.

21

Aristodemus was the only man who survived the battle at Thermopylae because of his an injured eyes, but he was affected of ἀτῑμία (atimia, dishonourableness). All he tried rectify in the battle of Plataea, where he managed to make great deeds and where he died(Hdt. 9.71). But rather than according aristeiahoplites (ὁπλίτης) he fought by aristeia hippeis (ῖππεὑς, horse riding aristocracy) and his fight was full of μένος (menos; fury and rage inspired by God) and λύσσα (lyssa; wrathful martial trance), and he did not acted by moral ideal of σωφροσύνη (sophrosyne; soundness of mind, self-control, temperance, moderation, purity, obedience). 22 At the end of Spartan hegemony, Thebans and their allies headed Epaminondas, Pelopidas and the Sacred Band (elite division of 150 pairs of male lovers) to invaded Sparta. Very distinguished himself young man Isadas (18/19 years) who excelled physical beauty and strength. When the attack occurred, he just lubricate his body by oil, and then he ran without clothes and without armor, only with a spear and a sword and ran through the center of the fighting. He ran into the center of the enemy, and whom he met thereof he hit and killed and himself was unhurt. Ephors (sg. ἔφορος, supervisor; Spartan high official) got him wreath and a fine 1000 drachms (1 δραχμή was silver coint, 6.32 grams), because he fought without armor, and exposed himself and his body to danger (Plut., Ages.34) or because he fought, when he still hadn´t the right age for war (Ael., VH 6,3).

150

Xen., Ages. = Xenofon, Agésil os. Překl. V. Bahník (1972). In: Xenofon, Vzpomínky na Sokrata. Hostina. Sokratova obhajoba. O hospodaření. Hierón neboli Kniha o tyranidě. Agésiláos. Praha: Svoboda.

Secondary Sources CARTLEDGE, P. (2012). Sparta: Heroická historie. Praha: Academia. CROWTHER, N. B. (2007). Sport in Ancient Times. Westport & London: Praeger. DREES, L. (1968). Olympia: Gods, Artists and Athletes. London: Pall Mall Press. HYDE, W. W.(1921). Olympic Victor Monuments and Greek Athletic Art. Washington: Carnegie Institution. KOUŘIL, J. (2016). Athlétai a sportovní tituly antického světa. In: Tělesná kultura, roč. 39, č. 1. Olomouc: Univerzita Palackého. S. 15-26. MILLER, S. G. (2004). Arete: Greek Sports from Ancient Sources. London: University of California Press.

151

FOUNDATIONS OF THE RUSSIAN NATIONAL SCHOOL OF TEACHING AN AIMED SHOT AT THE STAGE OF SPORT SPECIALIZATION IN ARCHERY Koursaris V.master student, SinelnikovaM.V. master student BaidychenkoT.V. Associate Professor, Ph.D master student Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE).

Introduction: The national school of motion skills training includes three stages and is based on the study of the technical characteristics of the motor skills and the physical

qualities

of

the

athlete

(N.A.

Bernshtein,

1947;

A.A.

Ter-

Ovanesyan.1967, V.M. Zatsiorsky, 1969; L.P. Matveev, 1977). The first stage - acquaintance with the rules of shooting in the corresponding discipline, and the initial movements concerning the of the athlete interaction with the bow. The purpose of the first stage is to learn the basics of the technique of executing an aimed shot - to shoot, at least in the area of the target. Accomplishing this, it is necessary: (1) to create a general idea of an aimed shot; (2) to learn the phases and elements that make up the aiming shot technique; Form the overall rhythm of the athlete's interaction with the bow; (3) to prevent or immediately eliminate incorrect movements and gross distortions in the technique. At the first stage, it is necessary to create a general idea of the aimed shot by demonstrating the required movement (demonstration through visual aids, video, personal display of the coach) and an acoustic demonstration (rhythm of movement), for example, using a metronome. The second stage is an in-depth detailed learning of the elements, the formation of the motor skills to perform the aimed shot. The technical elements learned at the 152

first stage of training are subjected to detailed elaboration. The purpose of the second stage is the formation of prerequisites for the automation of a number of preparatory movements and a thorough learning of the basic ones that ensure stable shooting in series and in the amount of series in a particular exercise. The main tasks of the second stage are: (1) to understand in depth the relationship between the phases and the elements that determine the patterns of training an aimed shot; (2) clarify the technique of implementation (in terms of its spatial, temporal and dynamic characteristics) in accordance with the individual characteristics of the athlete and the bow used by him; (3) improve the rhythm of an aimed shot; (4) create the prerequisites for contrasting implementation of a number of elements related to specialized exercises and the type of bow. The detailed elaboration of the technique is achieved due to repeated repetitions of the movements (elements) already understood by the athlete and performed automatically, forming the motor skills that manifest in the stabilization of the technical result at the level of candidate of sports and master of sports. The third stage is the formation of the automatic motor skill of the aimed shot thus successful sport longevity. Only the use of training methods based on the implementation and realization of the spatial, temporal and dynamic characteristics of the athlete's movements will allow developing and stabilizing the accuracy of an aimed shot from shot to shot, from series to series, from different distances, under the influence of unforeseen conditions, etc. The task of the third stage is: to consolidate the motor skill and improve the technique of movement, in order to achieve higher sport results. In this stage comes into play the selective perfection of special coordination abilities and physical qualities on the performance of an aimed shot, on which high results depend. The whole process of classical training is based on the control of the performance of technical characteristics (spatial, temporal and dynamic) of the elements of the aimed shot according to the mandatory application of pedagogical means and recommendations of the coach. The degree of assimilation of movements is estimated by the accuracy of shots on target. (Baidychenko, T.V.2010) 153

Proceeding from the foregoing, the purpose of our study is to systematize the educational material that provides the process of classical training of an aimed shot and present it in the content of the "Questionnaire". In the work we use the following methods: analysis and systematization of the literature on the National School of Motion skills and innovative pedagogical technologies; Generalization of empirical experience of specialists in archery (questionnaires, pedagogical observation, pedagogical modeling from 2014 to the present) for the development of the "Questionnaire", focused on the classical training of the technique of an aimed archery shot. The "questionnaire" consists of three sections: the first - "Conceptual apparatus"; second - "Expert history", third "Expert evaluation table". The content of the "Questionnaire" is focused on the implementation of didactical principles of teaching with the effective interaction of the trainer-teacher with the archer in the process of forming the motor skill. "Questionaire" Dear coach! The department of shooting sports RSUPE conducts a comprehensive study aimed at developing and drafting guidelines for improving the training process of athletes training groups (stage of sports specialization). This "questionnaire" is focused on the classic approach to teaching the technique of performing an aimed shot, the basis of which is the process of controlling the spatial, temporal and dynamic characteristics of the athlete's movement. The degree of mastery of the elements "Stance", "Grip", "Hook", "Anchor", "Drawing" and "Expansion" - is generally accepted in shooting practice by terms that determine the interaction of an athlete with a bow and arrow. Phase "Set-up" "HOLD CROSS" (special "drawing" force, the source of which - the force of pulling the bow); "Aiming" - "EXIT AT THE CONE" (special endurance, "rhythm"), "Release" - "STOP SIGHT TROUGH MOTION" (dynamic endurance "synchronous expanding"). We ask you to give an assessment (from 1 to 10 points) to each of the pedagogical methods presented in the questionnaire and, preferably, to add the ones used by you. 1. Name / Surname. 154

2. Age. 3. Coaching experience, category. 4. The number of training groups at the stage of sports specialization. 5. Total # of people engaged in the training groups and high qualification groups. 6. Region, Country. Elements of Technical characteristics

Pedagogical means and

Assessment

Technique

recommendations

(1 to 10)

Phase "Set-up" - "HOLD CROSS"

Stance

Deflection in the lumbar and thoracic spine provides the position of the "scapula above the sacrum."

The feet are parallel to the width of the shoulders, the knees are "pressed", the muscles of the thighs, buttocks, and abdomen are tensed.

The centre of mass and the point of the solar Straighten all the way, Back straight, plexus

are

"connected"

by

line “reaching the ceiling”

one

perpendicular (in the center) of the line connecting the front of the feet. Unity of the "athlete-bow" system is Movement - "wear the bow" provided by lifting the point of the centre of mass Other: Grip

Continuous pressing of the palm on the grip Aggressive movement with the left hand of the bow

on the target. "Live point".

Hook

The bowstring is restrained on the distal phalanx. The fingers, the wrist and the It is formed by 3 links of the pulling arm, forearm of the hands ("Lever"), stretching located in one line - "fingers-palm-forearm" the bowstring, is a continuation of the arrow and moves only straight in a relaxed state.

Anchor

The palm of the pulling arm, at the time of Under the jaw (the bowstring is pressed to the "anchor", palm "looks at the neck"

the nose and / or chin.

Phase "Aiming" - "EXIT AT THE CONE" Drawing the bowstring is the formation of a "Push-pull" is the main requirement in the "shot line" consisting of three points. Strict drawing of the string, which provides a Drawing

time control over the order (algorithm) of synchronous setting

the

"grip"

(1st

point),

distribution

of

effort

"right (working set-up). Movement of the head

shoulder" (2nd point) and "anchor" (3rd in any direction is excluded. point) Drawing the bowstring to the arrow point The order to perform the "expansion" position "cone under the clicker" occurs in pressing the bowstring to the chin and / or

155

the "acceleration" mode.

nose - the arrow cone under the clicker – the sight in the aiming point. Other:

"Release" - "STOP SIGHT TROUGH MOTION" Extension

Synchronous work of the left and right hand The control of the push-pull movement is is ensured by an equal distribution of the made by moving the sight pin forward, force of the bow tension and the work of the and then it goes "left-down" (for the rightmuscles of both shoulder blades at the hander.) moment of drawing "inside the bow" The release is carried out automatically

Due to the arbitrary relaxation of the muscles involved in the retention of the bowstring. Other:

Table # 1 - further "Questionnaire", is the main material for discussion, which we propose to use in the "Model of an educational cluster (using the example of archery)" - section "Education". (T.V. Baidychenko, 2015)

This allows us to use a new conceptual apparatus, which is the special terms used in practice of archery that determine the interaction of the athlete with the bow and arrow.The organization of "phase to phase" training the elements of the aimed shot technique in accordance with the spatial, temporal and dynamic characteristics of movements and the development of physical qualities responsible for the degree of their assimilation by the archer: "hold cross" - a special "drawing" force; "Exit at the cone" - special endurance "rhythm"; "Stop sight through motion" - dynamic endurance "synchronous stretching" (the first section of the "Questionnaire"). Second section - "Expert history" - shows the importance of the stage of sports specialization

in

the

development

of

the

professional

career

of

the

coach."Retentivity" of the contingent engaged in training groups and a regulated transition to the groups of high qualification, shows not only the high level of the coach's salary, but also his competence in training the aimed shot of the archers. The third section - "Table for the evaluation of experts" - is, in a way, a detailed algorithm for teaching the aimed shot during the formation of motor skills (2nd stage of training).We assume that in the process of analysis and the "evaluation" 156

answers, the coach will not only receive information about the appropriateness of using a particular pedagogical method or recommendation, but will also learn the basics of classical teaching of an aimed archery shot. Conclusions: 1 the national school of motion skills training allowed us to create a basis for classical teaching an aimed shot in archery in three stages. Consistent and systematic fulfillment of the tasks and requirements for each of the 3 stages of training, guarantees successful sports longevity in archery. 2. Summarizing the empirical experience of leading experts in archery by poll (based on our "questionnaire") allows to conduct not only the training process of athletes, but also constantly update the training material aimed at improving the individualization of each archer’s training plan. Practical recommendations: We propose to use the “questionnaire” as an informational and educational material for the trainer-teacher, as a result of which everyone can compose training programs and specialized exercises to develop and improve the technical characteristics of the aimed shot with the archer. Bibliography Baidychenko Т.V. Technical training of archery and methods of improving it: Author's abstract. Dis. Cand. Ped. Sciences. - Moscow: RGAFK, 1989. - 24 p. Baidychenko Т.V. Lysenko VV. The study of factors influencing the stability of the system "Gunner-weapon" in archery. Theory and practice of PVS and ED .. Moscow: RGUFKSiT, 2010. - No. 4 (18). Baidychenko Т.V. Cluster form of organization of training methods of improving technical preparedness in shooting sports (using the example of archery) / Proceedings of the All-Russian Scientific and Practical Conference. Velikie Luki State Academy of Physical Culture and Sports. Great Luke, 2015.- P.10-14. Bernstein N.A. On the construction of motions. - M .: Medgiz, 1947. Bogen M.M. Training in motor actions .- M.: FK and S, 1985.-192s. Gordienko G. A. Learn to shoot a bow / Comp. GA Gordienko, 2002.Basics of archery Zatsiorsky V.М. Phys. Quality athletes. - FC and SM.: 1979. - 2 nd ed. - 200 sec. 157

Maksimenko AM .TiMaF.K ..- M .: Physical Culture and Sports, 2009.-496s. Matveyev LP Basics of sports training: Proc. A manual for in-in physics. Cults. Moscow: FK and S, 1977. - 280 p. Platonov VN The system of training athletes in the Olympic sport. General theory and its practical applications: the textbook of the trainer of the highest qualification / VN Platonov. - Moscow: Soviet Sport, 2005. Ter-Ovanesyan AA Sport. Training, training, education. Moscow: FK and S, 1967. - 208 p.

158

BASIC GYMNASTICS AS A MEANS OF INITIAL PRESCHOOLERS SPORTS TRAINING Kovkel Anna Alexandrovna Master student Igonova Ekaterina Sergeevna Postgraduate student Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE). Key words: coordination, children, gymnastics, preschoolers, motor skills. Currently one of the most important tasks of physical education of 4-7-yearoldchildren is the formation of sustainable habits to the systematic physical activity, which subsequently, at the stage of school education is being implemented in additional physical education classesof chosen sport. The result of this adaptation, is largely determined by the presence of the child primary (basic) motor skills optimally, quickly and firmly grasp the motor, the material of the initial stage of training. In this regard, we presented an appropriate definition of a basic gymnastics set of exercises with motor-coordination’s dominant, which will ensure the successful adaptation of the child at the stage of initial preparation in sports, coupled with the complex coordination of movements and cyclic locomotion, combat and sports games. The purpose of our research was to develop and test the availability of the propulsion content of the basic sports trainingclasses for preschool agechildren. The object of the research was the process of initial sports training with 4-7year-oldchildren with use of basic gymnasticsmeans. The subjectof the research was the availability of the propulsion content of initial sports lessons preparation forpreschool agechildren. Objectives of the research were: to study the opinion of physical education specialists on the direction of physical education lessons program content in a 159

kindergarten with children of preschool age; determination and verification of the availability of the motor skills that constitute the contents of initial training for young athletes in sports with complex coordination of movements and cyclic locomotion, combat and sports games.

In our research, we used the methods: 1. analysis and compilation of specialized literature; 2. the pedagogical observation and conversation with experts; 3. sociological methods (questionnaires); 4. pedagogical experiment; 5. method of expert evaluations. The results of the research. To explore the expert’s opinions of preschool education about sports orientation of physical education lessons, were conducted a questionnaire of kindergartensemployees. The 30 experts anonymously answered our questionnaire, 77% of which were instructors of physical education, and 33% of kindergarten teachers in Moscow. Unfortunately, only 16% of respondents, speaking with parents, advise them to send their children to sports clubs. 37% of respondents doing this "from case to case", and 52% had never advised parents to send their children to sports clubs. In this regard, it can be concluded that kindergarten is not attached children for sport. The survey also revealed a set of exercises used in the classroom with children in kindergarten, which are dominated by the main movement and outdoor games and almost no available to children exercises borrowed from various sports like: gymnasticsapparatus, acrobatics, athletics, combat. The main objective of our research was to find for a universal motor skills of coordination and educational orientation that will ensure the successful adaptation of the child at the stage of initial sports training in various sports. To determine the aggregate universal motor abilities, we studied the curricula and programs of children's and youth sport school. Analysis of this programs allowed to identify a set of most important basic exercises at the stage of initial sports 160

training: the variety of walking, running, jumps forward and movement in a mixed emphasis; General developmental exercises, with items and without them; static and dynamic balance exercises in progressive difficulty; acrobatics; supported and unsupported gymnastic jumping; exercises with throws, passing, and catching the ball. To check the availability of the exercises, we held a pedagogical experiment based on kindergarten №2053 city of Moscow, which was attended by 63 pupils aged 4 to 7 years. For the experiment, there was designed regulation that take into account the peculiarities of preschool age children’spsycho-physical development. The rules provided a General warm-up exercises without trial attempts, the identity of the task for all subjects and the extensive use of competition and game methods. Each exercise counted as "available" for the relevant age group if it fulfilled at least 80% of

children.

Pic. 1. Availability of basic gymnastics exercises for 4-7-year-old children. For 4-5-year-oldchildren was available for 49% of the exercises most often encountered in everyday life. The subjects coped with most of the varieties walk except walk by rolling from heel to toe, lunges, walk on a floor balance beam, walk the snake. Difficulties also arose with somersaults backward, lowering of various posts in bridge and splits.

161

For 5-6-year-old children about 10% of the exercises was not available. They include such exercises as running double screen-by-step, balance exercises, exercises with short and long skipping rope. For 6-7-year-oldchildren of age was available for 98% of exercises. Difficulties arose only with rope exercises. The result of our research was identified the combination of universal motor skills, which can be recommended as a motor maintenance program of initial sports training for 4-7-year-old children in terms of additional physical education of preschool children. Literature: 1. Lazareva G. Y. How to teach a child to sports. – M.: AST, 2006 2. M. Paramonov Information resource of the educational area "Physical development" of the GEF / Paramonova M. Yu., Makarova L. V. // physical education Instructor. - 2014. 3. Pensulia L. I. Physical education in kindergarten. For 4-7-year-old children. Meets the GEF. Moscow: Mozaika-Sintez, 2014. 4. Sonkin, V. D. etc. Age physiology. Physiology of child development / V. D. Sonkin, etc.], 2009. – 415 c. 5. Gymnastics: approximate program of sports preparation of sports school / style. Yu. K. Gaverdovsky, JK, T. S. Lisitskaya, E. Y. Rozin, V. M. Smolewski; the Federal Agency for physical education and sport. – Moscow: Soviet sport, 2005. – 420 p.

162

PYOINFLAMMATORY DISEASESOF THE HAND: MODERN FEATURES OF COMPLEX TREATMENT. Kraynyukov P. E., Kolodkin B.B., Kokorin V.V.

Central Military Clinical Hospital named after PV Mandryka, Moscow. ABSTRACT In this article experience in treatment of 789 patients with purulent-inflammatory diseases of the handis described. There the indicators that influence severity of pathological process, treatment selection and patient outcomeswere defined. Objective assessment of the condition and prognosis of the disease course allows to select an effective treatment, to prevent complications and to determine the timing and scope of outpatient rehabilitation. The set of methods of clinical, laboratory, radiation research allows differential treatment tactics depending on the location, focus the incidence and severity of the pathological process, to determine the indications for immunomodulators, systemic enzyme therapy, indirect lymphotropic therapy, auxiliary vacuum aspiration systems and flow-washing drainage, ozone and cryotherapy. In 71% of cases good results, satisfactory - in 23% and 6% poor (including deep and combined cellulitis)were achieved. The clear majority of observations has good and satisfactory results, therefore developed diagnostic and treatment algorithm may be recommended in clinical practice. INTRODUCTION The hand plays a very important role in the human’s life. It provides the interface with which we interact with our environment and as such is vulnerable to injury. Practically there is no kind of human activity, in which hand would not participate. Any element of the hand is so important that even the loss of the phalanx of the finger, leads to a restriction of the ability to work, which often forces the patient to change the line of activity, causing irreparable moral and cosmetic damage. The 163

active role of the hand in human activity determines the high incidence of injuries of this segment. Athletes, particularly, are at high risk of injury because of intensive exercise stress and overtraining. Injuries of the upper limbs account for 41,6%

of

all injuries to the

musculosceletal system, and injuries of the hand account for 61,8% of the injuries of the arm and 25.4% of total injuries. [2] The most common damages of the hand are microtraumas, bruises, abrasions, small wounds, and clenched injuries. Up to 90% of inflammatory diseases of the hand and fingers are caused by microtraumas. [1] Inadequate condition of sport grounds and equipment and poor hygiene, especially in contact sports, are the most common reasons of microtraumas and penetration of the infection in athletes. Purulent hand infections are usually a secondary infection that penetrates soft tissue through damaged skin. The most common bacteria associated with purulent hand infections is Staphylococcus. [3,4,5,6]. Late and inappropriate treatment often leads to the complications after microtraumas. The purpose of this study is to describe the reasons, diagnosis, management, and outcome of hand infections and consider the features of complex treatment and rehabilitation. MATERIALS AND METHODS Between 2013 and 2016, 789 patients with purulent-inflammatory diseases of the hand in ages between 18 and 75 (the average age was 33.5 years) were treated; 423 (54%) of them were men and 366 (46 %) - women. The time of the presentation patients to the hospital varied in a wide range – from several hours to several days, an average of 3.8 days after the onset of the first signs of the disease. The patients were examined in the Admission Department, where all of them were done: chest x-ray, clinical analysis of blood and urine, the study of biochemical parameters and blood coagulation system.

164

The ultrasound (ultrasound) of the hand, vessels of the upper limbs wasmandatory, and in the cases of necessity computer (CT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), electrocardiography (ECG), and chest radiography were conducted. For objectification of the information, the following groups were identified: - anamnestic information (prescription, recurrence, co-morbidities) - Clinical signs (pain, edema, color of skin integument, tension of tissues, increasing of the total and local temperature) - Local status (localization, neurotrophic disorders, dysfunction of the hand); - Paraclinical indicators (inflammatory blood reaction, leukocyte index of intoxication, biochemical changes, radiography, ultrasound, CT, MRI). Parameters stated above have formed the basis of an individual scale for assessing the severity of the pathological process. Based on this scale, features of medical tactics and the forecast of the postoperative period were revealed. The principles of treatment are similar for all categories of the patients. Prompt diagnosis, surgical debridement, drainage, and administration of antibiotics are the basis of the successful treatment. RESULTS In our study, all patients were treated surgically in accordance to their diseases and individual characteristics. The methods of surgical intervention and postoperative rehabilitation of patients with hand infections developed by us, allowed to achieve the following results: in the most patients with felon, after surgical debridement, wound healed on 6-8 day. The average duration of treatment patients with tenosynovitis of the index finger, middle finger, and a ring finger, after our surgical debridement, was 4-6 weeks. In patients with phlegmon, after our surgical debridement, the wound healing time was 5-6 days. The number of patients with an average severity of the pathological process was 51%, however, a significant number of patients with a severe degree 21% attracts 165

attention. There was a prevalence of deep phlegmon in patients with a severe course of the pathological process. Based on the developed algorithm, 221 patients with mild severity of the pathological

process,

operative

treatment

was

supplemented

using

the

immunomodulator-megluminoacridone acetate. With an average degree of severity in 405 observations, after the opening of the abscess, necrotomy, sanitation and drainage of the wound, in the postoperative period,

the

treatment

included

systemic

enzyme

therapy.

In these cases, the acceleration of the wound cleansing and process of reparation were noted. The methods used in 163 cases of patients with a widespread lesion, high activity of destructive processes and deep phlegmonwere: indirect lymphotropic therapy, hyperbaric oxygenation, vacuum aspiration, and ozone therapy. Multicomponent immunomodulatory therapy was performed in 28% of patients, systemic enzyme therapy - 51%, indirect lymphotropic therapy - 21%. Repeated operations were performed in 79 (10%) patients with phlegmons of the hand, 38 (4.8%), of which with an average severity of the pathological process and 42 (5.3%) - with a severe degree. Repeated surgical debridement was performed in 79 (10%) patients with phlegmons of the hand, 38 (4.8%) with an average severity of the pathological process and 42 (5.3%) with a severe degree. Our study showed, that the treatment of V-shaped phlegmon, phlegmon of the Pirogov-Paron space and the midpalmar space was the most complicated. The economic effectiveness of the tactics developed by us is justified by the reduction of the hospital bed-day, the timing of restorative treatment and the consumption of medications. DISCUSSION In treatment of the purulent inflammatory diseases of the hand, attention should be given to the possibility of arresting acute inflammatory reactions and preventing the development of destruction of fascial-muscular and cellular structures. It is 166

promoted by cryotherapy, hyperbaric oxygenation, a vacuum aspiration, ozone therapy and laser therapy. Determination of tactics of postoperative treatment is also an important task. In complex cases that require repeated surgical interventions, the active tactic is preferred. There should not be doubts about its appropriateness and validity. This approach will help to shorten time of the healing and avoid the development of irreversible destructions and necrotic changes in the hand. CONCLUSION The right tactics of the patients with purulent inflammatory diseases of the hand treatment affects the initial diseases and the development of complications. The proposed approach and the choice of the therapeutic algorithm allows to improve the results of treatment, and to keep appearance and the hand function. The developed therapeutic approach demonstrated good results of treatment in 71% of patients with phlegmons of the hand, in 23% a satisfactory result was obtained, in 6% - unsatisfactory (including deep and combined phlegmons), which allows us to recommend the developed therapeutic-diagnostic algorithm for introduction into clinical practice.

REFERENCES 1. Буткевич А.Ц. и др. Гнойные заболевания пальцев и кисти// Руководство для врачей. - Москва, "Граница" - 2012. - С. 313. 2. Шаповалов В.М. Военная травматология и ортопедия. – СПб, ВМедА, 2014г. – 547с. 3. Lucas S. Mc Donald, Mary F. Bavaro, Eric P. Hofmeister, Leo T. Kroonen / Hand infections / J Hand Surg Vol 36A, August 2011, P. 1403-1412. 4. Meredith Osterman, Reid Draeger, Peter Stern, / Acute Hand infections / J Hand Surg Am. r Vol. 39, August 2014 P. 1628-1635 5. Orrin I. Franko, Reid A. Abrams. Hand infections / S. Houshian, S. Seyedipour, N. Wedderkopp // Orthop Clin N Am 44 - 2013 P. 625–634. 167

6. Patel and et. / Hand Infections: Anatomy, Types and Spread of Infection, Imaging Findings, and Treatment Options Hand Infections: Anatomy, Types and Spread of Infection, Imaging Findings, and Treatment Options / J RadioGraphics, Vol. 34, Num. 7, November-December 2014; P.1968–1986 / Published online 10.1148/rg.347130101.

168

IMPROVEMENT OF ASSESSMENT METHODS OF COMPETITIVE GOALKEEPERS’ ACTIVITY IN THE MODERN WOMEN’S WATER POLO Kucheryavenko E. P., master student Goniyants S.A, Professor, Ph. D., RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Abstract.The topicality of the work lies in the necessity of specific criteria that should to be focused on during the selection of players of this role in the women's water polo. This knowledge has an undoubted theoretical and practical interest. Besides, the identification and registration of model indices of preparedness is essential for rational construction of training process. The purposes of the present work are to identify indices of various aspects of preparedness of skilled goalkeepers that can be taken as the model and develop the methodology of assessing the technical and tactical parameters of competitive goalkeepers' activity. The tasks of the research are fulfilled correctly. New original data that describe the activity of a goalkeeper in contemporary women's water polo are obtained in this research, based on the analysis of a large factual material. The proposed methodology of assessing the goalkeepers 'grading is on the basis of the experts' opinions obtained by the questionnaire. Indices of various aspects of preparedness are obtained as the result of usage of informative and wellgrounded survey methods. The object of this research is the number of the strongest athletes of female water polo teams participating in the international and national competitions. The developed model characteristics and the proposed methodology of assessing the technical and tactical activities can be used to guide the selection of 169

players of this role for highly skilled teams. The proposed methodology of assessing the technical and tactical activities can be used for controlling the quality of a goalkeeper's game. Keywords: Water polo, goalkeeper, modal characteristics, game actions, reflection of throws, quality assessment activities. Modern water polo has reached a high level. The relevance of the research is determined by the trend of intensified game actions in the modern water polo. The duration of the gameincreases, the time of controlling the ball without a goal shot is reduced. Modern rules have brought the attacking zone at the 5-meter distance. Eventually it leads to an increase of the number of attacking actions, so the role of water polo goalkeeperincreasessignificantly. A goalkeeper is one of the most important figures in the water polo. Therefore, he is made great demands; he mustn’t make mistakes, because they can be rarely corrected. Starting the work, we have set the goal - to identify model characteristics of the goalkeeper in the women's water polo, which include anthropometric and physiological characteristics, indicators of physical efficiency and effectiveness of the game. Based on the goals the following specific objectiveswere set: 1. To study the structure of technical and tactical actions of a goalkeeper in the modern women's water polo; 2. To identify the fitness level of water polo goalkeepers’ qualifications; 3. To develop a methodology for rating of technical and tactical goalkeeper’s actions in water polo; 4.

To derive theoretical and practical recommendations.

The followingmethods were used in the research: 1.

Analysis of the literature.

2.

Pedagogical supervision.

3.

Questionnaires.

4.

Methods of mathematical statistics.

All technical goalkeeper’s actions that reflect the opponent's goal shots can be roughly divided into four groups of actionsdepending on the total effort. Repelling the opponent's attacks, a goalkeeper can parry the ball (to repel) and take 170

the ball (to keep). Both the actions can be performed with one or two hands. Our findings suggest that it is important for water polo goalkeepers in the modern women's water polo to be able to take and parry balls with one as well as two hands.

Picture №1 «The profile of game keeper’s actions aimed at neutralizing of goal shots" According to the results of the survey, we have developed a rating scale of game goalkeeper’s activity. The table shows the rates corresponding to different situations in the game, and final results. For example, with the five-point evaluation system the turnover is estimated at 3.6 positive points. The parrying the opponent’s throw with implementing numerical superiority performed from the second game zone is estimated at 4.3 points. The missed ball in the same conditions is estimated atminus 3 points. All water polo goalkeeper’s actions can be assessed similarly. Table №1 "Integral rates of technical and tactical actions of goalkeepers" Technical and tactical actions and the results of their application in the game

rate

Turnover of the ball from an opponent

3.6

Taking the ball awayfrom an opponent in a fight

3.6

Going out of the gate for the fight with attacker

Successful (the ball is taken away) Unsuccessful (the ball is missed)

4.4 -3,09

171

4.2

Being wrong in choosing positions for the gate defence

-3,04

Neutralization of a 5 penalty throw

4.0

The missed ball of a 5 penalty throw

-2.5

Parrying an opponent’s throws withthe implementation of the numerical superiority

zone

Taking an the optimal position for the gate defence

zone

The missed ball with the implementation of the numerical superiority

1

3.6

2

3.9

3

4.04

4

4.09

5

4.1

6

4.3

1

-2.8

2

-2.4

3

-2.9

4

-2.9

5

-2.9

6

-3,04

Neutralization of an opponent’s throws in a positional attack from behind the5 m zone The missed ball in a positional attack from behind the 5 m zone

-3,04

Neutralization of an opponent’s throws in a positional attack "from the post"

4.3

The missed ball in a positional attack "from the post"

-2.5

Neutralization of an opponent’s throws in a maneuver attack (throwing a-going)

3.8

The missed ball in a maneuver attack (throwing-going)

-2.4

Neutralization goal in the conditions of an opponent's counterattacking actions

4.0

The missed ball in the conditions of an opponent’s counterattacking actions

-2.8

Scoring shot

4.1

Neutralization lobbed ball

4.0

3.0

172

The missed ball in the condition of a lobbed ball

-2.9

For integrated raleevaluation, we proposed to use formulae developed at the Department of TiM of sports and synchronized swimming, water aerobics, diving and water polo RGUFKSMiT, GSO "Profile" (SN Frolov, 2007 year). In accordance with this method, it is proposed to calculate the four main ball indicators: activity coefficient (KA) = sum of scores for all the technical and tactical actions the reliabilitycoefficient (KN) = sum of scores for all positive actions,flaw coefficient (KB) = sum of points for all adverse effects, the coefficient of performance (COP) = KH-KB. Conclusions: 1. In the modern women's water polo it is equally important to be able to make shots and parry a ball with one hand as well as with two hands in the neutralization of the opponent's attack. Making shots is still preferred. 2. The developed rating scale of water polo goalkeeper's game activity allows to objectify an empirical system. So, it is proposed to use the four integral indicators (IA, IN,IB,CA). 3. The developed rating scale of game activities may be recommended being used during the examination of competitive activity (DCRs) in competitions at different levels.

Literature: Frolov S.N. Diagnosis of competitive activity on the basis of computer estimation methods of technical and tactical performance in water polo: Author. Dis. ... cand. ped. Sciences: RGUFKSMiT .- Moscow, 2007.- 23c.

173

RESEARCH OF PSYCHOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF RELATIONSHIPS IN A VOLLEYBALL TEAM AND ITS INFLUENCE ON GAMING ACTIVITIES KurochkinaN. A., master student Supervisor: BulykinaL. V., Assistant Professor, Ph.D. Department of volleyball theory and methodology RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Introduction.The problem of increasing the effectiveness and reliability of competitive activities attracts more attention of specialists.In relation to sports competition escalating and increasing requirements for the level of athletes’ performance, the role of psychological factors in this field of activity becomes more and more tangible. That is why at the present stage of sports development the problem of increasing the effectiveness of the psychological training system of athletes is definitely important. Research goal: Studying the relationship structure features in a sports team, and development of psychological and pedagogical recommendations for improving interpersonal relationships and psychological climate of the team. Research objectives: 1. To analysescientific and methodical literature on the research problem; 2. To study the interpersonal relationships features in a sports team; 3. To develop psychological and pedagogical recommendations for forming interpersonal relationships andimproving psychological climate in a team. Research methods: 1. Scientific and methodical literature analysis; 174

2. Survey (questionnaire); 3. Lesson observation; 4. Testing of personal and collective qualities; 5. Pedagogical experiment; Organization of the research:  1ststage isAugust-September, 2016 Scientific and methodical literature on the research problem of the sports team psychological structure is analysed.  2ndstageOctober –December, 2016 On the second stage the questionnaire for the SCOLIPE female volleyball team was conducted with the purpose to identify the specifics of their interpersonal relationships. All received data was recorded in the protocol. Psychological and pedagogical recommendations for forming interpersonal relationships and improving psychological climate in the team were developed and introduced.  3rdstageFebruary-April, 2017 Processing of research results. During the research the sociometrics testing was conducted for identifying the formal and informal relationships. The sociometrics technique is described in detail in the second paragraph. The research results are presented below. In the sociometrics it is accepted to highlight five personal types in the test group: 1. “Stars”–participants who received the largest number of positive choices; 175

2. “Preferred” – participants who are close to “Stars”, but received less positive choices; 3. “Accepted” – participants who received at least one positive choice; 4. “Ignored” – participants who made choices but did not receive any positive or negative choices; 5. “Outsiders” (“Outcast”) – participants who received from a group only negative choices. After testing, the data before and after the experiment was compared. The results are presented in the tables 1,2,3: Table 1 – Sociometrics data in the informal sphere before and after the experiment

Informal sphere

до

после

сдвиг

“Outsiders”

33%

0%

33%

“Stars”

25%

25%

0%

“Accepted”

42%

50%

8%

“Preferred”

0%

25%

25%

“Ignored”

0%

0%

0%

Table 2 – Sociometrics data in the formal sphere before and after the experiment

Formal sphere

до

после

сдвиг

“Outsiders”

8%

0%

8%

“Stars”

8%

25%

17%

“Accepted”

67%

42%

25%

“Preferred”

17%

33%

16% 176

“Ignored”

0%

0%

0%

Table 3 – Sociometrics data in the leadership sphere Лидер

до

после

сдвиг

“Outsiders”

41%

0%

41%

“Stars”

17%

25%

8%

“Accepted”

25%

58%

33%

“Preferred”

0%

17%

17%

“Ignored”

17%

0%

17%

From the tables with the results above, we can see that the positive shift in the sports team was occurred in all spheres of communication. Thus, it proves our hypothesis. Conclusions 1. Scientific and methodical literature analysis showed that the system of interpersonal relationships,which developing between the sportsmen in their group activities and communication, has significant importance in the forming of a psychological climate. It is considered that a positive emotional climate, group unity and its effectiveness are in direct dependence.In sports practice such examples are often encountered.Success decline in a game of a team is often associated with a players’ unity reduction in the team. 2. After the sociometrics testing was conducted, the specificity of interpersonal relationships in the formal, informal and leadership spheres in the SCOLIPE female volleyball team was identified. The recommendations were developed and introduced in a 4-month period from January, 2017 to April, 2017. After the recommendations were introduced, 177

repeated research was conducted which helped to identify the positive shift in all spheres of communication. The psychological atmosphere in the team is perceived as more favorable than at the beginning of the season by athletes. Literature: 1. Djamgarov Т.Т., RumyantsevaV. I. Leadership in sports. – M., 1983. – P. 25-32 2. Ilyin Е.P. Psychology of physical education. – SPb.: Publishing houseRSPUnamed ofHerzen, 2005. – 486 p. 3. KolomeitsevYu.А. Interaction in the sports team. – M: «Academy»,1984. – 315 p. 4. KolomeitsevYu.А. Research of the influence of interpersonal relationships on the effectiveness of sports activities. /The dissertation of the candidate of psychological sciences, M., MSU, 1973, p. 128-137 5. Rodionov А.V. The influence of psychological factors on the result. – M.: «Academy», 1983. – 179 p. 6. Rodionov А.V. Psychology of higher achievements sport: Studying bookfor institutes of physical education / edited.–M.: Physical culture and Sport, 1979 – 144 p.

178

PREFRONTAL BLOOD FLOW RATE DURING INCREMENTAL EXERCISE MEASURED BY HEMOENCEPHALOGRAPHY Svenja Langner1& Christine Stucke1 1

Institute III – Sport Science, Otto von Guericke University Magdeburg, Germany

Introduction Each physical exercise has different demands on diverse neural structures, particularly to control executive functions such as attentional processes. Especially peak performance in sport requests adequate attentional pattern depending on specific movement phases and situations (see Englert, 2015). Attentional processes can be differed into automated and controlled attention (Birbaumer & Schmidt, 2010). The latter is part of the explicit system and therefore flexible at various conditions. Under specific conditions and in case of well-learned movements conscious regulation by the explicit system may be distracting and inhibiting peak performance (Dietrich, 2004). The explicit system depends on the activity of prefrontal regions which can be measured by near-infrared based hemoencephalography (HEG; Toomim & Marsh, 1999) by detecting cerebral blood flow (cp. Dietrich & Audiffren, 2011). Measuring attentional pattern during exercise by HEG necessitates the knowledge of the influence of intensity and therefore the physical demand on the prefrontal blood flow rate (cp. Rooks et al., 2010). It also raises the question how the blood flow rate of the prefrontal cortex (PFC) behaves during incremental exercise and whether there are individual differences.

Methods An HEG-system (MediTECH Electronic GmbH) was used to measure hemodynamic activity in PFC at different exercise intensities. The HEG-sensor is fixed via headband at the frontal lobe and records the blood flow rate (HEGR). There were two experimental groups who executed a standardized cycle ergometry (Proxomed Medizintechnik GmbH) with a starting load of 50W, a duration of three minutes per step and an incremental step of 50W. In the first group six competitive 179

athletes (20,6 ± 2,5 years; 3 female, 3 male; leading swimmer) were tested with one HEG-sensor at Fpz of the international 10-20 system. At the second group of nine healthy men (22,7 ± 1,8 years) the HEGR was measured at Fp1 and Fp2 while incremental exercise testing. Additionally the gas exchange was detected (METAMAX 3B, Cortex Biophysik GmbH) to analyze the individual physical demand and the relationship between oxygen uptake and oxygen saturation in left and right PFC. The HEGR-plots were analyzed in relation to load level.

Results For most subjects in both experimental groups blood flow in PFC increased concurrent to load steps except to the higher loading increments during ergometry. In some cases the plots form a plateau or decrease till the end of test. At the first investigation we found a significant correlation between the individual (r=.73 to .97). Nevertheless at one subject the HEGR-plot decreased during ergometry. Equally at six subjects of the second experimental group the HEGR-plots increased during incremental exercise. That pattern was significant between the left and right PFC (r=.69 to .99). For the other three subjects of that group the patterns between left and right PFC were opposed (r=-.79 to -.96). In the left PFC the HEGR increased whereas in the right PFC the blood flow rate decreased.

Discussion In most cases exercise load leads to increased blood flow in PFC. The results of these investigations partly agree with the literature that the prefrontal blood flow rate depends on the physical demand (Rooks et al., 2010). While the highest blood flow rate is in the anaerobic step, the strongest rise is in the transition area between the aerobic and anaerobic threshold. However this characteristic can show individual differences. One approach is that these patterns depend on various mental strategies. This means that the HEGR-plot could be influenced by a competitive anxiety problem or a hypofrontality process (Dietrich & Audiffren, 2011). In further investigations will be pursued to have a bigger sample size to expand information. Furthermore it is conceivable to use another test protocol with a longer duration of load level to compare the influence of short and sustained exercise. That could help to understand brain functions particularly in human performance.

180

References Birbaumer, N. & Schmidt, R.F. (2010). Wach-Schlaf-Rhythmus und Aufmerksamkeit. In R.F. Schmidt, F. Lang & M. Heckmann. Physiologie des Menschen – mit Pathophysiologie (31. Auflage). Heidelberg: Springer Medizin Verlag. Dietrich, A. & Audiffren, M. (2011). The reticular-activating hypofrontality (RAH) model of acute exercise. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 1305-1325. Dietrich, A. (2004). Neurocognitive mechanisms underlying the experience of flow. Consciousness and Cognition, 13, 746-761. Englert, C. (2015). Choking under Pressure und Ego Depletion: Eine Erweiterung der Attentional Control Theory und mögliche Interventionsmaßnahmen. Zeitschrift für Sportpsychologie, 22 (4), 137-145. Rooks, C.R., Thom, N.J., McCully, K.K. & Dishman, R.K. (2010). Effects of incremental exercise on cerebral oxygenation measured by near-infrared spectroscopy: A systematic review. Progress in Neurobiology, 92, 134-150. Toomim, H. & Marsh, R. C. (1999). Biofeedback of Human Central Nervous System Activity Using Radiation Detection. Washington D.C.: US Patent and Trade-mark Office. US Patent number 5,995,857.

181

VEGETARIANS’ MORPHOFUNCTIONAL PARTICULAR QUALITIES Alexey Larin, student RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Key words: morphological and functional features, vegetarianism, anthropometric measurements. Relevance: There are many arguments about vegetarian nutrition system, and the compromise is still not reached. The quantity of opinions and the length of pros and cons list are too large to make an eventual conclusion. Thus the issue is open.Objective:

To

find

out

vegetarians’

morphofunctional

particular

qualitiesObject of the research: restrained of eating animal origin food peopleSubject of the research: vegetarians’ morphofunctional condition Supposition: present survey can define the optimal type of vegetarianism in relation of morphofunctional condition Practical significance: based on this research the recommended practice for restrained of eating animal origin food people will be worked out. Research objective. To define morphofunctional condition of restrained of eating animal origin food people To analyze the relation between vegetarians’ life style, type of nutrition and morphofunctional condition To work out the recommended practice of lifestyle organization and nutrition type for restrained of eating animal origin food people METHODS: 1) Analysis of the literature 2) А questionnaire

182

3) Anthropometric measurement. Definition of body tympanum and body parts’ correspondence (muscles, fat and bone mass) 4) Evaluation of lung capacity 5) Dynamometry 6) Mathematical statistics method STUDY MANAGEMENT: In a while an oriented to uncovering vegetarians’ morphofunctional particular qualities investigation will be organized in Moscow. As the research is completed objective evidence about anatomical and physiological conditions will be given to all participants. This information can be a pivot point to health and mental improvement. The research will be conducted at MSU Anthropology Department and/or RSUPE Anatomy and Biology Anthropology Department.

183

THE ROLE OF E-SPORTSIN THE LIFE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION ESTABLISHMENT STUDENTS Lebedev M.A. scientific. advisers: Butorin V.V., PhD, Pahomova E.V., senior teacher Moscow State Academy of Physical Education This article examines the attitude of students of Moscow State Academy of Physical Education to e-Sports and cyber games the respondents are familiar with. We have also asked whether the students take part in E-sports and whether they play these games. Keywords: electronic sports, research, survey, students, sports profile, eSports students In connection with the widespread use of electronic and associated information technologies, in social life there is a new phenomenon, an activity popular with mainly young people. This is passion for computer games, social networks, various online services etc. Degrees of addiction may certainly be different.Among these eSports stands in the same line. Before we give details of our studies, here is what we mean by eSports. eSports are game competitions with the use of computer technology whena computer simulates a virtual space inside of which a competition is held. It is considered a kind of sport in the Russian Federation. Our previous research on the information space and its role in the life of students, particularly students of the Physical Education Academy, showed that the Internet is a major media, interest for it is really high; however a great attention should be paid to the quality and security of the information provided in the network.

We can also note that

University students of Physical Education Academy have low or average degree of suggestibility to messages from the media, while a significant proportion of youth, according to a study conducted by M.D. Kuznetsova, has a higher degree of

184

suggestively. Information space is the total number of objects which interact with each other in communication, as well as the technology itself of this interaction. Organization and conduct of the study: the hypothesis of the study is the students are interested in eSports and have a positive attitude. The hypothesis of the study is the students of physical culture are interested in eSports and have in him a positive attitude. The purpose of the study was to determine the attitude of University students of physical culture to eSports. Objectives of the study: 1) learn the most popular eSports disciplines among the respondents; 2) find out the attitude of respondents to the e-sports; 3) testing method-online survey; 4) find out the preferred sources of information among respondents on social networks. To solve the set tasks we used the following methods: 1. An online survey using the resource http://webanketa.ru/; 2. Methods of mathematical statistics; 3. Analysis and systematization of the received data. We developed a questionnaire "the Attitude of University students of physical culture for eSports" and conducted an online survey among students Moscow State Academy of Physical Education in the number of 28 people. Method the online survey was first tested by us in this paper has certain advantages - no need to print questionnaires, convenience and speed of operation, automatic calculation of statistics. We believe that this method is well-suited to social psychological studies. Literature: 1. The official Internet portal of legal information./ publication.pravo.gov.ru 2. "The influence of information space on the formation of sports motivation and interest in sport activity at students of University of physical culture"

185

Lebedev M. A., Butorin V. V.// MGAFK, 2015 "Student science" (materials of reports at the scientific conferences) 3. "The role of the Federal law "On protection of children from information harmful to their health and development"" Lebedev M. A., Kislyakova, I. V.// Materials of all-Russian competition of scientific-research work "human Rights in the eyes of the child", Moscow, 2014 4. Kuznetsov, M. D. The Subjectivity of perception.: Moscow – 2010. 5.

Golovin S. Y. Dictionary of practical psychologist: textbook for universities/ under the General editorship of S. Yu. Golovin, Minsk - 1998.

186

STATUS AND PROSPECTS OF ARCHERY AS ANOLYMPIC KIND OF SPORT Lobach A., Ivanova V., Ershova N., Dr. Hab., Professor, Belyukov D.,Ph.D., Associate Professor Foreign languages department, Department of humanitarian and socio-economic disciplines VelikieLuki State Academy of Physical Education and Sport, Russia

Introduction Bow is the greatest invention of mankind, originally served as a weapon of a means of food extraction and protection, now it has become the most important factor of not only survival, but also of the progress of all humanity. In timethe firearmswas often usedfor combat. Thus sport archerybegan actively to develop. Novelty of the theme is determined by the deficiency of analysis of status and prospects of archery as an Olympic sport in the current scientific literature. Actuality of the theme is determined by the need of a wide dissemination of knowledge about the Olympic movement, sports that are included in the Olympic program, the genesis and their development prospects. The purpose of the investigationis to determine the archery level of development in Russia and its perspectives for development. Objectives: 1) Get acquainted with the basic characteristics of archery as a kind of sport. 2) Describe the archery as the Olympic program part. 3) Consider the development of archery in our country and in Velikie Luki in particular. The practical significance of the research: the results of this study can be used in studying of the history of physical culture and sports, including the 187

regional level, as well as for the promotion of the Olympic movement, the Olympic ideals and Olympic values among different social and age groups. 1. Characteristics of archery as a kind of sport Archery is a kind of shooting sport competitive task of it is to hit a round target with diameter 80-122 cm at 4 distances (from 18 to 90 m) with 36 arrows. The biggest step forward in the development of archery as a kind of sport was the creation in 1931 of the International Federation of Archery - FITA (Federation internationale de tir a l'arc = FITA) (the World Archery Federation), which started organisation by various international competitions. Archery as a kind of sport has evolved since the first Olympic Congress in 1894 in Paris. In 1900 at the second Olympic Games the first official competition in this discipline was held and continued until the VII Olympiad in Antwerp in 1920 (with the exception of the Summer Olympic Games 1912 in Stockholm). After 1920, due to the lack of uniform international rules for archery the competitions were not held until 1972, although officially archery were approved as an Olympic sport since 1958. In the official international competitions of FITA for shooting the following types of bowsare used: recurve and compound bows. Archery like Paralympic sport began to develop since 2007. 2. Archery in our country In our country archery got popularity only in the late of 1950s. The first section of archery in the USSR was organized by Evgeny Polikanin in Central Institute of Physical Culture in 1956. The first meeting of Soviet archers with sports archery was held during the World Youth and Student Festival in Moscow in 1957, when competitions in archery were included in the program of IV Friendly games.In 1959 the USSR Committee for archery was created. First individual and team championship of the USSR took place in 1964. In 1967 the USSR joined the International Archery Federation. In 1970, archery was included in the program of 5th Spartakiad peoples of the USSR. In the same year 188

the first Soviet athlete Emma Gapchenko became the absolute champion of the world on the 26th championship in the city of York (UK). Now Russian athletes succeed both in recurve and compound bows and this is evidenced by numerous victories in international archery competitions. The rapid development of archery as a sport contributed to the fact that in the final team tournament competitions in classical bow Russian women's team archery, the first time since the post-Soviet history, won gold medals in world championship, which ended August 2, 2015 in Copenhagen (Denmark). 3. Archery in Velikiye Luki There are a number of regional centers for training highly skilled athletes in archery in Russia, Velikiye Luki center is among them. Archerybranch in Velikiye Luki first appeared owing to Honored Worker of Physical Culture Vitaly Andreev on the basis of secondary school № 7 in 1993. For more than twenty years of development Velikiye Luki archers achieved great success. They became winners of Russia, Europe and the world championship. For the development of shooting sport in Velikiye Luki in 2014 sports complex "Strelec" for training and competition in archery was built. It should be noted that the hall for archery training can take a group of 50 people, and in the period of the competition complex can accommodate up to 300 people. Conclusion The current state of archery in Russia can be characterized as actively developing. It is worth noting that the archery sport is a real symbolic for Velikie Luki, on the arms of which three golden bows are depicted. Our city can rightfully be called one of the centers of bow shooting in Russia. It is no accident Velikie Luki athletes are Masters of sports of international class in archery: Kira Andreeva, Alan Balikoev, Marina Mozhaykina, Nellie Senyutina, Alexandra Savenkova. Two our students - Sophia Fadeevaand Alexandra

Savenkova

included in the list of 189

candidates for the Russian team in shooting archery in 2016 won silver and bronze medals at World Championship in March 2016. Strengthening the position of our athletes at the international arena is possible thanks to the wider dissemination of compound bow, which is not included in the program of the Olympic Games. There is an active discussion of this issue, as well as the vote is conducted on the Internet about the prospects of inclusion shooting compound bow in the Olympic program. If this happens, this will increase the chances of our athletes at the Olympic podium. Literature 1. A. Abrahamyan, Raise Champions not in words, but in fact / A. Abrahamyan // Velikolukskaya pravda (Velikie Luki). - 2012 - 14 September. (N151). - P. 1, 4. – 2. Altantsetseg L., National Sports, exercises and games: Training Manual. Ulan Bator: MNIFK, 2015. - 62 p. 3. Gombozhapova H., Historical and pedagogical conditions of development of archery and its modern state: [electronic resource]: Dis. cand. ped. Sciences. Ulan Ude: RSL, 2006. - 141 p. 4. The history of archery [electronic resource] - Access mode: http://www.archery.org/archery history - Caps. screen. 5. The history of archery as the Olympic and Paralympic sport [electronic resource] - Access mode: http://sportschools.ru/page.php?name=strelba_iz_luka Caps. screen. 6. Russian Olympic Committee [electronic resource] - Access mode: http://www.olympic.ru/team/sport/summer/strelba-iz-luka/ - Caps. screen..

190

FEMALE STUDENTS PHYSICAL PREPAREDNESS LEVEL EVALUATIONON THE BASIS OF “GTO” (“READY FOR LABOUR AND DEFENSE”) COMPLEX STANDARDS Lurie G.V., postgraduate student Litvinov S.V. Doctor, Professor RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE)

The problem of preserving and strengthening the health of student youngsters is one of the most acute in the sphere of physical education. In this connection the problem of PE quality management and students upbringing acquires the special significance. The most rational control system over locomotive preparedness status of educational establishments students is the complex control form in the term of: a) Current pedagogical control; b) Monitoringresearchsystem[1]. It seems to be undoubted that the PE management can’t be efficient without pedagogical monitoring system building. Students locomotive abilities testing has an important role in the PE teachers activities. Pedagogical testing allows to elicit physical qualities and capabilities development level, measure technical and tactical preparedness level[2]. The testing results can be used for comparison of different groups preparedness of students studying at various specialization higher educational establishments and for more qualitative selection of sports to go in for, for preparation and participating in competitions, for carrying out an objective control over student training process, to elicit weak and strong sides of the training means, methods and organizational forms used practically. It is also important to justify physical preparedness standards. The problem set is acute in the connection with 191

trends of education and PE in the Russian Federation as well as in the connection of the necessity of PE practice in carrying out authentic research of systematic monitoring for a composition of students’ social portrait. Experiment description. Intheperiodof2015-2016 the experiment was held at RSUPE in which 3rd year female students of 3 institutes participated. The total amount of testees was 120 persons. The battery of tests was designed on the GTO complex basis and included the accomplishment of following qualifying standards:  Shuttle run 3х10 metres;  Run 30, 60 и 100 metres;  Armbendingandstretchingin front lying position;  Standing long jump;  Front bend;  Run 2000 metres. 95,5% offemalestudentshavepositivegradeinshuttlerun 3х10 metres. For female students this test category is the most “successful” 92,7% offemalestudentshavepositivegradein 30 metres run from start. 78,8% of femalestudentshavepositivegradein 60 metres run. 100 metres run is an extra difficulty exercise for 17,7% of female students. At the same time a “gold” pin standard is accomplished by more than a half of female students, namely 59,9%. The amount of female students who don’t meet a “bronze” pin standard requirements in 100 metres is less than in 60 metres run (17,7% vs 21,2). Strength qualities levl was evaluated with the help of push-up in prone position. The female students who didn’t manage to meet the “bronze” pin requirements are 10,8%. 77,0% offemalestudentssuccessfullyaccomplisheda “gold” pinstandard. 63,2% of female students accomplished a “gold” pin standard in long jump. 75% of female students failed a flexibility test. 192

In 2,000 metres run 81,9% of female students accomplished a “gold” pin standard. 43,6% failed this test. Conclusions. 1. The role of physical education in society undoubtedly occupies one of the leading positions that determines the reasonability of efficient ways search in solving the tasks for leading specialists in the sphere of Physical education. The significant importance in realization of this social project has the appliance of different training programmes types in the PE system. They do not only promote successful accomplishment of GTO standards but also provide a rational organization of a students weekly locomotive regime. 2. It is necessary to design, confirm and realize the programmes of additional professional education, to establish professional qualification advanced training courses for specialists in the field of PE, sporting and mass participation events organizers (including volunteers) to work with public in GTO implementation. 3. Pedagogical testing was determined by state requirements to physical preparedness level. On the basis of physical preparedness monitoring it was recommended: 

For Humanities Institute female students it is recommended to

strengthen upper limbs muscles for accomplishment push-up standard; lower limbs muscles for improving the result of standing long jump. 

For Humanities Institute, Recreation Institute and Sport and Fitness

Institute female students it is recommended to pay more attention to flexibility development. 

For Humanities Institute female students it is recommended to

increase physical working capacity level for accomplishment 2000 metres run standard. References. 193

1.

Единые требования к проведению общероссийского мониторинга

физического развития и физической подготовленности учащейся молодежи в средних специальных и высших учебных заведениях: Метод, рекомендации. М., 2002. 25 с. 2. Максименко А.М. Теория и методика физической культуры: учебник / А.М. Максименко. – М.: Издательство Физическая культура, 2005. – 532 с.

194

ATTITUDE MANIFESTATIONS OF ADOLESCENTS WITH VISUAL IMPAIRMENTS INVOLVED IN DANCING. Malysheva O. O. student Scientific advisers: Butorin V.V., PhD Pahomova E.V., senior teacher Moscow State Academy of Physical Education

Social integration of people with disabilities, including the visually impaired teenagers are currently topical in connection with the value transformations in society. Visual failure complicates human interaction with the world. In this category of adolescents clearly expressed the need for social adaptation. Dance activity has the potential of developing valuable attitude to the world. Objective: To study the value orientations of visually impaired teenagers, their expression in dance activities. Hypothesis - manifestations of attitudes in the dance activities of visually impaired adolescents and adolescents without visual pathology are different. Research Methods: 1. Analysis of the literature on the problem; 2. questionnaires "questionnaire of value-orientations evaluative questionnaire" Shartsey, self-made questionnaire aimed at identifying the needs and motives of dance training activities. 3. Methods of statistical processing by the criterion of Mann-Whitney test data. Study Design: A total number of 32 adolescents of 13-16 years old have taken part, the participants had been engaged in dancing for 3-4 years. The first group (16 people) consisted of adolescents with no visual pathologies, students of dance groups "Dream" (Moscow), «New Style» (Malakhovka). The second group (16 people) included visually impaired teenagers, students of the dance groups of the boarding school type IV ( Malakhovka). The survey was conducted in February 2017. 195

Having researched the literature on the issue, we came to the conclusion that there is no clear definition of the concept of value setting, it is often identified with the concept of value orientations. Installations are formed on the basis of interaction between the individual needs and situations in which a person is included in the process of life, and which make up the conditions meet the requirements. The needs of people are diverse, respectively - and the situations of satisfying them are different. Study features that adolescence period means the transitory nature of both physiological processes in the body of teenagers and psychological and social maturation. It is reported of instability of mind and behavior of maturing children. The course of study. The first study block was aimed at identifying the needs and motivation to study dance activities. We observe high personal significance of emotive component structure as a set of values, for the visually impaired, as well as for young people with normal vision: respectively. The statistical processing by criterion Mann-Whitney test data showed that the differences between the two groups based on the needs and in the dance lessons unreliable at p> 0,05 p = 0,143 r = -1,465. This confirms the idea of L.S. Vygotsky about the unity of the genesis of mental development in ontogenesis as well as more than a simple mechanism for the formation of themselves and the motive needs. The second block is aimed at identifying the value the importance of personal qualities of a dancer. For the visually impaired teenagers more meaningful than for adolescents without visual pathology, were specific to artistic activities dancer personality, such as charisma and artistry. For adolescents without visual impairment to the fore the quality, not directly related to the specific activities of the dance, and focused on self-improvement and self-development of personality. Significant differences in both samples confirmed the static analysis by the criterion of Mann-Whitney test at p = 0,033 r = -2,131 p <0,05. These discrepancies can be explained by the fact that for the visually impaired teenagers dance work is a way of social identification with healthy peers. For adolescents without visual pathology the most significant areas of success. Dance activity is a way of self-realization. The third set of questions determines the direction of attitudes of adolescents through the identification of value importance of life goals. It featured significant differences between the attitudes of visually impaired adolescents and adolescents without visual pathology. In the visually impaired adolescent health value as a life guide, it was in the foreground. In adolescents without visual pathology manifests 196

focus on self-development activity. Statistical processing of the data the MannWhitney criterion at the level p <0,05 p = 0,031 r = -2,154 showed significant of differences between the two samples. These differences can be explained by the complexity of attitudes formation process of mediating a number of factors, including the visual defect. Conclusions: the needs and motives of the dance activities of visually impaired adolescents and adolescents without visual pathologies are the same, but there are significant differences in the orientation of attitudes visually impaired children and children with no visual pathologies. Literature: 1. Lubovsky V.I., Rozanov T.W., Solntseva L.I ., Special psychology / Publishing Center "Academy", 2005. - p.464. 2. Maklakov A.G. General Psychology: a textbook for higher schools - St. Petersburg , 2005. - p.583. 3. Malysheva O.O. College sports: health and prosperity of the nation. Proceedings of the VI International Scientific Conference of students and young scientists: Publishing Group "Progress", 1996. - p.344. 4. Erikson E. Identity: youth and crisis: Per. from English. / Total.ed. and Foreword. A. V. Tolstykh. – M.: Publishing group "Progress", 1996. – p.344.

197

POSTURE MAESUREMENTS BY MEANS OF STABILOGRAMS Matveev M.N., first year master’s student Scientific advisor – Singina N.F., Ph.D., associate professor Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE).

Key words – Posture control, Balance, Slow and fast dynamics, Stabilometric analysis Introduction – Posture control to maintain an upright stance is one of the most important and basic requirements in the daily life of humans. The sensory inputs involved in posture control include visual and vestibular inputs, as well as proprioceptive and tactile somatosensory inputs. Changes in the multisensory inputs result in postural alterations (fast dynamics), as well as long-term alterations in multisensory integration and posture control itself (slow dynamics). Complex nature of posture control makes it difficult to provide numerical estimation of posture. This report gives a review of approaches to posture measurement by means of stabilograms. Objective – Development of posture scores via stabilometric analysis Methods – Static: Fractal Dimension (FD), dynamic: Signal Diffusion Analysis (SDA), Recurrence Quantification Analysis (RQA) Discussion – Posture changing in time reveals both slow and fast dynamics. Fast dynamics is associated with postural equilibrium, which involves the coordination of movement strategies to stabilize the center of body mass during both self-initiated and externally triggered disturbances of stability. Slow dynamics is often referred as postural orientation and involves the active alignment of the trunk and head with respect to gravity, support surfaces, the visual surround and 198

internal references. Generally, posture is understood as postural orientation and is associated with slow dynamics. So, how can we feel an improvement in postural orientation from the raw data of stabilometric analysis highly influenced by fast dynamics of postural equilibrium? In other words, how can we separate patterns of postural orientation from those of postural equilibrium in the mixture of stabilometric data? Results – A set of scopes is proposed to characterize postural orientation by means of stabilometric analysis Conclusion – Despite of complex nature of stabilometric data influenced by multisensory inputs including visual and vestibular inputs as well as proprioceptive and tactile somatosensory inputs, it is possible to use stabilometric analysis to estimate postural orientation Literature – 1) Ryosuke Chibaa, Kaoru Takakusakia, Jun Otab, Arito Yozuc, Nobuhiko Haga. Human upright posture control models based on multisensory inputs; in fast and slow dynamics.Neuroscience Research, 104 (2016) 96–104. 2) Fay B. Horak. Postural orientation and equilibrium: what do we need to know about neural control of balance to prevent falls? Age and Ageing, 35-S2 (2006) ii7–ii11. 3) Olivier A. Coubard, Lena Ferrufino, Tetsushi Nonaka, Oscar Zelada, Blandine Bril, Gilles Dietrich. One month of contemporary dance modulates fractal posture in aging, Aging Neuroscience, 6 (2014) 1-12. 4) J.J. Collins, C.J. De Luca. Open-loop and closed-loop control of posture: A random-walk analysis of center-of-pressure trajectories, Exp. Brain Res, 95 (1993) 308-318. 5) Peng, C.K., Havlin, S., Stanley, H.E., and Goldberger, A.L. Quantification of scaling exponents and crossover phenomena in nonstationary heart beattime series. Chaos, 5 (1995) 82–87. 199

6) Norbert Marwan. Encounters with neighbors. Ph.D. Dissertation. Potsdam University, 2003.

200

MODIFICATED INTEGRATIVE APPROACH TO THE STUDY OF SPORT MOVEMENT TECHNIQUE FOR PEDAGOGICAL RESEARCHES Medvedev V.G., Ph.D, Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE),

Abstract.This paper gives the algorithm of pedagogical researchof sport movement technique. Keywords:video camera, technique, integrative approach, regression residuals method, comparative analysis. Introduction.In sport biomechanics the study of the technique of movementactions in majority of cases is carried out by the method of biomechanical analysis of kinematical, dynamical and energetical characteristics of movement. However, there also exist other methods, like, logical-statistical, systemic, mechanical-mathematical. Each of the listed methods has its advantages and shortages, the knowledge of which is needed not only to successfully solve the research tasks, but also for search of new approach to solve the problems of athlete’s technical mastery. The found one is the integrative approach to the study and evaluation of sports technique [3, 5].The integrative approach is based on successive applying logical-statistical, systemic and mechanical-mathematical research methods. The using of this integrative approachrequires high qualification of researchers and the modern fully equipped science lab in existence [3, 4]. These circumstancesmake very difficult realization of the integrative approach at student investigations. But the study of sport technique must be available for everyone student, coach or teacher. The aim of this investigation was to modifyintegrative approach to the study of sport movement technique for pedagogical researches. Methods. The base of modification was the integrative approach to the study and evaluation of sports technique in biomechanics [3, 5]. Comparative video analysis was used for the searching of sport technique parameters atone of the stage. Statisticalanalysisincludedcorrelations (Pearson), regression residuals method (Figure 1) [1, 6, 7], descriptive statistics, t-test for dependent samples. 201

Figure 1 – Regression residuals method at example of ice hockey Results. The algorithm of the modificated integrative approach included sequential passage of five stages: 1. Evaluation of realization effectiveness of technique using logical-statistical methods (selection of movement tasks, correlation field construction, regression line construction). 2.

Choosing athletes with very different effectiveness of technique.

3. Recording video of movement task performed by chosen athletes. Comparative video analyzing for search of distinctive parameters of technique. 4. Creation of movement tasks with different settings of found parameters of technique. 5. Statistical hypothesis testing. Justification of significance of found parameters of technique. Discussion. The modificated integrative approach was using at the study of some movement techniques [2, 8]. Necessary parameters of technique were gotten. 202

The sequence of the algorithm allows to exclude erroneous assumptions due to the use of statistical methods. For stage 3:it is recommended to use a video editors, allowing to view two video simultaneously. For example: CoachMyVideo (Figure 2), Coach's Eye, MovAvi, etc. Video recording must be anytime at standard conveniences (device, focus, lighting, distance, position, etc.).

Figure 2 – Comparative video analyzing (CoachMyVideo softwear) For stages 1 and 5: it is suitable for using as software as LibreOffice, OpenOffice etc. Conclusions. The algorithmof the modificated integrative approachto the study of sport movement technique for pedagogical researches is the most available for everyone student, coach or teacher. It recommended to use for student investigations. References

203

1.

Davydov,

A.P.

Performance

efficiency

of

puck-controlling

manoeuvering skills in ice hockey / A.P. Davydov, V.G. Medvedev // Theory and Practice of Physical Culture. – 2016. – № 12. – ISSN 2409-4234. – URL: http://www.teoriya.ru/ru/node/5790. Dyshakov, A.S. Evaluation of technique of turns in ВМХ cycle sports

2.

/ A.S. Dyshakov, V.G. Medvedev // МатериалыВсероссийскойнаучнопрактическойконференцииповопросамспортивнойнаукивдетскоюношескомспортеиспортевысших [Электроннаякнигавформате PDF]. – М.: ГКУ «ЦСТиСК» Москомспорта, 2016. – С. 36-37. – ISBN 978-5-9905252-5-2. –

URL:

http://cstsk.ru/conference/sbornik-materialov-

konferentsii/%D0%A1%D0%B1%D0%BE%D1%80%D0%BD%D0%B8%D0%B A%202016%20%D0%B3.pdf. 3.

Lanka, J. Integrative approach to the study and evaluation of technical

preparedness in sports biomechanics / J. Lanka, A. Shalmanov, V. Medvedev // LASE Journal of Sport Science. – 2012. – Vol. 3. – Nr. 1. – pp. 3-21. – ISSN 1691-7669. 4.

Medvedev, V. Development of special work capacity in sport dancing

/ V. Medvedev // Publication of scientific issues. The International scientific and practical conference of students and young scientist “HIGHER SCHOOL” as the center of integration of science, sports, education and culture; RSUPC. – M. 2007. – p. 23-25. – ISBN 5-7419-0078-X. 5.

Medvedev, V. Integrative Approach to the Study of Technical

Preparedness in Sports Biomechanics [Electronic resource] / V. Medvedev // MR Int. J. of Applied Health Sciences. – 2015. – Oct. – Vol. 2. – №. 2. – P. 102. – URL:

http://mriu.edu.in/mrijahs/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Journal-Oct.-2015-

Vol.-2-No.-2-Special-Issue.pdf. 6.

Medvedev, V. Realization effectiveness of jumping technique / V.

Medvedev // Publication of scientific issues. The IV International scientific and practical conference of students and young scientist “Modern University Sport Science” ; RSUPES&T. – M., 2009. – P. 100-101. 204

7.

Medvedev, V.G. Regression residue method as estimation of technical

fitness / V.G. Medvedev // Publication of scientific issues. The International scientific and practical conference of students and young scientist “HIGHER SCHOOL” as the center of integration of science, sports, education and culture; RSUPC. – M. 2008. – p. 26-27. 8.

Medvedev, V.G. Technique of horizontal straight acceleration in

ВМХ-race // V.G. Medvedev, A.S. Dyshakov // Extreme Human Activity. – 2016. – №3 (40). – ISSN 2311-343X.

205

ANALYSIS OF WORLD RECORDS IN TRACK-ANDFIELD RUNNING DISCIPLINESIN CONTEXT OF BIOENERGETIC PROCESSES Mitrofanov A.A., Petrov A.D., Golikov L.A., Lyatina I.M. Litvinenko S.N., Associate Professor, Dr.Hab. Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

Abstract. The study was conducted with applying a set of statistic methods to find the regularities for the track-and-field’s world records according to their main bio-energy supply processes: creatine phosphate, glycolysis, mixed aerobicanaerobic and aerobic mechanisms. The world records in 12 track-and-field running disciplines (232 records in total) formally registered by IAAF since 1975, were used for the purposes of the retrospective analysis. The study found that the mixed aerobic-anaerobic energy supply group, including 1500m, 1609m and 3000m steeplechase, showed the most consistent structure of the world records parameters. Keywords: world records, bio-energy processes, human capacity limits, competitive sports, track-and-field running disciplines. Background. Accomplishments of the new world records is a crown of athletic careers in elite sport, and this is the prime reason for many researchers to look for a predictable method of the record's data analysis [2, 3]. Some authors made the conclusionthat the humanity came to the limit of its natural abilities [2, p. 107]. At the same time, the fundamental role of the metabolic provision for the world records progress isn’t discovered yet, and we can not predict a new record appearance. Objective of the study was to find the relationship of world records improvement in the track-and-field's running disciplines with the creatine phosphate, glycolytic, mixed aerobic-anaerobic and aerobic energy supplying mechanisms. Methods of the study. The study was based on a retrospective analysis of the world records, which are formally registered by the IAAF for men and women in 12 track-and-field running disciplines since 01.01.1975 (232 world records at 206

all). The following indices were counted for each of the records: (1) inter-record period (IRP) and (2) record improvement (I). The records were split up into the 4 bio-energetic groups [1]. Study results and discussion. The mean values (M), standard deviation (SD) and the Pearson’s correlation coefficients (PCC) are presented in the Table 1. The high positive correlation of I and IRP was found for the men’s 1609m race event; otherways, a significant correlation was not detected in other disciplines. Analysis of the intra-group correlation in the glycolytic group showed the significant PCC between the IRP indices for the women’s 400m and 400m hurdles (0.88). The most significant intra-group PCCs were found for the mixed aerobicanaerobic energy supply group. Conclusions. The mixed aerobic-anaerobic energy supply group of the track-and-field running disciplines (the men’s and women’s 1500m, 1609m and 3000m steeplechase) demonstrates the most close and versatile correlations between the record improvement and inter-record periods, whilst the world records in the other bio-energy groups (creatine phosphate, glycolytic and aerobic) are more unconnected. Table 1.World records in track running events: primary analytical data Bio-energy Discipline Sex groups

IRP, days

I, seconds

PCC Count

M

SD

for IRP vs. I

M

SD

m 1243,0 1459,5

0,03

0,03

12

-0,28

w

829,2

0,08

0,09

7

0,34

m 1623,3 1429,0

0,05

0,05

9

-0,49

w

953,1

0,05

0,05

7

0,17

m 2983,6 2666,1

0,13

0,12

5

-

w

696,1

0,11

0,12

8

-0,38

m 5634,5 2274,8

0,34

0,33

2

-

w

388,3

0,23

0,16

11

0,42

m 1455,6 1085,6

0,21

0,08

5

-

100 Creatine phosphate

828,0

110h

(Кr)

832,1

200

Glykolytic

652,7

400 368,1

(Gl) 400h

207

w

707,8

891,5

0,28

0,19

15

0,04

m 1317,3 2141,4

0,26

0,36

10

-0,29

w

905,7

595,5

1,05

1,17

4

-

m

992,0

860,8

0,68

0,52

9

-0,03

w 3130,2 3227,7

2,27

1,94

5

-

m 1091,2 1081,2

0,78

0,64

8

0,78

w

783,3

1,88

1,72

9

0,45

m 1184,1 1167,6

1,80

1,35

9

-0,55

w

300,1

389,7

5,73

2,31

15

-0,13

m

755,9

809,2

2,73

2,95

13

-0,29

w

751,0

982,6

4,87

3,87

13

-0,25

m

734,5

815,8

5,21

3,06

14

-0,08

w

542,7

850,4

20,68

19,40

8

0,50

m

921,8

965,2

24,69

15,46

13

0,30

w

717,5

1190,7 98,17

80,45

14

-0,32

800

1500 Mixed aerobicanaerobic

1609

(Mx)

934,1

3000st

5000 Aerobic 10 000 (Ae) 42 195 References 1. VolkovN.I. Biokhimiyamyshechnoydeyatel'nosti (Biochemistryofmuscleactivity) / N.I. Volkov, E.N. Nesen, A.A. Osipenko, S.N. Korsun. – Kiev: Olimpiyskayaliteratura, 2013. – 504 p. 2. Chang Yu Sang and Baek, Seung-Jin. Limit to Improvement in Running and Swimming // Int. J. Applied Management Science, 2011, Vol. 3. - Рp. 97-120. 3. Murray Andrew and Costa, Ricardo JS. Born to run. Studying the limits of human performance: Advances in Sport Nutrition, Exercise and Medicine. – 2012. – URL: http://www.biomedcentral.com/1741-7015/10/76.

208

MORPHOFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF YOUNG BOXERS Nikiforov Nikita, master student Godina E.Z. D.Sc., Professor Kiselev V.A. Ph.D., Professor Key words: morphological and functional features, boxing and school children, anthropometric measuments. Topicality: An actual problem is the study of the morphofunctional indicators of boxers, in connection with the influence of these characteristics on the quality of performance of techniques. Objective is to study the morphofunctional features of boxers. The following methods have been used in the research: literature analysis; anthropometric measuments of qualitied boxers byMartin metal rod anthropometric system, large and small stout compasses, sliding caliper, mm (plain or rubberized), tapes with a length of 1.5-2 m, electronic scales with an accuracy of 50 g, caliper and dynamometer; methods of mathematical statistics and bioimpedans. Discussion : A total of 254 boys aged 12 to 17 years were examined. Of these, 26 are the experimental group of boxer athletes and 228 are the control group of schoolchildren who do not do in sports. Study results: 1. In terms of longitudinal dimensions of the body, it can be noted that the length of the upper and lower limbs of boxer athletes is lower than that of schoolchildren, and that schoolchildren exceed the young boxers both in body length and in weight. 2. Young boxers have large sizes of chest, shoulder, forearm, and a higher wrist width, which can be evaluated as a result of their sporting activities. 3. In terms of fat gain, athletes boxers of both age groups are significantly inferior to those of the same age who do not do sports.

209

4. According to the results of the BIA, it should be noted that in athletes boxers, along with a decrease in body fat, the parameters associated with the muscle componentsignificantly increased, as well as an important indicator for sports, such as the phase angle. Practical recommendations: 1) At the sports selection of boxers it is necessary primarily to take into account the degree of development of all longitudinal dimensions of the body length, the length of the limbs and their segments; 2) A lower percentage of fat mass and a higher percentage of muscle mass should be considered as the next important factor of selection in the boxing 3) It is necessary to use the quantitative characteristics of the shoulder and forearmperimeter, the development of which is associated with the manifestation of force in specific motor actions.

Bibliography: 1. Baquet G., Twisk J.W.R., Kemper H.C.G., Van Praagh E., Berthoin S. Longitudinal follow-up of fitness during childhood: interaction with physical activity // American journal of human biology. – 2006. – no. 18. - p. 51-58. 2. Heyward V.H., Wagner D.R. Applied body composition assessment. (2nd ed.) Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, 2004. 280 p. 3. Matton L., Duvigneaud N., Wijndaele K., Philippaerts R., Duquet W., Beunen G., Claessens A.L., Thomis M., Lefevre J. Secular trends in anthropometric characteristics, physical fitness, physical activity, and biological maturation in Flemish adolescents between 1969 and 2005 // American journal of human biology. – 2007. – no. 19. - p. 345-357.

210

INCREASE OF EFFICIENCY OF ACTIVITIES OF SPORTS SCHOOLS (ON THE EXAMPLE OF THE SPORTS SCHOOL № 47 Nikitina L.M. master student Key words: Entrepreneurship education, Sport management, Sports development, Sports school, Effeciency. Introduction: It has become obvious that the socio-economic changes in Russia associated with the transition to a market economy affected all sectors of the economy. They occurred also in the sphere of physical education and sports. First of all, it is negatively manifested in relation to mass sports and improving work among the wider population. The object of the study is: Organizational management activities of sports school. The work considers the problem of improving the efficiency of school sports.Today, foreign and domestic researchers in the field of healthy lifestyle (HLS) agree that there is no more effective remedy for the prevention of disease than physical activity and introducing people to the HLS (D. I. Aronov, 1982; I. V. Muravov, 1989; Matov V. V., A. O. Ivanova, I. N. Marabaeva, 1989; V. P. Mochenov, 2001; N. N. Nifontova, 1994). In this regard, the development of sports and recreation activities, the introduction of leisure activities in the General population are essential. Marketing being an integral component of effective management of sports organizations, functioning in the conditions of market economy, is itself the object of control. Russian and foreign practice shows that the effectiveness of the 211

management of the market activities increases with the combination of strategic and opportunistic management styles, with a predominance of strategic type. Thus the process of management of marketing activity includes the following elements: sports organizationmarket opportunity analysis, the mission statement of the organization, establishment of for the marketing activitiesgoals, the development of a model of market behavior of the organization, marketing strategy development (including development and selection of optimal variants of strategy), development programmes and budget action, implementation of marketing actions, monitoring results, correction of previously taken actions and marketing strategies. Methods of research. 1 Analysis of literature on the research problem . 2 Analysis of the normative legal base regulating the activities of sports school. 3 Survey, questionnaire, interviews, pedagogical observation, experiment 4 methods of mathematical processing of research results. The study is conducted in the sports school of the Olympic reserve No. 47. All age, groups children beginning the age of 14 and ending with the older adults attending the swimming pool are studing in the research. The approximate number of subjects is 500. The first phase is aimed at familiarizing with the database which are used in the experiment (sport school № 47) and a study of the services provided by the sports school for the students is analysed. The second stage is a questionnaire based on the data that we have obtained in the first stage. The experiment took place on the basis of "Sports school of the Olympic reserve on swimming" № 47 of Moscow. The third phase is composed of a pilot version of the price list on rendering of paid services on the basis of data obtained from the questionnaire. And questioning is repeated.

212

At the end of the conducted the work the results were obtained by analyzing which we can conclude that the work of the sports school has significantly increased is efficiency. Literature: 1. Bacalov L. G. Marketing in physical culture and sport: Study textbook for institutes of physical culture / L. G. Bakalova, E. P. Hetman; the Kuban. GOS. Akad. NAT. culture. - Krasnodar: Kubark, 2003. 2. Zubarev Yu. a. Management and marketing in the sphere of physical culture and sports. Edition – Volgograd, VSAPC, 2007. 3. Kandaurova, N. V. Marketing of sports organizations for women: dis. Cand. PED. Sciences / Kandaurova N. Vladimir: Vseros. scientific. -issled. Institute of physical culture. — M., 2005. 4. Makeeva M. V. the Organizational-economic mechanism of functioning of nonprofit organizations in the sphere of physical culture and sports]. dis. Ktaikodom Sciences. -M., 2002. 19. 5. Timakova T. S. To the problem of increase of efficiency of work of sports schools and children in modern conditions // proceedings of the joint scientific and practical conference training, MGAFK and VNIIFK. - M., 2001. - S. 110-114.

213

THE EFFECT OF ONE SESSION WALKING ON CHANGES IN LEPTIN SERUM LEVEL OF WOMEN A WITH HYPERTENSION Ebrahim Nourian1, Omid Yousefi Bilehsavar2 (Physical education Department, Payam Noor University, 9395-4697, I.R. of IRAN) 2. MSc of Physical Education, Mohaghegh Ardabili, Ardabil, Iran.

Introduction: Leptin is an important hormone in fat metabolism and energy homeostasis. Especially short-term effects of exercise training exercises, leptin has been less studied. The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of exercise walking on changes of serum leptin levels in women with high blood pressure. Methodology: In this study 20 patients with hypertension (mean and standard deviation age 55±7/2 years) to two control groups (N=10) and experimental (N=10), respectively. Aerobic exercise training program that includes 8 km of walking with intensity target heart rate of 45 to 65% be implemented. Serum levels of leptin before and after doing the walk in both experimental and control groups were measured. Results:The results showed a significant difference was not between control and experimental groups in serum leptin concentration. As well as changes in serum leptin levels was not between the two groups significant despite walking activities (P>0.05). Discussion:It can be said that a session of aerobic exercise include walking a distance of 8 kilometers, is not beneficial effect on serum leptin levels in women with high blood pressure. According to the findings, and the role of adipose tissue secretion of leptin as the main source, no effect of aerobic exercise on plasma leptin levels may suggest subjects is no change in the amount of adipose tissue. However, to achieve more conclusive results, other research that is necessary.

Key words: Leptin serum, Walking, Hypertension, Women.

214

THE EFFECT OF TWO LOADING PATTERN DOUBLE PYRAMID AND REVERSE PYRAMID ON SOME HEMATOLOGICAL PARAMETERS IN SEDENTARY YOUNG MEN Ebrahim Nourian1, Omid Yousefi bilehsavar2, Ali Barzegari3,Serhat Ozbay4 1, 3. Department of physical education and sport, Payame Noor University, PO BOX 19395-3697, Tehran, IRAN 2. MSc of Physical Education, Mohaghegh Ardabili, Ardabil, Iran. 4. Phd candidate of sport physiology of ataturk universitiy

Introduction: One of the strategies used to improve and increase the efficiency of different sports, was using methods of resistance. The aim of this study was to investigate the effects of resistance training with two different patterns (double pyramid and reverse pyramid) on some hematological parameters of sedentary men. Methodology: Subjects of this study were sedentary mal students. For this purpose, 30 healthy sedentary students (age 21.47±2.67 years, height 178.09±3.59 cm, weight 79.89 ±4.98 kg) volunteered to participate in this study. The subjects were randomly divided into 3 groups OF double pyramid pattern (n= 10) reverse pyramid pattern (n= 10) and control group (n= 10). Training took place in for four weeks and in three sessions per week. Hematocrit, the number of red blood cells, hemoglobin of sedentary men were measured before and after four weeks. Results:The results of one-way ANOVA showed there is not a significant difference between the two groups of dual pyramid and reverse pyramid in hematological parameters (hematocrit, red blood cells, hemoglobin) (P> 0.05). However, there was significant differences between the experimental group and the control group. Discussion:The results of this study concluded that two pyramid patterns have no superiorIty over each other because they showed similar results. Therefore, to ensure greater and more decisive conclusions, more research is needed.

215

Key words: Resistance Training, Double pyramidal pattern, Reverse pyramid pattern, sedentary men.

216

PSYCHO-OPTIMIZING TRAINING AS FACTOR OF STANDING RATIONAL BEHAVIOR L.A. Nurlygayanova master student Scientific adviser: V.N. Nepopalov Ph.D, Professor Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE) Summary This paper is discussed the results of research influence psycho-optimizing training to standing rational behavior in conflict situation. Key words:psycho-optimizing training,rational behavior, conflict,anxiety. Introduction and relevance The essence of sport activities is a confrontation between athletes, sport teams and coaches; each of them uses different approaches and training systems [2]. Success of the confrontation is determined by not only physical and technical conditions of athletes, but also by their tactical and psychological preparedness. The main psychological factor of success in a competitive activity is team’s unity. Unity is determined by the ability of athletes to find understanding under difficult circumstances of gaming activity. In our opinion, the presence of potential and / or existing conflicts in team affects mutual understanding and cooperation. Thus, forming a rational behavior in conflict leads to more effective interaction in the game and, eventually, to the winning. Object: Behavior of volleyball players in training and competitive activities. Subject: Standing a rational behavior of volleyball players in conflict situations with psycho-optimizing training. Aim of the study: To form a rational behavior in conflict situations by psycho-optimizing training. Objectives of the study: 1. To research the problem of conflicts in the domestic and foreign psychological literature; 217

2. To analysis and select techniques to diagnose different forms of conflict behavior and methods of its correction; 3. To conduct an experiment to identify types of conflict behavior of volleyball players; 4. To make a pedagogical experiment on the standing of rational behavior in conflict using psycho-optimizing training; 5. To developpractice recommendations. The hypothesis: psycho-optimizing training should form a rational behavior in conflict situations and further more result performance of athletes. Methods:  Observation;  Techniques of psychological diagnostics: Thomas–Kilmann Conflict Mode Instrument (adapted by Grishina), Leary’s the Interpersonal Diagnosis of Personality (adapted by Sobchick), State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (adapted by Khanin);  Methods of psychological and pedagogical influence, psycho-optimizing training (by Gissen);  Methods of mathematical statistics. Results Based on the observations, we had made, we were able to establish the presence of repeating conflict situations in both training and competitive activity. With the analysis of the conflicts, we detected three conflicting pairs: first pair is outside spiker and setter, second – opposite and middle blocker. In the third pair both of athletes are middle blockers. The reason of the first conflict, we believe, is inadequate opinion on partner’s functions in training and competitive processes. The reason of the second conflict is personal incompatibility of athletes. The reasons of the third conflict, we think, are personal incompatibility of athletes and competitive nature of their relationship because both of them are candidates to the main team. 218

To confirm the findings of observation we should analyze data from athletes’ diagnostic examination. The data is represented in Table 1. Table 1 – Indices of the conflicting pairs and average indices of the team due to interpersonal circle model of personality by Leary (Self) Octants Athletes

Vector

Vector

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

Dom

Lov

1 Outside spiker

4

7

7

5

3

4

6

2

1

-3,8

2 Setter

8

7

6

5

5

5

10

10

7,2

9,3

3 Opposite

5

6

8

2

4

0

5

5

7,3

-1,6

4 Middle blocker

5

8

7

4

4

2

9

6

6,6

4,1

5 Middle blocker

6

6

8

5

5

7

7

3

-1,1

-1,7

6 Middle blocker

3

8

13

12

8

9

8

5

-10,6

-9,9

5,74

6,73

6,6

4,07

4,6

5,07

7,87

6,93

4,26

4,05

Middle

Table 2 – Indices of conflicting pairs and average scores of the team due to Thomas– Kilmann Conflict Mode Instrument and Anxiety Scales of Spielberger. Athletes

Competi

Collabor

Compro

ng

ating

mising

Avoiding

Accomm odating

State

Trait

anxiety

anxiety

1 Outside spiker

6

7

7

7

3

50

44

2 Setter

3

5

5

10

7

52

43

3 Opposite

6

4

7

6

7

48

40

4 Middle blocker

8

5

6

8

3

36

41

5 Middle blocker

12

6

7

2

3

62

54

6 Middle blocker

1

6

8

6

9

68

57

5,13

5,4

7,04

6,4

6

44,5

42

Middle

All three pairs has medium and high scores in third and fourth octants (“Aggressive-sadistic” and “Rebellious-distrustful” correspondingly) and positive Dom vector (except for third pair). Moreover, one of the athletes has negative Lov vector. In every conflicting pair we noted different dominating strategies of behavior in conflict, but there is a tendency for such ineffective strategies as “avoiding” and “accommodating” to prevail. Besides, for all three pairs there are medium and high indices on Spielberger’s scales of trait (personal) and state (situational) anxiety. 219

Based on the results of research on the psychocorrectional capabilities of autogenic training in the formation of rational conflict behavior [5, 7], we suggested that teaching this kind of autogenic training as a psycho-optimizing training [3] allows effective correction of existing conflict strategies of athletes and standing on their basis constructive of rational one. In our opinion in the sphere of sport the most constructive strategies in the conflict will be“compromising” and “collaborating”. The instruction of psycho-optimizing training is divided on to 2 stage – teaching of relaxation and activation phrases. For the first lessons, we used extended full list of phrases – 70 to relaxation and 35 to activation. After a week of training, we individually started to reduce number of relaxation and activation phrases. The final number of phrases is 25 in both. By the end of the training psycho-optimizing training, there were no conflict situations in all conflicting pairs. The comparison between athletes’ results before and after psycho-optimizing training is represented in Table 3. To estimate a reliability of changes we used Wilcoxon T test. Table 3 – Results of athletes before and after psycho-optimizing training The Interpersonal Diagnosis of Personality by Leary Self Octant

Self T-test

Ego

Ego

ideal

ideal

before

after

before

after

(х)

(х)

(х)

(х)

IManagerial-autocratic

5,74

5,92

9,53

10,06

IICompetitive-narcissistic

6,73

6,58

6,6

6,42

IIIAggressive-sadistic

6,6

4,3

p < 0,05

5,8

3,7

IVRebellious-distrustful

4,07

2,15

p < 0,05

1,47

1,32

VSelf-effacing-masochistic

4,6

4,5

2,47

2,1

VIDocile-dependent

5,07

4,93

3,53

3,49

VIICooperative-overconvertional

7,87

9,64

7,2

11,23

p < 0,05

T-test

p< 0,05

p <0,05 220

VIIIResponsible-hypernormal

6,93

7,27

VectorDom

4,26

6,16

Vector Lov

4,05

11,06

8,33

12,26

p < 0,05

14,02

17,67

p < 0,01

6,62

18,55

p< 0,05 p< 0,01 p< 0,01

Thomas–Kilmann Conflict Mode Instrument Result, ball

Scale

T-test

before (х)

after (х)

Competing

5,13

4,05

p < 0,05

Collaborating

5,4

6,93

p < 0,05

Compromising

7,04

7,2

Avoiding

6,4

5,5

6

6,31

Accommodating

p < 0,05

State-Trait Anxiety Inventory of Spilberger Result, ball

Scale

T-test

before (х)

after (х)

State anxiety

44,5

38,2

p < 0,05

Trait anxiety

42,06

36,8

p < 0,05

The average scores of the team at octant 3 “Aggressive-sadistic” and octant 4 “Rebellious-distrustful” with reliable level of significance decreased, instead the average scores at octant 7 “Cooperative-overconvertional” and 8 “Responsiblehypernormal” increased. Average indices of Dom and Lov related to athletes’ perception of their own personality and their ideal grew up. These changes indicate the decrease of the level of conflicts: this is the high indices at third and fourth octants, which are connected by Leary with conflict behavior of person in interpersonal attitudes. Changes in preferable style of conflict behavior also indicates the decrease of the level of conflicts after psycho-optimizing training. With the reliable level of significance, the use of such styles of behavior as “competing” and “avoiding” declined. “Collaborating” became a more preferable style of behavior in

221

conflict;“compromising” did not significantly change and kept the leading position of the average indices of the team. Average indices of situational and personal anxiety also decreased, which allows us to make a conclusion about successful application of psycho-optimizing training to volleyball players in other fields. Thus, application of psycho-optimizing training as part of athletes’ preparation allows constructively resolve existing conflicts and increases the results of competitive activity. Findings 1. Analysis of literature sources to problem of conflicts did not revealed a common approach to the resolution and management of conflicts, as well as the general criterions of rational behavior in conflict; 2. We selected three methods of diagnosis of conflict behavior of athletes: Thomas–Kilmann Conflict Mode Instrument, T. Leary’s the Interpersonal Diagnosis of Personality and State-Trait Anxiety Inventory by C. Spilberger; 3. The study confirmed the our hypothesis; 4. During the experiment on conflict behavior of volleyball players, we identified a number of conflicting pairs; 5. As a result of pedagogical experiment and application of psycho-optimizing training, volleyball players formed a rational behavior in conflict; 6. Application of psycho-optimizing training as part of athletes’ preparation allows constructively resolve existing conflicts and increases the results of competitive activity.

Literature 1. Анцупов А.Я., Шипилов А.И. Конфликтология: учебник для вузов. 5-е изд. – СПб.: Питер, 2014. – 512 с. 2. Визитей Н.Н. Социология спорта. Курс лекций. – Киев: Олимпийская литература, 2005. – 248 с. 222

3. Гиссен Л.Д. Психология и психогигиена в спорте. 2-е изд. стереот. – М.: Советский спорт, 2010. – 160 с. 4. Гришина Н.В. Психология конфликта. СПб.: Питер, 2000. – 464 с. 5. Моисеев Д.Л. Психологические особенности межличностных конфликтов во

взаимоотношениях

государственных

служащих

и

условия

их

предупреждения Текст.: Дисс. . канд. психол. Наук : 19.00.13 / Д.Л. Моисеев. – М., 1997. – 255 с. 6. Непопалов В.Н. Основы конфликтного поведения: учебное пособие для слушателей ФПК. – М.: РГУФК, 2003. – 71 с. 7. Синеок В.В. Межличностные конфликты у курсантов и пути их разрешения Текст.: дис. ….канд. психол. наук : 19.00.05 / В.В. Синеок; – М., 1997. – 240 с. 8. Собчик Л.Н. Методы психологической диагностики. Вып. 3. Диагностика межличностных

отношений.

Модифицированный

вариант

интерперсональной диагностики Т. Лири. Метод. руководство. – М.:, 1990.

223

ACTUAL PROBLEMS E-SPORT Olyokminskay P.M. student Novoselov M.A. PhD., RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Annotation. The article contains data that indicate that in computer sports a problem is observed in the absence of scientifically based training programs for sports judges, whose resolution is topical. Keywords: sports judge, computer sports, cyber sportsmen, competences and functions of a sports judge Introduction. The relevance of the chosen topic is related to the fact that the judiciary practice is part of the process of organizing and holding sports competitions. The sports judge ensures compliance with the rules of the sport and the regulations on the sport competition. A sports judge is a person who has received special training and has received the appropriate qualification category. Sports judges are determined the main role in identifying the strongest athlete or team in the competition. From their professionalism depends not only the results of the competitions, but also the prospects for the development of computer sports. Computer sport is officially recognized in many countries of the World (in Europe - 19 countries, Asia - 19 countries, Africa - 4 countries, America - 3 countries, Oceania - 2 countries). In Russia, "computer sports" is included in the first section of the All-Russian Register of Sports. Training sports judges and increasing the effectiveness of their activities is important in the development of any sport, including computer. Judging in the competition involves people who have knowledge and skills in the game mechanics of computer games, but do not have the profile education and qualifications.

224

In connection with the lack of scientifically based training programs for sports judges, training and methodological support and qualified personnel in judging in computer sports, the solution of these issues becomes topical. Problem. In connection with the lack of scientifically based training programs for sports judges, training and methodological support and qualified personnel in judging computer sports, the resolution of this problem is becoming urgent. The goal is to develop and implement a methodology for improving the process of training judges in computer sports. Object-process of organizing the activity of judges in computer sports Subject - forms, methods, means and conditions for the formation of judicial competence in computer sports Organization of the study I-stage. Conducting an analytical review of domestic and foreign literature on the research problem. Conducting a logico-content analysis of domestic and foreign literature on the research problem. II stage. Definition of tasks, problems, goals, object, subject and basic research methods. IIII-stage. To develop theoretical justifications for the construction, training and training of judges in computer sports. IV-th stage. To substantiate the form and organization of training the judiciary competence of candidates for sports judges in computer sports. Methods of research: 1. Analysis of scientific and methodological literature. 2. Observation. 3.Anketting. The discussion of the results. Solving the problem of training sports judges in computer sports has necessitated research on methods of preparation, development of assessment criteria for mastering the training program and their activities after training on the practice of refereeing in computer sports.

225

In general, the system of educational and methodological training of judges in computer sports is an educational process, which from the organizational point of view can be divided into four stages. The first stage is the preparation of an experimental method for training judges. Development of a multiparameter system for assessing the activity of the educational process in the preparation of sports judges in computer sports. The second stage is methodical training. Training sessions at this stage include acquaintance with the history of the emergence and development of computer sports, the study of the functions of a judge in accordance with federal laws. The Federal Law "On Physical Culture and Sport" defines the rules for assigning ranks and ranks: in accordance with the norms and requirements established by the Unified All-Russian Sports Classification (EBC). It follows from the provisions of the ESCC that for the award of a sports rank or rank it is necessary to observe certain norms, requirements, conditions. Norms are indicators in accordance with which the qualification of an athlete is determined. Regulations exist in all sports, where athletes are assigned ranks and titles. In 2002, the Federation of Computer Sports of Russia developed the rules for awarding a sports category or rank. Due to the fact that in 2006 computer sports were excluded from official sports, and in 2016 new standards were not yet approved, the main task on the agenda is what requirements will be presented to cybersportsmen to obtain a rank or rank. At the stage of methodical preparation, the main tasks are: - Analysis of the development of computer sports -Fields of activities of the Federation on Computer Sport -Analytical review of the organizational structure of the judiciary and the function of the judge. The methodical training should be aimed at: increasing the level of competence, understanding and knowledge of the laws governing the activity of the sports judge, organizing competitions and the relationship between participants in the 226

sport, as well as getting acquainted with the stories of the development of computer sports and the formation of the functions of a sports judge. The third stage - theoretical training on the rules of refereeing in the "computer sport". At this stage the main tasks are: - Analysis of official rules on the disciplines of "Computer sport" - Review of competences of a sports judge in computer sports -Definition of criteria for constructing a multiparametric system for assessing the mastery of the educational tasks of candidates for sports judges in computer sports The fourth stage is a pedagogical experiment with candidates for qualifying sports judge in computer sports. It is planned to conduct a pedagogical experiment on the basis of the laboratory of the Chair of the Institute of Information Science and Technology in the Russian State University of Economics and Finance, as well as the analysis of the effectiveness of the learning process for enhancing the competencies of the sports judge in computer sports. Conclusion As a result of the analytical review and the logico-content analysis of Russian and foreign literature on the research problem, we found that in computer sports there is a shortage of qualified personnel. The development and implementation of a theoretically grounded method of constructing, training and training sports judges for computer sports will allow to optimize the system of preparation and conduct of competitions, improve the competence of judges, and improve the reputation of computer sports. Literature 1. On the approval of the Regulations on the Unified All-Russian Sports Classification [Electronic resource]: the order of the M-va of Russia on 17.03.2015 N227.-

Access

mode:

www.url:

https://www.consultant.ru/law/podborki/edinaya_vserossijskaya_sportivnaya_klass ifikaciya 10. 10.10.2016 2.

About physical culture and sports in the Russian Federation [Electronic

resource]: 227

4.

Federal

Law

of

04.12.2007

N

329-FZ.-

Access

mode:

www.url:

http://www.consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_73038/.-01.09.2011

228

IMAGE OF THE SOVIET OLYMPIAN(ON THE EXAMPLE OF THE GAMES OF THE 15TH OLYMPIAD) Daria D. Partsevskaya, Scientific Adviser: Elena F. Dolgopolova, Ph.D., Associate professor Department of History of Physical Education, Sport and Olympic Education RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Introduction.The post-war period for the USSR can’t be called easy – enormous economic difficulties of the postwar period, many great athletes did not return from the war, the country's sports and moral reserves are depleted. It was not easy for the country to return to the international sports arena. After a long break, the USSR joined the International Sports Federations and in 1951 the USSR Olympic Committee was recognized by the IOC.IOC Member Ferenc Mezo spoke in this regard: "The future of the Olympic Games will only matter if young people of the Soviet Union take part in them." Methodology.This article divides the image of the Olympian on the following criteria: Habit image - that is appearance, which includes static, medium dynamic and expressive components. Environmental image - characterizes the real and social environment. A reified image is objects and things created by a person. Results.After analyzing the winners of the Olympic Games in Helsinki (28 athletes from the USSR, including 19 men and 9 women, won gold medals), the following conclusions can be drawn: - the average age of the team was 27 years. The oldest athlete - freestyle wrestler Arsen Spiridonovich Mikokishvili turned 40 at the time of the Olympics; Gymnast Galina Napoleonovna Urbanovich was 35 years old. The youngest sportsman was a classical wrestler, 20-year-old Shazam Sergeevich Safin, and among the girls they were 21-year-old gymnast Galina Shamray and track-and-field athlete Galina Ivanovna Zybina. 229

It should be noted that the representatives of the USSR at this Olympiad were the oldest in comparison with subsequent performances at the Games. The national composition was dominated by Russians-21. Also Ukrainians-2, Georgians-3, Armenians and Estonians-one representative each from the nation. A feature of this appearance is that the athletes were amateurs, which corresponded to the 26th point of the Charter. By professional composition they were: coaches - 3. Students -23, representatives of working professions - 1. Soviet Olympians were participants in the Great Patriotic War (19411945), 7 future Olympians fought at the front: V. Chukarin, G. Shaginyan, J. Tyukalov (defense of Leningrad), A. Bogdanov, I. Berdiyev, V. Belyakov. J. Kotkas during the war was a member of the troops of the 8th Estonian Rifle Corps. Y. Punkin from the first days was in the prisoner of war camp. In the rear worked: G. Urbanovich (was a patronage nurse). V. Muratov (miller at the factory). I. Udodov since 17 years old was in the concentration camp Buchenwald (until 1945), the blockade of Leningrad was experienced by athletes G. Zybina and M. Gorokhovskaya. It is characteristic that almost all the Olympians switched to coaching after the completion of their athletic careers. Viktor Ivanovich Chukarin became the head of the chair of gymnastics of the Lvov Institute of Physical Culture (from 1971-1984). Grant Amazapovich Shahinyan headed the Sports Committee of the Armenian SSR in 1967-1969. In 1975-1980 he worked as the head coach of the national team of Syria in artistic gymnastics. A. Bogdanov was a teacher at the Moscow Higher All-Arms Command School, later - became a senior lecturer of the Military Academy of Chemical Defense. M. Perlman is the director and scriptwriter of the largest sports and theatrical performances. Deputy chief director of the opening and closing ceremonies of the Games of the XXII Olympiad in 1980 in Moscow, the 230

celebration of the 1500th anniversary of Kyiv, the 2000th anniversary of Tashkent and others. V. Muratov headed the team of Moscow in gymnastics, then became the head coach of the USSR national teams (1960-1968). Of the fosterlings of Valentin Ivanovich Muratov, there are several Olympic champions: Larissa Latynina, Lyudmila Turishcheva, Olga Korbut, and others. P. Danilova in the 70 years worked as a coach of the national team of Bulgaria in gymnastics. Also, many olympians were awarded with state awards. G. Shaginyan Awarded with the Order of the Red Banner of Labor (1957), "The Badge of Honor" (1968) and the Patriotic War I degree (1985). V. Tyukalov - a participant in the defense of Leningrad, in 1942 was awarded a medal "For the Defense of Leningrad". He was awarded the Order of the Red Banner of Labor and the medal "For Labor Valor". G.Zybina was awarded the Order of the Red Banner of Labor (1957), the Medal "For the Defense of Leningrad" (1943).Also Galina Zybina received state awards: "For Merits in the Development of Physical Culture and Sports" of the USSR (1991) and Russia (2001), "For Merits in the Development of the Olympic Movement in Russia" by the NOC of Russia (1997). R.Chimishkyan is an honorary vice-president of the Georgian Weightlifting Federation. He was awarded the title of "Best weightlifter of Georgia of the XX century". K. Johannes is one of the 100 great people of Estonia in the 20th century. In memory of Boris Gurevich, the annual international youth tournament is held in Moscow. P. Danilov was awarded the Honorary Badge "For Merits in the Development of the Olympic Movement in Russia" (1997).In memory of Yakov Punkin an open Cup of Donetsk region on free-style wrestling among men and women is held. In December in Zaporozhye tournaments are held, timed to the birthday of Yakov Punkin. In memory of Sham Safin there are held: All-Russian Youth Tournament GrecoRoman wrestling, Traditional International Tournament on the Tatar-Bashkir struggle "Kurash". Many Olympians left literary works after themselves. In general, these were books about training athletes. Zybina G.I. "The Treasured Line". A.Bogdanov - Author of the books "I See the Goal", "Special preparation of an archer". A. 231

Mekokishvili - writer, author of the book "In the Order of the Knights" (1959). Perlman M.R. “Special physical training of volleyball players” (1969). V. Belyakov - Author of the books "Mastery of Soviet gymnasts" and "Essays on Soviet gymnasts", Honored Worker of Culture of the Russian Federation. Conclusion.The team impressed by its incredibly high results, collective spirit, unity of spirit. The purpose of the performances was to raise the prestige and image of the country. The country that won the war became one of the leaders at the Olympic venues. Soviet Olympians demonstrated to the world the superiority of their society. Bibliography. 1. Havin B. Everything about the Olympics: Publishing 2nd expanded Publisher: Physical culture and sport, 1979. 2. Milstein, O., Soviet Olympian: a social portrait / O. A. Milshtein,K. A. Kulinkovich. - M.: Physical culture and sport, 1979. 3. Pavlov S. Olympic M. the encyclopedia.: The Soviet encyclopedia, 1980. — S. 480. 4. Soviet Union at the 1952 Helsinki Summer Games (eng.). SportsReference.com. 5. Steinbach V. The heroes of the Olympic games. M.: Physical culture and sport, 1979.

232

VOLUNTEER ACTIVITY AS MEANS OF PROMOTING OF THE IDEAS OF AN OLYMPISM AMONG STUDENTS Pastukhovskaya A.,first-year student, 43.03.01 «Service» speciality Dytko E.V.,senior teacher foreign languages department, Velikie Luki Sports Academy

Introduction. Volunteer activity is a public work which includes a wide range of voluntary free aid. Volunteer activity promotes intellectual, cultural, moral, physical and professional self-development and self-improvement of the person, and teaches to treat national, racial and confessional differences with tolerance. In Pskov Region there are various volunteer programs, and all conditions necessary for implementation of volunteers’ activity are created. For example, such organizations as Volunteering in the Clear Sky [3], regional office of the AllRussian Social movement "Volunteers of Victory" [4], Student's voluntary group "SDobrom" in Pskov [6], volunteer group in Velikie Luki Sports Academy and also volunteer programs in national parks and reserves [7] are organized. Research objective: to reveal what impact is exerted by volunteer activity on education and upbringing of students. Tasks: analysisof condition of volunteer activity sphere in Pskov region, identification of ways of involvement of students in volunteer activity, questioning of students for definition of their attitude to volunteer activity. Methods: analysis of electronic sources and scientific literature on the subject, poll. Results.Analysis of electronic sources showed that today all through the country a large number of people is interested in participation in volunteer activity (on average 18% of the population of Russia is involved in charity) [9]. Volunteers are an organizational basis of modern sport because without them large

233

competitions, starting from the continental championships up to the Olympic Games, can be plunged into chaos in which it will be impossible to sort things out. Besides that fact due to work of volunteers a considerable amount of money is saved, and volunteers themselves have real benefits. A unique opportunity to gain organizational experience of preparatory work, an opportunity to appear in the center of events, for example, of the Olympic Games or any other event of a sports and cultural and entertaining orientation, an opportunity to travel and make new acquaintances, potential opportunities of self-realization in the professional sphere, - all these things aresignificant advantages of volunteer activity. Alongside the analysis of electronic sources questioning of 50 students of 2nd and 3rd years of study of “Physical Culture”, “Adaptive Physical Culture”, “Service” and “Pedagogical Education”specialities of Velikie Luki Sports Academy was conducted. Respondents were conditionally divided into two groups: students of sports and humanitarian specialities. Discussion. The majority of respondents (32 students)chose the answer "to spend time with friends" to the question "How would you prefer to spend your free time?". 8 studentsanswering the same question have chosen the option "to play sports", 6 students preferred "to spend time on the Internet" and 4 respondentschose the option "to take part in volunteer activity". On the question "Do you know any organizations engaged in volunteeringin Pskov Region?", the most part of respondents (39 students) answered positively. Among the reasons why volunteer activity doesn't draw attention of respondents were named "lack of free time" (23 students), "lack of money" (15 students) and "unwillingness to be a volunteer" (12 students). Among the interviewed students 14 of them have already had volunteer activity experience, 29 respondents would like to become volunteers, 7 respondents wouldn't want to participate in events for volunteers. On the question "Are you interested in the Olympic Games?" the majority of students (43 respondents) chosethe option "I watch each Olympic Games on TV", 5 respondents answered "no", 2 respondents visited the Olympic Games in Sochi in 234

2014. In addition, among the interviewed students 28 people could name three champions of the Olympic Games of different years, 12 people remembered only one or two champions, and 10 found it difficult to answer the question. The volunteers participating in the 22ndWinter Olympic and Paralympic Games in Sochi in 2014 were also separately interviewed. Respondents noted that they gained new experience, useful skills and new acquaintances thanks to volunteer activity. The impact which this event had exerted on the Olympic volunteers consisted in their desire to continue participating in volunteer activity, and in emergence of interest in Olympism as well. Thus, we draw a conclusion that participation in activities with involvement of volunteers: - сultivates civic consciousness, mercy, sense of justice, philanthrophy, responsiveness,and humanityin students; - allows to gain new skills and abilities (such as organization, attention, skill to communicate and skills of work in a team); - imparts the desire to play sports and follow the ideas of Olympism (Olympism which connects sport to culture and education strives for creation of the way of life which is based on joy coming from effort, the educational value of a good example and respect of general basic ethical principles). Conclusions. To draw attention of young people to volunteer activity and promote the ideas ofOlympism among youth it is necessary: 1. To conduct active promotion campaign of volunteer activity in media and the Internet; 2. To constantly carry out work on explanation and promotion of the ideas of Olympism and the Olympic Movement in educational institutions both within disciplines which are directly connected with the field of physical culture and sport, and in the frames of other sciences, of humanitarian orientation in particular; 3. To create various programs (for example, in national parks and reserves, aimed at improvement and development of parks thanks to activity of volunteers) 235

and the organizations oriented on involvement of volunteers and implementation of kind acts. Literature 1. #волонтерыпобеды – URL: волонтерыпобеды.рф (accessdate: 11.04.2017). 2. Volunteer movement: the past and the present: educational aid / I.A.Potapova, G.R.Dzhumagalieva. – Astrakhan: AstrakhanState University, Publishing house «Astrakhansky universitet», 2012. 3. Volunteering in Clear Sky. - URL: http://land.umonkey.net/volunteer/ (access date: 11.04.2017). 4.

Volunteers

of

Victory.

PskovRegion.

-URL:

https://vk.com/vsezapobedupskov (access date: 11.04.2017). 5. KudrinskayaL.A. Volunteer labor: theoretical reconstruction experience / L.A. Kudrinskaya. –Moscow, Moscow State University publishing house, 2006. 6. Voluntary group «SDobrom» – Pskov State University. - URL: http://abiturient.pskgu.ru/project/01E8C0CBD887222AEFE91702DE80CAEB(acc ess date: 11.04.2017). 7. Polistovskystatenaturalreserve. - URL: http://polistovsky.ru/volontjoram1 (access date: 11.04.2017). 8. SukharkovaM.P. Roleofvolunteersinpreparationforand conduct of the Olympic Games / M.P. Sukharkova: dissertationof master of sociology. – Moscow, 2014. – 187p. 9. TikhonovichL. Charity: newrealities / L. Tikhonovich // Electronic magazine about charity “Philantropist” [Electronic resource]. № 12. - 2012. - URL: http://philanthropy.ru/analysis/2012/12/19/8915/ (accessdate: 11.04.2017).

236

OPPORTUNITIES OF USING PHOTOGRAPHIC MATERIALS FOR EFFECTIVE VISUAL INFORMATION CREATION IN PR-ACTIVITY AT SPORT-EVENT Vera Podsvirova, master student, Scientific Аdvisor: Oleg Mayorov, Ph.D RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Key words: photographic material, sport-event, visual information, PR-methods

Today using of visual content is one of the most important and actual PR-metnods. Modern world is characterized by visuality. Many scientific studies confirm the effective using of visual information in the media: 

90% of the information is perceived by people through vision



on 17% above the productivity of the person working with visual information

People in this century are surrounded by numerous pictures and objects, which are not only means of knowledge retrieval, emotions, values and aesthetic senses, but also present a method of sport-event promotion. The objective of my scientific research is a photomaterial of a sport-event. The effectiveness of visual content in PR-support sport-events on the example of amateur hockey match of HC "Mighty Chief" is analyzed in this study. On the basis of the HC "Mighty Chief" a number of formats, which impact the audience and contribute to the creation and promotion of photocontent had been developed:

237



Photo reports of the matches and other events



Thematic exhibitions;



Club image posters and collages;



Promotional products;



Thematic and reportage slideshows

Thanks to PR means sport organizations have been able to achieve certain goals in promoting their events: 

Increase in the number of positive reviews about the company from the fans, leaders the amateur leagues and others



Profits increase with the organization of sport-events



Brand awareness of the organization among other companies



Relevance of the photo content among sports organizations and the media

In conclusion, it should be emphasized that today, any mass sport-event should not do without a photographic material and work of photographer. On the example of the HC "Mighty Chief" we have shown effective PR-tools by using visualization of the material, which many sports companies can develop successfully.

238

THE ROLE OF SPORTS MASSAGE IN THE PROCESS OF FUNCTIONAL TRAINING OF BASKETBALL PLAYERS AND THEIR FURTHER RECOVERY POGOSIAN LEVON ARAEVICH Research supervisor: SPASOVA VIOLETTA SPASIMIROVA Moscow State Academy of Physical Education (MSAPE) Malakhovka, Russia

Abstract The article presents the role of sports massage in affecting a basketball player’s physiological readiness, in enhancing sports performance, in recovery from exercise and competitions, and in the treatment of sports related muscular injuries. Keywords: sportsmassage, recovery massage, functional training of basketball players, sports rehabilitation, sports performance, sports recovery.

Sports massage is a kind of massage, which is used in practice for normal work performance and improvement of the athlete's physical abilities. The use of this type of massage favors the fastest gaining of the sports shape, as well as its retention. Sports massage is a good preparation for participation in competitions. In basketball, there is a massage preparation, which is necessary to prepare an athlete for competitions. Moreover, there is a massage recovery, which is necessary to contend against overwork.

239

Research studies pertaining to the following general categories were identified and reviewed: pre-event massage, recovery massage and therapeutic massage. Pre-Event Massage Pre-event massage is applied immediately before the load. Its purpose is to help a basketball player warm up the muscles before training and increase the functionality of the body before the sporting event. Pre-event sports massage consists of several subtypes and each of them has certain objectives and its own techniques. Warm-up massage Warm-up massage is the most indispensable of all pre-event massage subtypes for basketball players. Its use is necessary before the competitions. After the warm-up massage, the work capacity is increased by the time of stepping onto the court. The session of such a massage favors the redistribution of blood in the body and the improvement of blood supply to the working muscles, as well as the increase in the blood flow through the veins to the heart.In addition, a warm-up massage session helps to prepare the respiratory system for exercise. Moreover, itisalsoneededtofacilitatethermoregulationprocesses. Since basketball players perform fast and intensive work, they need to be massaged more vigorously for 15-20 minutes.Studies and experiments have shown that warm-up massage is useful only when the game begins no later than 10 minutes after it. In other words, the warm-up massage session must end a few minutes before the start. Exhaustion or injury of basketball players after the game After the game, a basketball player needs a recovery massage if he has not received any injuries, or treatment if they are present.

240

Recovery massage When prescribing restorative massage to a basketball player, the nature of the performed load (amount, intensity, etc.) is taken into accountfirst of all. It should be borne in mind that after prolonged and intensive loads, fatigue lasts longer than after short-term ones. As a result, a basketball player cannot reach the usual level of efficiency for two days or even more. The best effect is achieved with a restorative massage immediately after hydrotherapy (a warm shower, 5-12-minute baths, swimming in the pool) or a steam bath that helps to relax the muscle tissue. Additional use of vibrating massage, pneumomassage or massage under water is also possible. At the end of a massage session, a basketball player must get dressed and remain in peace for some time. An hour later, it is advisable to hold a repeated session of a 5-minute partial recovery massage. Those muscle groups that carried the maximum load are particularly carefully massaged.If the first session of the recovery massage is carried out immediately after a basketball player’s performance, the recovery period will pass much faster and more steadily, while work capacity will increase. Therapeutic massage Massage is one of the components of comprehensive treatment of sports injuries. It plays an important role during the rehabilitation of basketball players’ workcapacity after undergoing injuries of different nature. The most common injuries are various bruises, sprains, dislocations, damage to muscles and tendons. Therapeutic massageafter sports injuries has the following effects:  being a skin irritant, promotes the emergence of active cutaneous hyperemia;  activates muscle contractions;

241

 drastically reduces the sensitivity of peripheral nerves, at well as the overall soreness of the area that is injured;  favors the active influx of blood to the massaged area, while stimulating the metabolic processes in it;  prevents atrophy, but if it has occurred, massage helps to eliminate it;  promotes the fastest formation of bone callus;  affects dissolving of effusions, edema, hemorrhages and infiltrates in a positive way;  strengthens muscles and improves trophism of tissues. The techniques used in doing the massage of sports injuries are the same as in general massage: squeezing, rubbing, stroking, kneading, and others. The choice of techniques depends on the configuration of the muscles, the nature and location of the injury, etc. Massage is carried out on the injured area. This massage is onlyresorted to if an athlete does not have pain in the area of bruising, swelling of tissues and high fever. The main massage can be done using healing and warming products which have a beneficial effect; as a result, the recovery period is significantly reduced. Massage is given to restore the functions of the injured area, thusit is of the utmost importance thatit should be combined with physical exercises and thermal procedures before the massage session. Conclusion. Important goals of training basketball players are to restore and improve their performance. Along with physical and psychological training, sports recovery massage helps to increase the efficiency of basketball players, the growth of sports results and the rehabilitation of basketball players’ workcapacity after undergoing injuries of different nature.

242

REFERENCES 1.

Birukov A.A. Sports massage: manual / A.A. Birukov / Moscow:

«Akademia» publishing house, 3rd edition, 2013. - 576 p. 2.

YelevichS.N.

Physicalpreparationofhighlyqualifiedbasketballplayersandwaystoassessit.

St.

Petersburg: «Olymp – Spb» publishing house, 2008. – 100 p.

243

CALCULATION OF TIME OF PARACHUTE DISCLOSURE AFTER THE JUMP FROM THE AIRPLANE USING DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. Artem Mikhailovich Puzankov Student of Moscow Polytechnic University Group 161-372 Information Security Konyukhova G.P. the candidate of pedagogical Sciences, associate Professor, centre of mathematical education Moscow Polytechnic University.

Annotation. At present, parachuting is very popular among the various categories of the population. In order to avoid any emergencies during the jump or landing to ensure flight safety need to make mathematical calculations of certain fundamental values, such as the approximate trajectory of the athlete to take into account the impact of weather, know when and at what height the parachute will opened. Keywords. Parachuting, differential equations, mathematical models. Introduction: to diversify the daily monotonous routine, get out of the very frequent depression, as well as for lovers of extreme sports, which like the adrenaline rush and a good shake, for all of them the security measuresare takenand before the flight each time they pass a detailed briefing. And to improve the safety of parachutists, minimize accidents on landing, special mathematical calculationsare carried out. The purpose of the study: to calculate the time of disclosure of a parachute after jumping from a plane at a given altitude. Objectivesofresearch: 1) Calculate the opening time of the parachute after the jump with the help of 244

the differential equation. Object of study: Skydiver during his flight, until the disclosure of his parachute. Movement in the air prior to the disclosure of a parachute. After separation from the aircraft, the paratrooper flies for a while in the horizontal direction at the speed indicated by the flight. But as a result of air resistance, the horizontal velocity gradually decreases. If the globe were not surrounded by an air envelope, the speed of the parachutist's fall with every second would increase by 9.81 m (acceleration due to gravity, G). After how much time with the free fall of the paratrooper this moment will come and reach the maximum speed? When jumping from a height of 2000 m, the time comes in 12 seconds. Free fall and speed will reach 53 m / sec. If the jump is made with heights of 4000, 10000 and 16000 m, this moment will come in 14, 18 and 23 seconds. Free fall and speed will be 59 (over 200 km / h), 80 (about 300 km / h) and 115 m / s (over 400 km / h). But we need to show exactly how these calculations are derived. In modern sports there are such incredible jumps. Skydivers at such jumps are separated from the aircraft at high altitude and open at 200-300 m from the ground. The usual parachute is designed to open through 40-50 m free fall parachutist, that is, after about 4 seconds. After separation from the aircraft. In other words, the disclosure occurs when the inertial velocity is almost lost. So, when we jumped, the parachute opened after about 55 m free fall, or after 4 seconds. From the moment of separation from the aircraft. The solution of the problem: For a successful landing athlete knows that the parachute must be opened at a height of not less than 500 meters. Accept: the maximum speed at normal air densityVmax

=

50 m/sec. Change in density with height is neglected. Determine:

after how many seconds after jumping from an airplane at a height of H, it is 245

required to open the parachute so that the opening height h is 500 m. To ensure the safety of the parachutist.The strength of air resistance Fсопр.  k  2 t  , where k is the coefficient of proportionality, v (t) is the speed of the parachutist before the opening of the parachute. Then we form a differential equation, which will have the following form: m

d  mg  k 2 dt

We divide both sides of the equation by mи, we denote by k  a m

 1  dv  1      g  2    a  dt  a 

This equation is a first-order ODE with separable variables, deciding which we will obtain the velocity as a function of time: dv 1    dt a  2 1   v     g  a   1  1  t       v 2    g dv a  a 

Integrating this equation, we express the desired function v (t):



g 2    1 e a vt   1  e 2 agt





agt



Define the constant a. The limiting rate of man's fall in air of normal density is 50 m/sec. It means that when t   speed vt  will seek to50 m/sec. Then, after calculating the limit of the function obtained above for t   , we can determine the constant a  :





g 2 agt    1 e a g lim v  lim   2 agt    a 1 e , then





g a 50    ,  1 2500 , a  g 2500 . a g

Substituting the obtained value of the parameter a in the function 246

V (t), we obtain finally: v  v











50  1  e   g 25t or 1  e  g 25t







50  1  e 0, 4t 50  1  e 0, 2t   50th 0,2t  1  e 0 , 4 t 1  e 0 , 2 t .









Further, since the first derivative of the path traversed by the material point is equal to the speed, we obtain the differential equation for the distance from the jump point as a function of time: dh  50th 0,2t  , Then dt h  t 0  50th0,2t dt  t 0 

(here I have a definite integral from 0 to t):

sh0,2t  d ch0,2t  t dt  50 0,2t0   250 ln ch0,2t  0  250 ln ch0,2t  ch0,2t  ch0,2t 

250 ln ch0,2t     500

Because the distance the paratrooper flew to

  500м , and cht  e ,then Opening of the parachute is t

2

For sufficiently large t, we obtain the following equation for finding the time that it fell before the opening of the parachute:  e 0, 2t 250 ln   2  e 0, 2t ln   2

     500 

   500   250 

ln e 0, 2t  ln 2 

 2 250

0,2  t  0,7  2  t

 250

  6,5 50

H = 1500 m, t = 1500/50 – 6,5 = 30 – 6,5 =23,5 s H = 1000 m, t = 1000/50 – 6,5 = 20 – 6,5 = 13,5 s H = 200 m, t = 200/50 – 6,5 = 4 – 6,5 = - 2,5 s Conclusion: parachute sport-extreme discipline, coupled with increased risk to health and life. Having completed this research we can mention practical benefits to those who are just starting to deal with this kind of sports fans and 247

athletes, while these people may not be worried for their lives, because all the necessary calculations were performed. Bibliography 1. Aslanov R. M., A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A. Design of interactive educational resources based on technologies WolframCDF // Teacher XXI century. 2016. Vol. 1. No. 1. S. 96-103. 2. Aslanov R. M., Belyaeva, E. V., Mukhanov, S. A., Trainer on differential equations on the basis of WolframCDFPlayer// Siberian pedagogical journal. 2015. No. 4. Pp. 26-30. 3. V. V. Britvina, Zhukova G. S., Mukhanov, S. A. analysis of the implementation activities of the hotel enterprise by methods of mathematical statistics on the example of hotel "maxima hotels" // Scientific review. 2016. No. 20. P. 115118. 4. V. V. Britvina Higher mathematics. Differential equations / V. V. Britvina, G. P. Konyukhov, A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. P. 88. 5. Zhukova G. S. Higher mathematics. Mathematical statistics / S. G. Zhukov, V. V. Britvina, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. Pp. 88-89. 6. Philips P. C. B. Understanding spurious regressions in econometrics //Econometrica, 1986, pp.311-340.

248

EFFECTS OF A 6-MONTHS DANCE VS. FITNESS TRAINING ON DUAL TASK PERFORMANCE IN HEALTHY SENIORS Kathrin Rehfeld1, Kim Kristin Pepper1 & Anita Hökelmann1 1 Institute III - Sport Science, Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany Introduction Walking is a highly automated cyclic movement, which is executed by subcortical regions of the brain and the spinal cord. In younger adults, walking requires no additional attentional resources (Granacher, Mühlbauer, Bridenbaugh, Wehrle & Kressig, 2010). However, elderly people reveal a progressive decrease in cognitive and sensorimotor skills, which lead to a higher request in attentional processes while walking. Performing a secondary cognitive or motor tasks, stresses neural capacities and could result in falls. Winkler and Regelin (2011) demonstrate, that physical inactive seniors indicate a higher risk to fall compared to physical actives. Since dual task is important in everyday life, it is necessary to know, which exercise is most beneficial to reduce dual task cost. Therefore, we speculate that dancing is a promising intervention compared to common fitness training, because it possesses demands on motor and cognitive skills at once. Hence, the aim of the study was to investigate the effect of dancing compared to fitness training on dual task performances in healthy seniors. Methods 57 healthy subjects (65-80 years) were randomly assigned into a dance and a fitness group. Both groups practiced twice a week, 90 minutes for 6 months. The dance training (DT) included complex movements requiring constant learning. The fitness training (FT) focused on aerobic fitness using stereotyped, repetitive exercises on a bicycle ergometer and strength-endurance training with and without equipment (e.g. barbells, rubber bands). The dual task consists of a motor skill task – walking on a treadmill, and a secondary cognitive task – subtraction of a three-digit number (minus three). We determined the sway of the center of pressure (COP) forward-backward (x-sway), to the right and left (y-sway) and the total sway of COP. For data capturing we used a 3D motion system called VICON. The subjects were tagged on anatomical landmarks using 39 reflective markers. The motion was captured by 12 infrared cameras (200Hz). We captured three trials 30 seconds of walking and

249

calculating. In the secondary task, we analysed the errors, which are defined as calculating mistakes or the repetition of the same number. Results After 6months of training the dancers revealed a significant increase in the y-sway and in total sway of the COP. The sway in x-direction did not change and also the performance in the subtraction task remained stable (see table 1). Tab.1: Statistical values for motor- and cognitive task of dance group Dance Group (Pre) Dance Group(Post) M

SD

M

SD

T

df

p-value

X-sway [Meter]

0,229

0,045

0,256

0,072

-1,673

21

.094

Y-sway [Meter]

0,292

0,096

0,334

0,096

-3,346

21

.001***

Total sway [Meter]

0,409

0,086

0,462

0,105

-2,798

21

.005**

Subtraction [Error-points]

3,00

2,355

2,48

1,904

-1,522

21

.262

The fitness group demonstrate stable results. The sway of the COP and the performance in the cognitive task did not show any significant change (table 2). Tab.2: Statistical values for motor- and cognitive task of fitness group Fitness Group (Pre) Fitness Group(Post) M

SD

M

SD

T

df

p-value

X-sway [Meter]

0,216

0,042

0,213

0,041

-,075

18

1.00

Y-sway [Meter]

0,282

0,066

0,289

0,067

-,362

18

.407

Total sway [Meter]

0,391

0,062

0,390

0,066

-1,610

18

.892

Subtraction [Error-points]

1,33

1,188

1,22

1,437

-,071

18

.943

There has been a significant between-subject difference in the subtraction performance at pre-test (t=2,37; df=39; p=.019). The sway of the COP did not differ in pre-test between both groups (p>.05). After the training the groups showed significant differences in COP-sway in x-direction (t=2,34; df=39; p=.019) and in total COP-sway (t=2,61;df=39;p=.013). Conclusions Situations which require sensorimotor and cognitive resources simultaneously depict an increasing risk of falls for elderly people. Dual task is a method to register capacity limits and dancing seems to address to dual task performances. 250

Our results did not verify our assumptions. One limitation could be that treadmill walking does not mirror the natural variability of walking. A second limitation is, that both groups already differ in the cognitive task at pre-test. Further research needs to be done, to confirm the beneficial effects of physical exercise in dual task performance in seniors References Granacher, U., Mühlbauer, T., Bridenbaugh, S., Wehrle, A., Kressig, R.W. (2010). Altersunterschiede beim Gehen unter Einfach- und Mehrfachtätigkeit. Deutsche Zeitschrift für Sportmedizin 61 (11):258–263. Winkler, J., Regelin, P. (2011). Standfest und Stabil.1. Aufl. Aachen: Meyer & Meyer.

251

PR SUPPORT OF AN AMATEUR HOCKEY CLUB Nadezhda Romanova, master student Scientific advisor: Elena Yudina, Candidate of Historical Science Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE Key words: PR in amateur sport club, PR-department in sport, PR with limited funding.

Today the positive dynamics in the field of Russian amateur sports has become evident. Our state machine develops and introduces different targeted programs for popularizing PE and sports. The priority directions of these programs are increasing the availability of sports facilities and involving citizens in sport. Unfortunately, state financing of professional sports is given preference as compared to financing of amateur sport. Non-professional athletes must pay for tournaments, training and equipment by themselves. That’s why sponsor search is an actual issue for amateur teams. So, as we see, amateur teams are not financed by the state. They are funded by themselves. Motivation for the non-professional athlete is passion, interest, desire to please relatives and health building. Of course, these features influence various aspects of amateur organizations functioning. To reduce expenses of club members, management needs to conduct a competent PR-activity to attract sponsors. PR-technologies, which are used in amateur sports, differ from thoseused in professional clubs. There are some problems in amateur sports: 1. media is not interested in amateur sports 2. lack of official status

252

3. amateur sport is only a leisure timein the minds of society and commercial organizations 4. lack of staff Competent work of PR-specialists will solve the number of problems that exist in this sphere: increase the information presence of amateur sports in the media, increase the audience and attract sponsors. Today this direction starts to gain popularity in amateur sports. Unfortunately, the policy of the sports facilities management often hinders effective work. So, on the football fields, where amateur tournaments are held, there are no tribunes for fans, and the management of the ice palaces prohibits photo and video shooting. Many amateur teams are actively working to attract sponsors, providing the commercial organization with only the following options: - placement of the company's logo on the playinguniform, - posting information about the sponsor on the official team page on the amateur league’s website. In the course of the research, we identified amateur clubs that conduct active PR activities to attract additional financial support. So, AHK «Ice Wolves» have their own website and actively lead groups in social networks «Facebook» and «Vkontakte». Management publishes information about upcoming games and current news. As part of the work with the sponsor, the club places the logo on the playing uniform. We also want to pay attentionto activities of the amateur ice hockey club «RobustTribal Chief», created by the popular Moscow «Center for Hockey Training». Many experts call this project innovative for amateur sports for several reasons: - the original system of information support of the sports and training activities of the team; - creating a program to work with fans; 253

- holding corporate events for players and fans; - the presence of own sports television. Every day the club's press-service publishes various materials about the club's activities and about amateur sports on the official website: • actual club news; • news about events in amateur hockey; • reviews of matches; • comments of players, coaches, management, fans, management, VIPpersons; •

interviews

with

players,

coaches,

management,

management

representatives, VIP-persons; • announcements of matches; • predictions of games; • information on activities taking place in amateur sports; • different congratulations; • photos; • video. The management of the club carries out the work with the sponsors on the official channel on the video hosting «YouTube». During online broadcasts of matches, various information graphic elements are displayed on the screen:the score, the composition, the goal-scorer, violations, etc. The club also has the opportunity to ensure the promotion of partners, advertisers and sponsors. Competent implementation of the PR-program allows the club to pay for participation in the tournament, training process and management work without attracting funds from the players of the club. Having carried out the research, we came to the conclusion that to promote amateur sports clubs we need: • presence of elements of corporate identity: logo, slogan, corporate colors; • development of brand attributes; 254

• presence of a site with a news ribbon, calendar of events, photo and video gallery; • regular updating of news; • active presence in social networks; • development and implementation of the program for working with fans; • Preparation of photo and video materials; • work with partners and sponsors; • organization of special events and tournaments. Effective promotion of the team contributes to attracting attention from the audience and sponsors. Thus, one of the most urgent issues of amateur sports - the problem of financing is solved. Attracting additional financial support also provides an opportunity to attract high-level athletes. This, of course, contributes to improving the results, increasing the motivation of players and development of amateur sports.

255

RUSSIA AT THE MILITARY WORLD GAMES Ekaterina A. Samoilova, Alexandra Yu. Nikiforova students Scientific Advisers:Nataliya Yu. Melnikova, Doctor of Pedagogics, Professor Alexei V. Treskin, PhD, Proffesor Department of History of Physical Education, Sport and Olympic Education RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Introduction. The purpose of the work is to analyze the results of the performances of Russian athletes at the Military World Games Methods of research:Comparative-historical method, Historical-genetic method, Retrospective method, Historical-typological method, Statistical method. Results.Military World Games are is a multi-sport event for military athletes.The history of the modern military sport begins in 1919, when the Allied Forces Sports Council was established and the first international military sports competitions (Interallied Games) were organized in France. 1500 athletes from 18 countries of five continents took part in competitions in 24 sports.After the Second World War, the Allied Forces Sports Council activities renewed and in 1946 the Second Interallied Games were held with the participation of Allied forces in Berlin. The International Military Sports Council (CISM) (the present day governing body of the Military World Games) was founded on February 18 in 1948 in Nice. CISM was founded by five countries: Belgium, Denmark, France, Luxembourg and the Netherlands. In 1950 Argentina and Egypt joined CISM. Next to join were the United States of America (1951), Iraq, Lebanon, Pakistan and Syria (1952). In 1991-1995 CISM accepted more than 30 new member countries.Soon the decision was made to hold the Military World Games every 4 years. 256

Currently CISM unites 134 countries and is the largest sports organization after the International Olympic Committee and the International Federation of University Sports. It organizes some of the most important international sporting events including Military World Games and World Military Cup. The supreme body of CISM is the General Assembly. It consists of delegations from member states of the International Council of Military Sports. It meets once a year and makes all key decisions on CISM activities. CISM includes: 45 states from Africa, 18 from America, 29 from Asia, 42 from Europe. I Military World Games took place in 1995 in Rome (Italy). Competitions were held in 21 sports. 3990 athletes from 83 countries took part. The Armed Forces of the USSR (later the Russian Federation) were admitted to CISM on May 10, 1991 at the 46th General Assembly in Tanzania.During the time of Russia's membership in CISM, the athletes of its Armed Forces took part in the 171 World Championships organized by CISM in 25 sports.The Russian Federation hosted the CISM World Championships in modern pentathlon in 1992, fencing in 1993, swimming in 1994 and 2001, orienteering and tennis in 1996, judo in 1998 and 2005, basketball in 2005 and parachuting in 2006 and 2016. Discussion. Summer Military World Games have been held since 1995 once every four years, one year before the Games of the Olympiad. Russia is a constant participant in these large-scale complex competitions and its athletes always get high results. The VI Summer Military World Games, held in October 2015 in South Korea, gathered about 9 thousand athletes from 110 countries. They competed in 24 sports: shooting, archery, orienteering, taekwondo, boxing, fencing, parachuting and many others. All sports are divided into 4 groups: ball games, individual, combat and purely military. The Russian national team was represented by the athletes of the Central Sports Club of the Army, who took part in 17 disciplines. Russians performed successfully - 135 awards, 59 gold, 43 silver and 33 bronze. In 257

the team rankings they took the first place, far ahead of their main rivals: the teams of Brazil, China and Italy. The Russian team also set a record for the total number of medals, exceeding its previous achievement of twenty years ago. The total number of awards won at the Summer Military World Games is presented in Table 1.

Rank

Country

Gold

Silver

Bronze

Total

1

Russia

243

174

133

550

2

China

178

138

126

442

3

Italy

89

82

106

277

4

Brazil

81

71

66

218

5

Republic of Korea

44

38

46

128

6

Poland

38

46

50

134

7

France

38

33

46

117

8

Germany

30

56

60

146

9

Democratic People's Republic of Korea

30

25

28

83

10

Ukraine

29

50

58

137

Winter Military World games are held every four years (one year before the Olympic Winter Games). I Winter Military World Games took place in 2010. During the 8 days of the competition, 43 national flags fluttered in the fields of Valle d'Aosta (Italy). Over 800 athletes took part in the competition.Competitions included the following sports: mountain skiing, biathlon, cross-country skiing, rock climbing, short track and orienteering on skis. The first place in the team rankings was taken by the athletes of Italy, second by France, third by China. 258

II Winter Military World Games were held in 2013 in Annecy (France). Over one thousand participants from 40 countries were united in these Games under the motto "Friendship through sport". Competitions were held in seven sports. As a result, the first team place went to the athletes of the French Armed Forces, the second to the team of Italy, the third to the team of Switzerland. The decision to hold the III Winter Military World Games in Russia was made on May 22, 2015 in Kuwait at the 70th General Assembly of CISM.In accordance with the order of the Russian Government the Organizing Committee for the III Winter Military World Games of 2017 was established in Sochi. Its chairman was the Minister of Defense of the Russian Federation Army General Sergey Shoigu. III Winter Military World games were held in Sochi from 22 to 28 February 2017. The program included seven sports: biathlon (including patrol race); ski race; skiing; Ski-climbing; Short track; rock climbing; Sports orienteering on skis. About 4,000 sportsmen from 60 countries took part in the competition. As a result of the III Winter Military World Games the Russian team scored a confident victory with 42 medals in total: 22 gold, 9 silver and 11 bronze. The Italian team came second with 20 medals (8 gold, 6 silver, 6 bronze4). The French team was third with 23 medals (6 gold, 12 silver, 5 bronze). The total number of awards won at the Winter Military World Games is presented in Table 2. Rank

Country

Gold

Silver

Bronze

Total

1

Russia

29

16

14

59

2

Italy

26

19

16

61

3

France

24

21

20

65

4

China

6

11

8

25

5

Austria

6

11

6

23 259

6

Switzerland

5

6

5

16

7

Slovenia

4

4

5

13

8

Norway

2

5

2

9

9

Germany

2

3

7

12

10

Poland

2

0

1

3

Conclusions. The president of CISM called the Winter Military World Games in Sochi the best in the history of these competitions.The Games flag was handed over to German military attache Rainer Schwalb since the next World Military Gameswill be held in 2021 in Germany. At the moment Russian athletes set the achievement bar of the World Military Games pretty high. Russia scores the most number of gold medals in both Summer and Winter Military World Games. Literature: 1. Все о спорте. Справочник. Т.3. - М.: ФиС, 1978. 2. МОК и Международные спортивные объединения. Справочник. - М.: ФиС, 1979. 3. Столбов В.В., Финогенова Л.А., Мельникова Н.Ю. История физической культуры и спорта. Учебник. - М.: ФиС, 2000 4.http://www.milsport.one/

260

GROUND REACTION FORCES STUDYING ONBOARD THE ISS AS A WAY TO INDIVIDUALIZE COUNTERMEASURE IN LONG-TERM SPACE FLIGHTS Savinkina A.O. Supervisor: Fomina E.V., D.Sc., Chief of the Lab. Laboratory of Countermeasures to Negative Effects of Microgravity, Institute of biomedical problems RAS Introduction It is well known that long-term space flight negatively affects to the human body [2-3]. The search for optimal countermeasure methods, i.e. cosmonauts’ training process, is currently being carried out on the basis of the concept about the leading role of support afferentation in the development of hypogravity changes in the motor system [4-6]. In this regard, it is necessary to measure the magnitude of the support afferentation while performing workouts onboard the ISS. We hypothesized that a measurable indicator of the support inflow intensity is the magnitude of the ground reaction forces (GRF). It has been shown previously that onboard the ISS, GRF values were comparable to Earth data only while running or performing some resistive exercises on the one leg [1]. In addition, it has been shown to be more effective is training in a passive mode, when treadmill belt is moving only through human efforts. So, in this study we aimed on the GRF analysis for different modes of locomotor training (motorized and non-motorized treadmill’s belt moving) and types of locomotion (walking and running). Methods Twelve cosmonauts onboard the ISS (11 men, 1 woman) participated in this study. GRF values were measured on the Russian BD-2 treadmill equipped with sensors to detect the pressure at rates of 100–120 Hz. All subjects on the ISS performed walking in passive mode (WP), running in passive mode (RP), walking in active mode (WA), and running in active mode (RA). Cosmonauts performed daily physical exercises, from the dataset the segments of WP and WA at 4 kmh, and RP and RA at 8 kmh were selected. Additionally, we analyzed all data massive throughout all space missions. We analyzed relative maximum and minimum GRF values and the amplitude of the vertical GRF, along with GRF trajectories (profiles). The recorded GRF data were analyzed using specially developed software. The data were analyzed quantitatively (descriptive statistics, Mann–Whitney U test, r-Spearman, regression analysis) and qualitatively. 261

Results The relationship between the GRF magnitude on the one hand, and the speed of locomotion (r=0.839; p≤0.001) and axial load (r=0.335, p≤0.001) were identified. The aggregate effect of locomotion speed and the value of the axial load determines 85% of the GRF variance (r2=0,852, p<0.001). We found that onboard the ISS while execution locomotor exercises on a BD-2 treadmill, GRF grew with speed and axial load increasing (Figure 1).

Figure 1 – Regression model for ground reaction forces depending on the speed of locomotion and axial load values For all subjects on the ISS, the GRF during running were higher (p≤0.001) than while walking. It was shown for both active and passive mode. Significant individual differences between the subjects in maximum GRF values (p≤0.01) as well as in GRF profiles were observed. The differences in maximum GRF values between active and passive modes depended on the individual (Figure 2).

262

Figure 2 – Ground reaction force values during walking and running in active and passive modes During walking, 5 cosmonauts had a higher GRF in a passive mode (p≤0.05, p≤0.001), 3 – in an active mode (p≤0.001), and for 4 of cosmonauts the differences were not observed. During running, 4 cosmonauts had a higher GRF in a passive mode (p≤0.001), 4 – in an active mode (p≤0.05, p≤0.001). Discussion Discovered individual differences in the magnitude of the GRF show that optimal countermeasure for each cosmonaut could be different. However, for all of them to GRF was higher when running than while walking. This may mean that for the same speed, running may be more efficient to maintain physical health, than walking. Meanwhile, the variation of active and passive mode should be individualized depending on the features of the locomotion strategy. The revealed correlations are consistent with the previously obtained data about the relationship between the GRF and locomotion velocity on Earth and on the ISS. However, for the first time shown the dependence of GRF on individual characteristics when performing physical exercises in microgravity. Conclusions In this study for the ISS condition it was shown that vertical GRF values depended on the locomotion speed, axial load values, the locomotion type, locomotion mode, and individual futures. The obtained results can be the basis for the individualization of the training process aboard the ISS. This work was supported by Russian Foundation for Basic Research grant № 1704-01826. 263

Bibliography 1. Cavanagh P.R., Genc K.O., Gopalakrishan R. et al. Foot forces during typical days on the international space station // J. of Biomech. 2010. V. 43. P. 2182–2188. De Witt J.K., Ploutz-Snyder L.L. Ground reaction forces during treadmill running in microgravity // J. Biomech. 2014. V. 47. № 10. P. 2339–2347. 2. Fitts R.H., Trappe S.W., Costill D.L. et al. Prolonged space flightinduced alterations in the structure and function of human skeletal muscle fbres // J. Physiol. 2010. 588 (Pt 18). P. 3567–3592. 3. Grigoriev A.I., Kozlovskaya I.B., Shenkman B.S. The role of support afferentation in organization of tonic muscular system // Rоssiyskiy fziоlоgicheskiy zhurnаl im. I.M. Sechenоvа. 2004. V. 90. № 5. P. 508– 521. 4. Kozlovskaya I.B., Aslanova I.F., Kirenskaya A.V. The effects of support unloading on characteristics of motor control system activity // Motor Control. N.Y., London, 1986. P. 149–153. 5. Lysova N.Yu., Fomina E.V. Locomotor training in passive mode treadmill canvas moving as an effective means of preserving the status of the neuromuscular calf muscle during space flight problem // New approaches to the classical problems. Materialy VII Vserossiyskoy s mezdunarodnym uchastiem shkoly-konferentsii po fziologii myshts i myshechnoy deyatelnosti. (Moscow, 29 January – 1 February 2013). Moscow, 2013 P. 109.

264

FOOTBALL FAN BEHAVIOR – THE CASE OF SLAVIA PRAGUE Petr Scholz Masaryk University, Faculty of Sports Studies, Brno, Czech Republic

Football is the biggest global sport and a top ten sport in all countries measured. Given the long history of spectator sports events consumption it is not a surprising fact that there have also been serious manifestations of spectator aggression. The goal of this paper is to analyze the relationship between fans’ verbal and other expression and their violent behavior at football stadiums in the Czech Republic.Primary data were collected by a questionnaire survey (PAPI method) mainly at the Eden stadium from August 2015 till December 2016. The stand of the stadium for the home fans is called the end, with the capacity of 3.065 seats. It consists of 5 sectors with 25 seats in 28 rows each. The selection of respondents was based on carefully pre-defined factors; e.g. seats 1, 3, 5, 7 in the first row; seats 2, 4, 6, 8 in the second row etc. from all the rows. The respondents were informed about the research and anonymity of the questionnaire. Filled in questionnaires by 467 fans were selected of the total 720 questionnaires. Five questionnaires from fans were answered incorrectly and incompletely, therefore, they were not included in the research. The sample consisted of 462 people aged 26.29 ± 10.19 years; of which 372 were males (26.67 ± 10.17 years), 88 females (25.05 ± 10.14 years), and 2 persons did not indicate gender. Key words: football, negative phenomena, questionnaire survey, violence. Fans´ expressions on mentioned activities. Pyrotechnics. Half of fans do not mind pyrotechnics (53.24%), and sometimes they help with the actual firing but it is rather an exception. They state that the pyrotechnics belong to football and make the atmosphere complete, although they know that launching pyrotechnics is prohibited at the stadium. Personal checks by the organizer before entering the turnstiles at the stadium are not so 265

thorough, so a significant part of pyrotechnics are smuggled into stadiums in clothing or by women, or alternatively, through the VIP entrance, where inspections do not take place. Almost a fifth of fans (19.48%) finds this activity a serious problem, particularly with regard to safety and due to the interruption of the match, and then a forfeit. Less than a tenth of surveyed fans had experience with the firing of pyrotechnics during a football game; of those 9.09% occasionally helped with pyrotechnics and 0.87% of fans helped whenever they were present at the match. More than 90% of fans (90.04%) never helped with the firing of pyrotechnics. Vulgar expressions. As for vulgar chanting, the entire end or a vulgar individual, we can say that we have achieved approximately the same results. Vulgar expressions are addressed in particular at Dagmar Damkov (former President of the Central Committee of Referees) and Miroslav Pelta (President of FACR), but also to the players of the opposing team (e.g. emotional celebration of a goal in front of Slavia supporters). More than two-thirds of fans (68.39%) sometimes used coarse language, and more than 1/5 of fans (20.35%) always use coarse language during a match. Some respondents even indicated that they attend football matches for vulgarisms. Booing. It was clearly identified as the least serious expression at the stadium. More than 3/4 of fans (77.06%) marked this behavior with the lowest mark. We note that the opponents are most booed at (sometimes 43.72% and often 34.43%), referees (occasionally 55.41% and often 21.65%), President of the FACR and other officials (36.36% occasionally and often 35.50%). Physicalaggression. More than half of fans (59.31%) consider the physical aggression against rival fans in the stadium as the most serious behavior. Nearly identical results were recorded in the physical aggression against the Czech Republic Police or security. Fans attend football games primarily because they want to enjoy the game itself, or admire players. Hooligan fight. Regarding the agreed hooligan fight outside the stadium, more than 1/3 of fans (33.77%) stated that this is a very serious issue and rated it highest 266

mark, i.e. 5. One grade lower ratings were expressed by nearly a tenth of fans (9.52 %). These very fans regret that the club is related to these skirmishes. Conversely, 28.57% of fans have no problem with an arranged conflict outside the stadium and sympathize with hooligans. Hooligan fights are part of their culture, and if this type of violence is not in the stadium, it is alright with the fans. Stadium demolishing. More than 3/4 of fans (79.22%) marked demolishing stadium and other riots the most serious behavior and absolutely unacceptable activity that should never be associated with Slavia Prague. Hooligans themselves participate most in this activity directly (demolished seats, urinals, etc.). This is done solely during the away matches, when they destroy the property of other clubs. We have to say that the respondents (97.40%) were almost never involved in demolishing a stadium and if they are witnesses of these activities, they prefer to flee to higher floors of the stadium or leave the stands. Throwing objects on the pitch. Almost half of fans (45.45%) believe that throwing objects onto the playing surface is also the most serious activity, which is confirmed by other 19.05% of fans, who called it too serious. Most often it happens when the wrong verdict is made by a side referee or when celebrating a goal by opposing player in front of their home audience and the football pitch is sprinkled with empty or filled cups of beer, small coins or even lighters. Pitch incursion. This activity does not reach such important values as we expected. It was ticked as the most serious behavior by 37.23% of fans. We must take into account that the recorded values are influenced by the fact a considerable part of the fans had already invaded the field (16.45%). It was the historical progress of Slavia Prague in the Champions League (2007), where the majority of fans celebrated this special moment in the field with the players directly after the end of the match. Racism. Racism was regarded by more than half of fans (58.87%), who found expressions against dark-skinned players a very serious problem. More than 3/4 of fans (80.08%) does not use racist chants during the match, it is sometimes used by 17.32% of fans, and is often uttered by 2.60% of fans. 267

Unsportsmanlike behavior at football stadiums isn't being discussed only at the level of the Czech football clubs. We can see on television, news and the Internet that violent behavior is just one of the factors that discourage people from the pleasant atmosphere of football stadiums. We state that the results are adequate for fans. Based on the results of the research, we find that fans under 23 years of age are more tolerant of negative social phenomena in the surroundings of the stadium.

268

HISTORICAL ANALYSIS OF THE SKI CHAMPIONSHIPS PROGRAM IN RUSSIA AND USSR Irina A. Shilina student Scientific Advisers: Nataliya Yu. Melnikova, Doctor of Pedagogics, Professor Department of History of Physical Education, Sport and Olympic Education Nikolai A. Khramov, PhD, Associate Professor Department of Cross-country skiing RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE) Presently interest in the development of cross-country skiing has been increasing. This is due, first, to the fact that our athletes achieve success in international sports to the Olympic arena. Secondly, cross-country skiing is an affordable sport, including as a mass sport. And, thirdly, to foster feelings of patriotism, pride for our country, success, achievement, building the brand of the Olympic team of Russia we need to scientifically substantiate and systematize the knowledge that is represented in domestic stereography about the history of crosscountry skiing, the results of our skiers, and conduct a comparative analysis of the participation of our skiers compared to the ski world's leading powers. The purpose of thisresearch is to carry out the historical-pedagogical analysis of the programs of the national championships in cross-country skiing from 1910 to 2016 and make a rating of Russian athletes. Based on the analysis of available literature sources, it can be concluded that all important data in the field of this topic are being studied. The first task of the study is to analyze the programs of the championships in different types of competitions from 1910 to 2016. All types of protocols and data on the winners for each competitive discipline were processed within the framework of the national championships. Analysis of the contents of the programs of the championships of the country made it possible to single out the main milestones in the evolution of competitive programs. The years of the most significant innovations are presented in the form of a chronologicalsequencesinTable 1. 269

Table 1 - Chronology of Changing National Championship Programs Years

Transformations in the programs of the national championships

1932 – 1946 1932 – 1945 1947 -1956 1962 1975 1986 1986-1988

The first personal championship of Russia in speed of running on skis (on a rank of the first skier of Russia) Introductionofwomen'sdiscipline The introduction of races from the general start (before this start separate) The introduction of races by age categories: men over 35 and young men under 20 years The emergence of classic relay races for men and women (previously only mixed) Conducting paramilitary races for men's teams Carrying out paramilitary races among women Conducting races - running men's patrols with shooting Introduction of a super marathon race for 70 km in men Introduction of the marathon race for 30 km for women Introduction to the free style racing program Changing the classic style of the relay race to free

1989 - 2016

An established form of relay race in styles: 1,2 stages - classical, 3,4 - free

1910 1921 1923 1927 1938

1995 2000 2003 2005

Introduction of discipline on the Gundersen system Introductionsprintrace Duathlon held (in the form of a modern skiathlon) Introduction of discipline: relay race-sprint (modern team sprint)

According with the second task (to determine the historical periods of the development of cross-country skiing on the basis of the analysis of the programs of the championships of the country) the dynamics of changes in the contents of the programs throughout the period under consideration was studied from 1910 to 2016. The analysis of the programs in terms of the number of competitive disciplines, the form of the races, the length of the distances allowed to identify and conditionally designate three stages in the evolution of the programs of the national championships (Table 2). In accordance with the third task of the research - to make ratings of Soviet and Russian skiers on the basis of the results of the country's championships in cross-country skiing (table 3), the number of victories of each athlete who scored at least once the national championship was counted. The total number of

270

champions of the country is 459, and they won 1436 gold medals, while men champions 252 and women - champions 207. Table 2 - Contents of the programs of the national championships of 1910-

Peri ods 1910 1924

Stage 2: the formedсalendar

Stag es Stage 1: dynamically changing calendar of the national championships

2016.

1926 1956

1957 1986 1987 1994

Qu ant ity

Mens disciplines

1

25 km 27 km 30 km

2-6

Nu mb er

Femaledisciplines

1

Since 1921 3 km 4,5 km 5 km

9 mixedrelayraces 10 km; 15 km; 16 km; 18 km; 20 km; 30 km; 50 km; 60 km; 10 km. National team and production workers. Without awarding a statusof the Champion; 10 km. Running patrols (3 people each); 20 km. Running patrols (4 people each) with shooting at the finish; 20 km. A militarized race with shooting; 20 km. Militarized night running of patrols (for 5 people). Without rifles; 20 km. Running patrols (4 people each) with 1-5 firing, throwing grenades into the trench and overcoming the conditionally infected zone; 20 km. Running patrols (4 people each) with firing, throwing grenades into the trench and passing through a gas mask in a conditionally contaminated zone; 30 km. Running patrols with shooting (4 people each); 30 km. Running patrols with shooting and throwing grenades (for 4 people); Relay 4 x 10 km

3-8

15 km; 20 km; 30 km; 50 km; 70 km; Relay 4 x 10 km

5-6

10 km; 15 km; 30 km; 50 km; 70km Relay 4 x 10 km

5 km; 8 km; 10 km; 15 km; 20 km; 3 km. Only team competition; 3 km. National team and production workers. Without awarding astatus of the Champion 5 km. Running cd (3 people each); 5 km. The militarized race; 5 km Militarized running k-d (3 people each); 5 km. Running sanitary teams (3 people each); Relay race 3 x 3 km; Relay race 3 x 5 km; Relay 4 x 5 km

2-5

5 km; 10 km; 20 km; 30 km Relay 4 x 5 km

4-6

5 km; 10 km; 15 km; 20 km; 30 km; 50 km; Relay 4 x 5 km

271

Stage 3:the moderncalendar

10 km; 15 km; 30 km; 50 km; 70 km;

1995 2016

Relay 4 x 10 km; Sprint (1.2 km -1.8 m); Team sprint; 6-9

5 km f / s + 5 km s / s (pursuit race / the sum of two days); 15 km (Gundersen system / pursuit race); Skiathlon (duathlon / pursuit race-persyut) 7.5km + 7.5km / 10km + 10km / 15km + 15km

6-9

5 km; 10 km; 15 km; 30 km; 50 km; Relay 4 x 5 km; Sprint (900m -1.8 km); Team sprint; 5 km (race of the investigation); 5 km f / s + 5 km s / s (pursuit race) (the sum of two days); 10 km (Gundersen system / pursuit race); Skiathlon (duathlon) 7,5km + 7,5km

Table 3 - The strongest thirty athletes by the rating of the champions of the country Place of the national champions rating 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

National Champion

Numbero fWINS

KulakovaGalina NageykinaSvetlana SmetaninaRaisa BolotovaZoya VylegzhaninMaksim RochevVasiliyml. Baranova (Kozyreva, Vatina) Lyubov' Vasil'yevDmitriy VolodinPetr ProkurorovAleksey KolchinPavel Kolchina (Leont'yeva) Alevtina LegotinVladimir Terent'yevFedor OlyashevVladimir Vedenin Vyacheslav SmirnovVasiliy SmirnovVladimir IvanovaYuliya RochevVasiliyst. SimashevFedor SkladnevaIrina UtrobinIvan KorostelevaNatal'ya Lazutina (Ptitsyna) Larisa Plotnikova (Shmel'kova) Anastasiya VilisovVladimir GavrylyukNina Zav'yalovaOl'ga KryaninSergey Sum total medals was won:

39 22 19 18 17 17 16 16 15 15 14 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 435

Years of competition / winning of the gold medals 1967-1982 1987-2006 1973-1991 1938-1953 2007-2013 2001-2010 1950-1963 1921-1940 1939-1954 1986-2000 1952-1965 1954-1970 1992-2003 1950-1962 1948-1955 1965-1975 1938-1953 1984-1990 2005-2014 1972-1981 1968-1976 1997-2002 1959-1968 2002-2014 1990-2001 1943-1953 1998-2008 1991-2000 2003-2007 1995-2004

Summarizing the evolutionary changes in the programs of the country championships in cross-country skiing, we can conclude the following items: 272

1. During the 1910 - 2016 yearsperiod the number of competitive disciplines increased from 1-2 in the pre-war period to 14 in the modern period. From 1977 to the present, an equal number of male and female disciplines has been conducted. Various transformations and innovations in the course of cross-country skiing history led to an increase in the scale of this event in many ways, and that made it possible to increase the popularity and prestige of cross-country skiing, ensure the attraction of mass media, and create more interesting competitive conditions for sportsselection. Creative search of ever more spectacular, emotionally saturated, motivationally stimulating forms of conducting competitions on cross-country skiing continues in our country in one step with the international Olympic movement. 2. The historical stages and periods of development of the country's championship programs were identified. 3. For performance of summing up the gold medals of the national championships, the rating of the country champions was compiled according to the number of gold medals. Bibliography 1. Melnikov, V.V. Historical and pedagogical factors of the development of Olympic winter games / V.V. Melnikov // Olympic Bulletin №14. - Moscow: Anita-press, 2013. - p. 37-42. 2. Melnikova, N.Yu. Sport in Russia: the past and the present / N.Yu. Melnikova, A.V. Treskin // Olympic Bulletin No. 9. - Moscow: Physical Culture and Sport, 2008. - p. 9-21. 3. Ramenskaya, T.I.Take pride, the great Russia! / T.I. Ramenskaya - Moscow: Physical Culture and Sport, 2005. - 220 p., ill. 4. Rating of Russian cross-countryskiers of the sports season 2012-2013. / Compilers: E.V. Vyalbe, I.V. Belomestnov, N.V. Tsapilov, V.V. Vedenin. Moscow: ZAO "Olympic Panorama", 2013. - 88 p.

273

DRESS-CODE IN RHYTHMIC GYMNASTICS Sokolova Maria Andreevna, student Scientific leader: Lisitskaya Т. Ph.D, Professor Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE) History of aesthetic types of sport to that belongs and a Rhythmic gymnastics (RG) is always closely related to history of suit. At all times dress-kod submitted to the rules of competitions of this type of sport. So a cut was forbidden in 70th, swimming suits were with the deafly closed top, often with the bar collar of suits, a cut was limited and down, a color of swimming suit must be one tone. No leggins, hoses of panty. Violation entailed large scandals and could be even punished by the decline of estimation and disqualification. But leading sportswomen in " a plot" with trainers tried to find new decisions for producing a modern image of gymnasts: with the brilliant choreographic raising of competition combinations, unusual appearance, artistry, grace and expressiveness of execution. A new era came in Rhythmic gymnasticsIn the middle of 90th became possible to use brilliant fabrics, and also to sew on paietkes

of any colors

(spangles being flat scales from brilliant material, usually round or many-sided form), that allowed to diversify swimming suits and combinations and do their more brilliant. And new millennium. From 2000 in a Rhythmic gymnastics it was let to come forward in swimming suits with a skirt, as well as in a figure-skating, to use the hoses of panty from a net, that began to get dressed under a swimming suit. This time of the real " boom" in dress-kod in a Rhythmic gymnastics. Then the swimming suits with transparent insertions, decorated by stones, bead, are included in a fashion. Gymnasts remind remarkable fairies from fairy-tales. Paietkes yielded to the palm of victory the strasses in any amounts and any colors. Now the suits of gymnasts became heavier (to 2 kg), but on what will not go for the sake of beauty! It is possible and with burdening trained, to feel in a front door 274

- competition suit easily and confidently, overflowing on to light by all colors of rainbow. Quite naturally, that in the woman type of sport, in a calisthenics a suit is this whole work of art. He must underline music character, " work" on expressiveness and artistry of motions, maximally to underline winnings parties of individuality, including a figure. Large role in history of development of suit Irene Viner-Usmanova played in a Rhythmic gymnastics. Under her guidance of gymnast of Russia became leaders not only in sporting achievements but also in everything, in respect of fashionable tendencies in attribute of this type of sport, in particular in creation of sporting suit.

275

MONITORING OF AGE-RELATED AND RACIAL CHANGES AMONG PROFESSIONAL DECATHLON ATHLETES Solodova A.A., postgraduate student; Scientific supervizor: Mirzoev O.M. PhD Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE

From a traditional standpoint, the highest athletic results of professional decathletes are achieved under correct conditions of physical, technical, tactical, psychological etc. aspects of an athlete’s training and preparation. Nevertheless, attention should be paid to the correlation between the significant athletic achievements and the age of the athletes. At first glance, the apparent dominance of dark-skinned athletes within track&field athletics attests of their high potential. However, such correlation might not be absolute with regards to all of the branches of the “Queen of Sports”. The aim of the research is to identify the full age and determine the racial implementations of the decathletes, who have managed to achieve significantly high results in the modern Olympic Games. Incidentally, the track&field decathlon was included in the Olympic Games back in 1904 (originally called Combined events), and was resumed in 1912 as a male discipline. As a statistic base for our research we have used the results of the athletes, awared 1st through 8th ranking (we will contingently categorise them “finalists”). After having collected the data of the athletes’ age on the competition day, we have categorized the professional athletes in 4 age groups: 1я – 19 and younger, 2я – 20-24 years old, 3я – 25-29 years old и4я – 30 years old and older.

276

The competition ranking analysis, presented in Table 1, allows us to conclude that the prevailing number of athletes, managing to be qualified as “finalists” (1st through 8th ranking), belong to the 3rd age group (25-29 years old) – 95 athletes or 47,73% of all athletes. Slightly lower is the number of “finalists” among the younger athletes from the 2nd age group (20-24 years old) with 83 athletes and 41,70 % of the surveyed athletes. Significantly behind are the participants, belonging to the oldest and youngest age groups, with the 4 th group (30 years old and older) claiming 9,04% of all “finalists” and the 1 st group (19 years old and younger) – only 1,50%. This implies that the athletes between the ages of 20 and 29 years old inclusively achieve the highest professional results. Simultaneously, the number of the “finalists” from respectively the 3 rd and 4th age groups is noticeably lower.

Table 1 Number of professional decathletes, categorized into the respective age group at the Olympic Games Decathlon. Age groups and age boundaries Athletes

first

second

third

fourth

19 and younger

20-24 y. o.

25-29 y. o.

30 y. o.

Champions1

1

11

10

4

Prize-winners (2nd and 3rd)

1

28

19

2

4th to 8th position

1

44

66

12

Finalists2 (∑)

3

83

95

18

AnnotationtoTable 1. 1In 1912 two decathletes were awarded gold medals simultaneously. 2In 1904 only 6 decathletes have completed the competitions.

There doesn’t appear to be a significant prevalence of the decathletes from the 2nd and 3rd age groups among the winners of the competitions, while the awardees of 277

the 2nd and 3rd places (silver and bronze medalists) primarily belong to the 2nd age group. Within the bronze and silver medal holders, only three athletes in total represent the youngest age group. The only one to ever claim the 1 st prize and the golden medal was the 17 year old Bob Mathias (US) at the 1948 Olympics in London (7139 points). As to the racial characteristics, the athletic advantage and apparently higher results of the dark-skinned athletes have been debated since the 1960s. For instance, the dark-skinned athletes have claimed an undisputed advantage within the sprinter and hurdle distances, supported by various and extensive research [1]. Information presented in the Table 2 signifies that the success of the Caucasian decathletes competing at the Olympics is relatively high. Analysis of the rankings allows us to conclude that the prevailing number of decathletes, qualifying as the “finalists”, is constituted by the Caucasian athletes – 88,44%. In comparison, only 9,05% of the “finalists” belong to the Negroid race, while the lowest number is claimed by the decathletes of Mongoloid race (mere 2,51%). Table 2 Number of decathletes, awarded 1st through 8th ranking at the Olympics, according to the race. Race Athletes Negroid

Caucasian

Mongoloid

Champions1

8

18

--

Prize-winners (2nd and 3rd)

6

43

1

4th to 8th position

4

115

4

Finalists2 (∑)

18

176

5

Annotation to Table 1. 1In 1912 two decathletes were awarded gold medals simultaneously. 2In 1904 only 6 decathletes have completed the competitions.

278

It is worth mentioning, though, that the World Record belongs to a black-skinned athlete, A. Eaton (US), who was awarded a total of 9045 points, while the Olympic Games in the recent years have seen a rise in the number of dark-skinned athletes, qualifying as the “finalists” and being awarded 1st through 8th ranking. Decathletes, representing the Caucasian race, are still quite consistent in their results and often than the decathletes of other races win the Golden medals (69,23% of all athletes) and are awarded the Silver and Bronze medals (86%). Therefore, age data, derived from the Olympic Games rankings, can be used to perennially plan the long-term training and predict the results of professional decathletes. Crucially, increasing the volume and intensity of training is only applicable to the athletes that have achieved a certain age and physical condition. Unlike the other disciplines of track&field, the Caucasian decathletes consitently dominate the top rankings. While assembling the prospective decathlete team, one should primarily consider the age boundaries and make sure that it does not deviate from the optimal age derived in the above-mentioned statistics.

References 1 Mirzoev O. M. Athletic performance in track&field athletics: development trends in short-distance and sprinter and hurdle running (Based on the results and rankings of the World Championships): Monography / O. M. Mirzoev – Voronezh: Publishing House IPC «Nauchnaya Kniga», 2016. – 264 p. 279

2 Home of World Athletic. International Association of Athletic Federations [e-ressource, webpage] // URL : http://www.iaaf.org. – access date 2014. –2016 years.

280

IMPLEMENTION OF THE OLYMPIC EDUCATION IN THE SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS OF THE RUSSIAN FEDERATION Marina V. Solovyeva, master student Scientific Adviser:Nataliya Yu. Melnikova, Doctor of Pedagogics, Professor Department of History of Physical Education, Sport and Olympic Education Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE) Introduction.In the modern world, more attention is paid to physical culture and sports. Physical education is one of the main means of strengthening the health of the population, as well as one of the most important components of the all-round harmonious development of the individual. It is important to pay attention not only to the physical development of man and the achievement of high sports results, but also to the spiritual and moral development of the individual. At present, the system of physical training in non-profile colleges and universities in Russia is a "stereotype", aimed mainly at doing exercise and passing control standards. In the educational and methodical plan for teaching, it is not supposed to study the theoretical course on any kind of sport, the history of the Olympic movement, etc. In this study, an attempt is made to form an innovative approach to conducting physical education at secondary specialized educational institutions, which, in our opinion, is successful was applied in the framework of the curriculum. The purpose of the study is the historical and pedagogical analysis of the study of the forms of introducing Olympic knowledge into educational institutions of various levels and profiles of the Russian Federation. Methods of research: 1. Theoretical analysis and generalization of literary sources. 281

2. Comparative-historical method. 3. Questioning. Results of the study. Twenty students took part in the experiment, studying on the 4th course on the specialty "Correctional Pedagogy in Primary Education" in the social and pedagogical college of the Moscow State Pedagogical University. Analyzing the experience of introducing the Olympic education into the educational process of the various colleges of physical culture, we developed the educational and methodological complex of the discipline "History of the Olympic Movement" with the innovative form of knowledge control "Olympic boom" and introduced into the curriculum on physical culture of the social pedagogical college of the Moscow State Pedagogical University. In the framework of the theoretical training of students, a form of introducing the Olympic knowledge "Olympic boom" was developed, which was intended to study the history of the Olympic Games and the Olympic movement, their goals and objectives, the main ideals and values of Olympism, the history of the establishment and activities of the International Olympic Committee, the laws and trends of development The international Olympic movement and its influence on the functioning of national systems of physical education and sport. A program of a teaching and methodical complex was formed, the thematic plan of which consisted of 12 lectures and was divided into 3 sections. Each section included 4 lectures, which at the end of each section were followed by a control section of knowledge called the "Olympic boom". The "Olympic boom" was presented by students in the form of a business game in which they presented their projects on various topics on the history of the Olympic movement. Preparation for the "Olympic boom" was held in such a way: the students were divided into 4 temporary scientific teams, each of which consisted of 5 people, and topics were chosen for the forthcoming design work. 282

The problem, most relevant in the International sports and Olympic movement, was proposed. For example, based on the results of the study of section 3 of the educational and methodical complex "Organizational Structure of the International Olympic Movement", the problem of using pharmacological means by athletes became most interesting for students. The division of collectives took place on the role of "trainers", "athletes", "sports doctors" and "representatives of the anti-doping agency WADA". Each team in its projects presented its vision of the problem, and at the end of the speeches of all scientific groups, debates, disputes, unexpected solutions to the original problem were offered. To determine the level of effectiveness of the application of the teaching and methodological complex with the introduction of an experimental form of monitoring students' knowledge of the Olympic boom, control questionnaires and testing of students were conducted at the beginning and at the end of the theoretical course.The implementation of the "History of the Olympic Movement" Successfully and benefited students, because: - attendance of physical training of students increased by 30% - more than half of the examinees went to the fitness club 40% of students abandoned bad habits - More than half of the interviewed students switched to a healthy lifestyle Comparing the results of testing at the initial stage and at the end, it can be concluded that the training of the discipline "The History of the Olympic Movement" at the lessons of physical culture was successful and the level of knowledge of students increased, because: - the number of correct answers has increased 4 times, - the number of incorrect answers decreased more than 3 times, 283

- the "unanswered" column decreased from 5% to 0% Discussion. Based on the analysis of the experience of introducing the Olympic knowledge into the educational process of the various colleges of physical culture, the educational and methodological complex of the discipline "History of the Olmipian Movement" was developed, which includes the goals and objectives of the discipline, the requirements for the results of mastering its content, the scope of the academic discipline and the types of academic work. The thematic plan and content of the academic discipline, interactive educational technologies, monitoring and evaluation of the results of mastering the academic discipline, the assessment system, types and forms work off missed classes, requirements for minimum material and technical support, information support for training. The positive results of the introduction of Olympic knowledge into the educational process of the MGPPU social and pedagogical college not only characterize the effectiveness of this activity, but also show the importance of all the work aimed at involving young people in the ideals and values of Olympism. Conclusion.Thus, the introduction of the educational and methodological complex of the discipline "The History of the Olympic Movement" and the experimental form of controlling students' knowledge of the "Olympic Boom", contributed to the formation of interests, needs, attitudes and value orientations of students corresponding to the ideals and values of Olympism, to raising the level of knowledge about the history of the Olympic Games And the Olympic movement, the education of sports humanistic spiritual and moral values that affect the moral, aesthetic, communicative and environmental Culture. Literature: 1. Stolbov VV, Finogenova LA, Melnikova N.Yu. History of Physical Culture and Sports: Textbook / Ed. V.V. Stolbova. - Moscow: FiS, 2000. 284

2. Chernetsky Yu.M. Olympism in the system of education and upbringing. Ch .: "Polygraph Master", 2000. 3. Kharabuga G.D. Problems of the modern international Olympic movement // Tez. Doc. All-Union. Symposium "Problems of the history of physical culture and the Olympic sport". M., 1981.

285

FEATURES OF STRENGTH TRAINING OF RACEWALKERS 15-17 YEARS OLD Stepanova А. М., graduate student Academic supervisor: Chernov S.S., D.Ed., Professor Chair of Theory and Methods of track-and-field Namedafter N. G. Ozolin, Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE) The purpose of race-walkers' physical training is to increase the ability to overcome the competitive distance with the highest possible speed [2, С.83]. In the training of a racewalker, one should consider strength exercises as factors of the development of special strength and local muscular endurance with the subsequent transformation of them into a high speed of movement along the distance [1, С.237]. Purpose of research: The individualization of the means of strength training of racewalkers aged 15-17. The research was conducted on the basis of the Moscow team of speed walkers. 24 sportswomen, candidates for the Moscow speed walkers' team took part in the experiment. The duration of the experiment was 7 months. At the first stage (2015-2016) anatomo-morphological features of the racewalkers were determined by means of anthropometry and goniometry. Based on the obtained anthropometric data, 2 groups of athletes were identified: short-legged athletes with a relative leg length less than 50% of body length, and long-legged athletes with a relative leg length of more than 50% of body length (Fig. 1).

286

Figure 1. Identified groups of athletes

The mobility of the hip, knee, ankle and shoulder joints was measured, and then the coefficient of mobility in the joints was calculated according to the formula proposed by B.V Sermeev. The results of goniometry of athletes are shown in Figure 2.

Figure 2. Results of goniometry

The analysis of the competitive practice of racewalkers shows that in the speed walking the good perspective belongs to the girls who have a relative length of the legs above 50% of the body length. At the stage of primary specialization and in-depth training, high results are demonstrated by short-legged athletes, who are mostly accelerators. However, in the future, with the growth of the competitive distance, long-legged athletes (retardants) outrun them due to the length of steps and high mobility in the joints. At the next stage, the length and frequency of the steps were calculated by the method of video analysis and mathematically (using the formulas proposed by V.E Panfilov and M.S Zakharov, 1975). The results of the measurement showed that the average length of the step for long-legged athletes is 1.08 m, the frequency of steps is 170-175 w / min. The average length of the step for short-legged athletes is 86 cm, the frequency of the steps (195-200 w / min). 287

Table 1 presents the comparative characteristics of the parameters of the technical competence of racewalkers. Table 1 - Parameters of the technical competence of racewalkers Highly athletes Parameters

qualified testees Long-legged

Short-legged

athletes

athletes

speed (m/sec)

3,73

1,72

2,83

speed.1km (min.sec)

4.28

5.10

5.22

Quantity of steps (perdistance 3000m)

2654

2678

2941

Length of the step (sm)

114

108

86

Frequency (step/min)

196,4

170

200

Frequency (step/sec)

3,27

1,6

3,3

At the second stage of our research, we tested the strength qualities in order to determine the level of their development at long-legged and short-legged athletes. The most informative tests, correlating with sports results, were selected. The test results (Fig. 3) made it possible to establish that at the stage of in-depth training, strength qualities prevail among short-legged athletes.

Figure 3. Results of testing of strength qualities (September 2016)

288

The results obtained served as the basis for the individualization of the strength training of the racewalkers. Practical recommendations for 2 groups of athletes were developed. For short-legged racewalkers exercises aimed to increase the length of the step and the development of high mobility in the hip joints were used (Table 2). When performing the exercises, attention was paid to achieving the greatest amplitude of movements, developing flexibility, with a large number of repetitions, with less intensity and minor overloading. Long-legged athletes were recommended to increase the frequency of steps while maintaining a long step. For this, the exercises for maximum speed and speed of movement, presented in Table 2, were formed. Table 2 - Exercises used during the experiment Long-legged athletes

Short-legged athletes

1. exercises with a stuffed ball

1. Simulation exercises with

2. exercises with a barbell (10-20 kg): push, jerk, bench press, sit-ups, tilts, spinning jumps from squat

position,

jumps,

walking

(barbell

rubber bands with cuffs 1-2 kg (34X40-50 times)

on

shoulders)

2. Running jumps, multiple jumps, lunge-walk (50-60 m;)

3. Multiple jumps from half-squat position

3. Exercises with barriers

and squat with two legs (3-4X30-60 m)

4. Exercises on different muscle

4. Performing of special exercises with groups weights by racewalker (cuffs 1-2 kg) (3X60 m)

with

rubber

strands

for

resistance (3X40-50 times)

These exercises were performed by athletes throughout the first basicdevelopment (September-November 2016) and the winter competition stage (December 2016 - February 2017) at the end of the training session. To determine the effectiveness of the developed recommendations, at the fourth stage the repeated testing was performed and the athletic performance of 289

girls in walking at 3,000 m was analyzed. Long-legged athletes recorded a 9% increase in strength and 6% increase was performed by short-legged athletes (Figure 4).

Figure 4. Results of repeated testing of strength qualities (March 2017)

Repeated measurement of the length and frequency of the steps made it possible to establish that due to the specificity of the applied strength exercises, the step length increased by 12%, the frequency of steps for short-legged athletes decreased by 5%; the speed of passing the race distance increased by 17% (Figure 5).

Figure 5. Indicators of length and frequency of steps of short-legged athletes at the beginning and end of the experiment

Long-legged athletes increased the frequency of steps by 9%; the speed of passing the race distance increased by 10% (Fig. 6).

290

Figure 6. Indicators of length and frequency of steps of long-legged athletes at the beginning and the end of the experiment

Individualization of strength training, taking into account the anatomical and morphological features of racewalkers, makes it possible to achieve an optimal ratio of the length and frequency of steps and improve the athletic performance. Based on pedagogical observations and analysis of the results of performances at the Olympic Games and World Championships, it was possible to establish that the prospect of achieving high sports results is inherent to longlegged athletes. Individualized strength training allows them to increase the frequency of steps with a high step length and, in the future, with the growth of the competitive distance, to reach high speed. Short-legged athletes need to increase the length of the step and reduce the excessive frequency of steps, which prevents them from exhibiting high speed endurance. The greatest results are achieved at short distances (3 km, 5 km), where a high frequency of steps is needed. Longlegged athletes are promising at standard Olympic distances. Currently, the developed training complexes have been tested and included in the training program for members of the Moscow team.

Bibliography:

1. Korolyov G. I. Long live the walk! Encyclopedia of human walking. Edition 2, supplemented - Moscow: The World of Athletes, 2003. - 538 p.: ill. 2. Popov V. B. 555 special exercises in training athletes. 291

CREATIVITY AND AUTHORITY IN THE PROFESSIONAL ACTIVITY OF A TENNIS COACH Tarpischeva A. R. master student Scientific adviser: Levchenkova T.V., PhD, Associate Professor Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

The specificity of sports creativity in pedagogy is that sports creativity is a component of the creativity of the coach and athlete. Contradiction is therefore created between unilateral study of a sports teacher’s creativity and identification of ways of his/her development. As a result, priority and interrelationship of the creative contribution of sports personalities to the effectiveness of sporting activity remain unrevealed. These contradictions and their unresolved nature hamper the chance for adequate understanding of creative processes and managing how these processes develop in coaches and athletes. Other types of creative activity are inferior to pedagogical creativity in terms of complexity and commitment owing to the fact that personality is “created” in the process of an educational work [3]. Creative activity is a complex, multilevel and systemic structure in which creativity is in the centre as a general universal ability for professional creative activity. The main component of creativity is the relevant level of intellectual activity (D.B. Bogoyavlenskaya), which is based on creativity as a personality trait and on possession of creative technique. For a creative person to develop a field of knowledge where he operates, he must be competent in the forthcoming activity [1]. Pedagogical competence is seen as an integral professional and personal characteristic that determines someone’s readiness and ability to perform 292

pedagogical functions in accordance with accepted norms, standards and requirements. Creative competence is the personality trait of a sociocultural specialist. Training and professional activity plays an important role in shaping this trait. The activity facilitates readiness and ability of a future specialist to identify and analyse pressing challenges in the area of his professional activity and to find ways to solving them. Professional creativity is manifested in non-conventional ways of solving problems, analysing situations and making professional decisions. Professional creativity results into new ideas, regularities, laws, concepts, principles, rules, theories, models, technologies, etc. The types of creativity of a coach as a teacher can be linked to professional competence. In pedagogical activity, these types are diagnostic and methodical creativity, which includes searching for and finding new ways of studying athletes, applying and creating new diagnostic techniques; new combinations of teaching methods. In the area of personality, the types are the coach’s self-actualization on the basis of comprehension of himself as a creative individuality, identification of individual ways of his professional development, and construction of a selfimprovement program [3]. A teacher’s creative process as an activity is aimed at securing a permanent solution to teaching and educational tasks in changing circumstances. At the same time, the very act of solving a pedagogical task and the process of implementing this solution are creative in nature. As a system, creative process in the professional activity of a coach includes two subsystems: scientific-search (logical-pedagogical) and subjective-emotional (emotional-creative). But this division is only possible in theory because both spheres actively interact and represent a holistic entity in practice. Creativity in sports and pedagogical process is implemented as a co-creation between the coach and the athlete, with the coach playing the leading role as the organizer interested in developing the athlete’s creative potential. Co-creation 293

takes course as an interaction between the coach and the athlete. It is organized based on solidarity of purpose and agreed solution to sports and athletic problems. Tennis is a game-based sport. The specificity of the sport assumes that the coach should constantly find new solutions to technical and tactical techniques. A tennis coach is seen as a person of high pedagogical skill and broad culture, a person with deep knowledge of related sports and related disciplines [4]. The creative style of a tennis coach is of both general (pedagogical focus, pedagogical abilities, knowledge and ability to use psychological and pedagogical patterns, psychological responsiveness, observance, pedagogical tact) and specific, in many respects unrepeatable importance. Pedagogical creativity comprises of certain novelty aspects, but the novelty should be associated not so much with advancement of new ideas and principles of training and education as with modification of teaching and educational methods, as well as their specific modernization in tennis. This modernization in tennis is associated with a change in the rules and regulations of a match, player requirements and other factors [5]. The coach’s authority is the leading factor in the efficiency of the sports activities of tennis players. His authority and his rank depend on the success of his students (tennis players). That is why each coach is primarily interested in ensuring that these successes are not only striking but also stable [2]. The authority of a coach – in the eyes of athletes – is a recognition of his powers to take major decisions in various situations of joint activity, as well as an importance for the professional and spiritual qualities of the personality of the coach. The coach’s personality, his professional competence, formation of professionally significant personal traits and social position are all bases for the formation of authoritative relations in a training process. The authority of a coach involves first and foremost pedagogical activity aimed at training, educating and socializing the personality of the athlete in the course of training and education. There are a number of psychological attributes of 294

personality listed in literature, which can serve as basis for authority. These include: - Features of attitude of the personality towards other people and towards himself; - Moral, intellectual, strong-willed and professional qualities Hence, the professional activity of a tennis coach is a many-sided creative process that is based not only on the teacher’s professional competence but also on his personal qualities.

Literature 1. Bogoyavlenskaya D.B. Intellectual Activity as a Problem of Creativity. Moscow. Publisher: Gubkin Russian State University of Oil and Gas. 1983. 167 p. 2. Zhur V.P. The coach – a special figure. Tennis: Yearbook. Moscowю 1985. Pp 22-25. 3. Kolesnikova V.I. Pedagogical creativity and levels of its manifestation. Issues of education: Theory and Practice. Vol. 15. Collection of research papers. Pyatigorsk: Pyatigorsk State Linguistic University, 2006. Pp 48-64 4. Tennis: a textbook for higher educational institutions of physical culture and sport. Part 2. Moscow. 2011. 279 p. 5.

International

Tennis

Federation:

Official

website:

http://www.itftennis.com/home.aspx. Date retrieved: 7 March 2017

295

CURRENT PROBLEMS OF PROVIDING EDUCATIONAL AND LEARNING MATERIALS TO FOOTBALL COACHES Victor A. Testoedov, master student Scientific Adviser:Nataliya Yu. Melnikova, Doctor of Pedagogics, Professor Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

Introduction: the success of the football team is determined by a number of factors, each of which is sufficiently significant, and neglect of these factors inevitably leads to failure. The personality of the head coach plays an important role in this process. The trainer of the football team of the masters works with adults who have their own personal and personal characteristics, their social and psychological preferences, their understanding of what is good, what is bad. If the coach is just starting his way in this sport, he works directly in the segment of children's and youth football, at the stage of which one must have the most basic knowledge of human anatomy, psychology, pedagogy, and physiology. Now it's such a time that the necessary information can be found on the Internet. But unfortunately, this information has to be looked for very long and painstakingly. Therefore, the main goal of our work is the creation of a general educational and methodological manual for the coaches of the Russian Federation for training and self-improvement. Methods.In the course of the work, we asked ourselves the following questions, which we need to answer in order to produce a productive plan for the development of the manual: 1. Occurrence of narrow-profile specialties 2. Introduction of new technologies 3. The availability of training coaching profession 4. Creating an online library of professional literature 296

Results. In football, as in business, government and all other spheres where tasks are entrusted to a team of people, to be a leader is a difficult test. Tactically modern football is in a stage of constant changes. The required physical, mental and emotional stability of teams and players is now higher than ever. Experienced professionals do not do this alone. They build, develop, cherish and support the leadership team, and together lead the organization to set goals. Whether it's a football organization or a global corporation - in terms of leadership tests, everything is identical. The head coach should consider his work as a battle in many respects, and his stronghold is a close-knit staff of specialists around him, whom he can rely on without hesitation, and find support from close colleagues to bear the burden of tremendous experience together. Great coaches do not worry about an environment that can outshine them; In fact, the reverse is also true. One of the signs that determines strong leaders is the conscious search for close associates who will be able to expand the scope of your influence, which have qualities complementing your own. The head coach needs to hire people who can delegate the task. Know that they will do the job better than himself. Always carefully listen to them when you work, what they do, how they do it. This is what knowledge is for.

297

Control part (The president)

Head coach

Knowledge

Assistants to the head coach

Footballers

A successful coach monitors everything from selecting players and technical progress to solving personal problems. This helps create an atmosphere for the development of the top - level team. Russian coaches have a high level of methodological training, but in some branches of the profession there is a gap with the leading European leagues, which must be eliminated. First of all, it is about access to new technologies. The collection and analysis of data from training sessions and matches is a whole industry branch in the field of information technology and an obligatory part of the work of trainers in the top European championships. Finally, the only center where you can get the necessary qualifications to head the club of the Professional Football League, not to mention the clubs of the FNL and the Premier League, is in Moscow - this limits the possibility of appearing in the profession for many coaches from the regions for economic reasons. Even a category C license can be obtained only in seven cities of the Russian Federation, although in most European countries this license is issued in each region. Discussion: 298

1.

First of all, it is necessary to provide Russian trainers with a sufficient

number of professional translational foreign literature on modern narrow profile football specialties and develop their own, unique project on the formation of this problematics. This literature should be part of the mandatory program for independent study at the Academy of Coaching. Also, for a deeper immersion in the specifics of new professions, it is advisable to invite coaches with rich football experience who will be able to conduct a course of training and prepare the first group of domestic coaches. 2.

Russian coaches studying at the Academy of Coaching Mastery

should have the opportunity to work with modern football software. The program of courses should include the study of software for the collection, processing and analysis of information about the functional state of players, as well as the latest programs for working with statistical data. Now these technologies are used only in some clubs of the Premier League, but most of the coaches do not own them. Acquaintance of trainers with new technologies should not depend on the capabilities of clubs: the ability to work with modern programs should be owned by every coach who received a license in B and above. 3.

According to the number of trainers of the Pro category, Russia is

comparable to some European countries, but coaches with licenses A, B and C in Germany, Italy, Spain, France, and Holland, Belgium and Portugal are several (up to 10) times larger. In Iceland, approximately the same number as in Russia, specialists of categories A and B. This leads to the fact that in these countries in the clubs of the lower divisions, amateur and children's football, due to higher competition, experts of a higher skill level often work than in the corresponding clubs in Russia. To increase the number of specialists with higher qualifications, it is necessary to make the training more accessible. For today, obtaining a license B of the UEFA is possible only in Moscow. To begin with, it is necessary to expand the regional representation of the coaching courses B to UEFA, up to seven cities,

299

where there are already local centers of the Academy of Coaching. Courses for a category C license must be open in each region. 4.

As an example, you can use the Italian sports library, where you can

order paid modern literature on various aspects of tactics, physical training, psychology, methodology and information processing, or to download free benefits for beginning coaches. This will allow coaches who can not afford to enter the Academy of Coaching Excellence and get a license, at least to improve their professional level and use their skills in work in amateur and semi-professional football. At the moment in Russia there was the first unique football project "Football: theory and practice of sports training". It is created for the formation of distance learning coaches across the territory of the Russian Federation and beyond. On this resource there is all the necessary information for a beginner coach and even for an experienced coach with many years of experience. Articles of experts in the field of football, video-manuals with analysis of the training process and analysis of game activity, interactive with users, all this is the main part of this resource. Conclusion: The offered means will allow to level the existing backlog of Russian coaches in using modern technologies and create new jobs in the high-tech sphere in the domestic market or create a competitive environment for improving the quality of football specificity. The new opportunities and information processing tools will help trainers to make better use of the available theoretical basis. Bibliography: 1. rfs.ru - The official website of the Russian Football Union. 2. championat.com - the official site of the sports and information resource. 3. sports.ru - the official site of sports and information resource. 300

4. football-observatory.com - The official website of the sports consulting agency. 5. footballstudy.ru - Official Website. Football: theory and practice of sports training.

APPLICATION PROJECTS IN THE WORLD TURINDUSTRII WITH GIS TECHNOLOGY Tishkina D. P. 1st year student of the facultysocial technologies and management, in Economics Moscow Polytechnic University. Supervisor: V. V. Britvina, Candidate of Pedagogical Sciences, Associate Professor, centre of mathematical education. Moscow Polytechnic University Abstract. In the article the analysis of application of Geoinformation systems abroad. The conclusion about the creation of content databases, maintain its modernity and validity of financial and legislative support from the States. The use of GIS technology is a huge potential for tourism development in the world. Key words. GIS, tourism analysis. Introduction. Geographic information system is a reference system designed for the collection, storage, analysis and graphical visualization of spatial data and related information about them presented in the objects (often diagrams, maps and other graphic guides) The website "Evening in London", created on the basis of GIS technology, the production of the main in the world of ESRI, offers such opportunities. The system was launched in 1999 and to this day she is in great demand. The site of one of New York city Park created in the similar technology (it was founded by students of the University of Springfield(USA)). Clicking the 301

mouse on the marked places, the Internet user has the opportunity to obtain comprehensive information (text and photos) for each selected object (figure 3).

Figure 3 .A fragment of Park tagged GIS

302

Figure 4. The use of GIS in Canada with an emphasis on tourism and environmental matters. Providing Internet access to such GIS, travel Agency or resort town will have a big advantage over other sellers of this type of services will increase interest in tourism in the world Conclusion. To create a tourist-oriented GIS will require the combined capacities of all stakeholders, it is important for the creation of information database content, maintain it up to date and true. So, we are witnessing the birth and development of GIS of different scales: the Metropolitan areas such as new York, Tokyo, London, etc. The use of GIS technology is a huge potential for development of tourism in the world, which will increase the budget of the countries in significant numbers. Bibliography 1. Aslanov R. M., A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A. Design of interactive educational resources based on technologies WolframCDF // Teacher XXI century. 2016. Vol. 1. No. 1. S. 96-103. 2. Aslanov R. M., Belyaeva, E. V., Mukhanov, S. A., Trainer on differential equations on the basis of WolframCDFPlayer// Siberian pedagogical journal. 2015. No. 4. Pp. 26-30. 3. V. V. Britvina, Zhukova G. S., Mukhanov, S. A. analysis of the implementation activities of the hotel enterprise by methods of mathematical statistics on the example of hotel "maxima hotels" // Scientific review. 2016. No. 20. P. 115118. 4. V. V. Britvina Higher mathematics. Differential equations / V. V. Britvina, G. P. Konyukhov, A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. P. 88. 5. Zhukova G. S. Higher mathematics. Mathematical statistics / S. G. Zhukov, V. V. Britvina, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. Pp. 88-89. 6. Philips P. C. B. Understanding spurious regressions in econometrics 303

//Econometrica, 1986, pp.311-340.

INFORMAL COMMUNICATIONS AS A TOOL FOR PROMOTING YOUNG REGIONAL COMPANIES Victoria Triodina, master student, Scientific Аdvisor: Irina Lulevich,PhD Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

Key words: Informal communication, word of mouth, startup, PR-methods

After the emergence of the problem of consumer disinterest with traditional means of advertising, the next question requiring immediate resolution appears that of new techniques needed for promoting the product. If to approach this question conceptually, then the actions of a specialist working with rumors concern the creation of an occasion for communication and dissemination of information, as well as facilitating the interaction of consumers among themselves. This, in some way, completely repeats the definition of the PR function as the management of perception through consciously organized communications. The task for most companies today is to create a clear picture of the organization and its activities in the minds of consumers, to cause a desire not only to make a single purchase, but also to return for the next. In other words, be able to build long-term relationships with your audience, make people loyal to the brand. This process can be built at the expense of simple human relations, because most 304

people trust the opinion of their relatives. The results of the research show that the majority of reviews regarding products – 74%, are transmitted during personal communication, 17%–are distributed over the telephone and the remaining 9% are on the Internet. The purpose of this work was to identify the conceptual foundations of the model for promoting regional startups. This study analyzes the experience of Russia and the United States, on the basis of which it is possible to identify common parameters suitable for different spheres and regions. The obtained data can be used by regional organizations to increase their recognition and productivity, and PR specialists on the basis of these indicators will create effective advertising campaigns and actions by using the types of informal communications in the right way. In conclusion, I would like to say that it is difficult not to recognize the fact that traditional advertising is going to the background and causes more negative emotions, and the use of informal communications is increasingly in demand.

305

THE WAYS OF FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT QUALITY IMPROVEMENT IN BUDGET ORGANIZATIONS Anastasiya Tsutskova, master student Scientific Adviser Malykh N.I. PhD, Economics Management and Economics Department Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

ABSTRACT The paper deals with financial management of budget organizations. Theoretical aspects of it are described in detail and financial position of Tver rowing sport school is analyzed. In this paper it’s supposed that if paid services are included financial management qualityof our organization will have been increased by the next year. The results of this work are presented as recommendations that may be used for financial management quality improvement in budget organizations. Keywards: financial management, budget organization, quality of financial management. Introduction: Russian economy has been experiencing a crisis situation and budget financing has been decreasing accordingly. Thus, the need is stressed to employ additional financial recourses for future development of budget organizations. Purpose: the purpose of this work is development of recommendations on additional financial resourcesfor Tver rowing sport school for financial management quality improvement. The object of the research: Tver rowing sport school. Methods:mathematic and statistic methods, comparison and analogy. Discussion: theoretical aspects of financial management of budget organizations are described in this work. A concept of financial management of budget organizations and its principles are given. Measure methods of financial management of budget organizations are investigated. Main instruments of financial management such as state assignment, monitoring of financial 306

management quality, reports about financial results are formulated too. Much attention is given to principles of financial management in budget organizations. The fact that these principles are the same in commercial organizations is stressed. Financing features of budget organizations are specially noted. Its content and functions are described too. Tver rowing sport school is a budget organization. Its purpose is development of rowing sport in the region, promoting healthy lifestyle, preparation of Russian team reserve. Besides Tver rowing sport school is allowed to provide paid services. But they are not provided there. Budget plan of the sport school is analyzed in the work. Budget plan is the main document of every budget organization. There are data about salary, rent, transport, link services and other expenses in it.It should be stressed that budget financing has been decreasing and the search of additional financial recourses is needed. Financial and economic work of the research object is analyzed, the general characteristic of this organization is given, the management structure is described, a measure of financial management quality of the sport school is given. The result of the financial management monitoring allow concluding that its quality isn’t perfect. Thus, the complex of actions for improvement the financial management quality of Tver rowing sport school are proposed and reasoned. Paid services are recommended. Adults will be able to do sport with a coach in the evening. Athletes will train in groups of 8-10. They will be able to row and practice in gym. Paid services allow to improve financial management of Tver rowing sport school. The conclusion contains the main results of the research. The proposed recommendations may be used for financial management quality improvement in budget organizations. Results: Tver rowing sport school can attract additional 1,032, 000 rubles after paid services are included. Conclusion:these results demonstrate, that methods of financial management in the commercial organizations allow to improve quality of financial management in budget organizations. Literature: 1. Carbaugh, Robert. International Economics / Robert Carbaugh -10th ed.Thomson South-Western, 2005 – 554 p.

307

2. Drury, C. Management Accounting for Business / Colin Druy. – Thomson Learning, 2006. – 391 p. 3. Kotler, Philip. Principles of marketing / Philip Kotler, Gary Armstrong. 15th ed.-Pearson Prentice Hall,2012 – 740 p.

308

EFFECTS OF CREATINE SUPPLEMENTATION ON MUSCULAR FITNESS OF HOCHIMINH CITY BASKETBALL PLAYERS AFTER8-WEEK OF RESISTANT TRAINING Pham HoangTung. Ph.D. Nguyen Trong Nguyen, Ph.D. Nguyen Hong Son, Ph.D. University of Sport Hochiminh City Abstract The purpose of this research was to examine the effect of creatine monohydrate supplementation on muscle fitness of HoChiMinh City(HCMC) basketball players after 8 weeks of resistant training. In this study twelve male athletic of HoChiMinh basketball utilized a two–group match. Randomly assigned design in a single-blind fashion to either creatine (n=6, mean age: 25.50±2.95 years) or placebo (n=6, mean age: 23.83± 4.12 years) group with 8 week of resistance training were measured for muscular fitness: muscular strength used 1309

RM testing for upper body strength (bench press test), leg strength (leg press test), handgrip test, and Sergeant jump test; muscular power used Wingate Anaerobic 30 cycle Test to evaluate Peak Power Output (PP); muscular endurance used Curl Up Test to evaluate abdominal strength. All data were analyzed by computer statistical program. Significant level was set at 0.05 The results of this study showed that there was a significant difference between Creatine and Placebo group in mean bench press (105.00±13.784(kg); 85.00 ±15.166(kg); p<0.05), leg press (218.33±23.166(kg); 191.67±13.292(kg); p<0.05) and peak power (898.283±63.590(W); 831.000±32.437(W); p<0.05), relative peak power (11,967±0.585(W/kg); 10.917±0.741(W/kg); p<0.05) and anaerobic capacity (9.517±0.256(W/kg); 9.000±0.410(W/kg); p<0.05). The conclusion of study that after 8 weeks using creatine supplementation combined with resistant training is creatine supplementation does not have effect on muscular endurance, but has differences in the aspect of statistic significance in muscular strength and muscular power of HCMC basketball athletes Keywords: Creatine Monohydrate supplementation/ muscle fitness/ resistant training/ randomly assigned design/ single-blind fashion/

Introduction

Basketball, one of the most popular sports in Vietnam, is strongly invested by entrepreneurs. Nowadays, basketball movements in cities as well as provinces in Vietnam are strongly being invested for every aspect such as strength, power, endurance, speed, strategy and technique. Now in Vietnam, there are a lot of basketball teams: Joton Binh Thuan & Ninh Thuan, Hau Giang, Joton Can Tho, Soc Trang, HCMC basketball team etc. Ho Chi Minh City (HCMC) basketball team is at the top of Vietnam the immediate target is able to participate in the Asian Basketball League (ABL). Therefore the training for muscle fitness (muscle strength and muscle endurance) is 310

very important for HCMC Basketball Team. Most of the players want to become stronger and more powerful. They know it is only a myth that strength training hurts the shooting touch, they have seen Alonzo Mourning, Anthony Mason, and other muscular NBA stars have used their strength to great advantage, and they want to do the same (Foran and Wilkens, 1997, pp 62-63). Nutritional supplements are designed to enhance development of muscle and improve sport-specific performance. There are many kinds of nutritional supplements such as multivitamins, vitamin C, Creatine, whey protein, Echinacea, iron and caffeine, magnesium or ginseng etc. The first three ranking using of nutrition supplements were multivitamins (72.6%), creatine (36.1%) and whey protein (30.6%) ( Petroczi and Naughton, 2008). Creatine monohydrate has been gaining popularity exponentially. Introduced to the general public in the early 1990s, shortly after the Barcelona Olympic Games, Creatine (Cr) has become one of the most widely used nutritional supplements or ergogenic aids. Creatine is used for athletes combined with resistance training, which can help for the development and muscle hypertrophy, so muscle fitness of athletes will grow more. In basketball, Creatine is a supplement that can improve training ability and increase muscle power. The American Dietetic Association (2006) showed that Creatine improved jumping height. Creatine should not be used by athletes younger than the age of 18 because it is not known whether Creatine is safe for people in this age group. If you use Creatine, take 3 to 5 grams per day. For creatine loading doses is 20-30g/day for 5-7 days and 5-6 g as a maintenance dose (Rosene, 2009). Shortterm Creatine supplementation did not appear to attenuate the effects of exercise induced muscle damage when compared to placebo treatments. It has been widely studied as an ergogenic aid relative to performance in high-intensity activities (Burke, 1996; Casey, 1996; Greenhaff, 1993; Harris, 1992; Kreider, 1998; Terjung, 2000; Volek, 1999; Willoughby and Rosene, 2001). The eccentric protocol utilized in the current investigation and that of (Rawson, 2003) were designed to create situations of significant muscle damage. Therefore the possibility exists that 311

Creatine's ergogenic effects on muscle may require greater than 7 days to positively impact muscle damage (Rosene, 2009) However, in Vietnam there are no projects researching the effect of Creatine supplement combined with resistance training which supports for the muscles fitness development of basketball player. Therefore, this research in Vietnam is very necessary so that we can find some more support factors for the resistance training program for basketball in particular and other sports in general. The purpose of this investigation was to determine the effects of Creatine versus placebo supplementation on indirect markers of muscle fitness of HCMC basketball players after 8 weeks of resistant training.

Methods Subjects: In the research there were twelve male athletic professional of HoChiMinh City basketball team. - The subjects were divided into two groups:  Group

1

(creatine

group):

6

players

with

used

creatine

used

placebo

supplementation in 8 week of resistance training  Group

2

(placebo

group):

6

players

with

supplementation in 8 week of resistance training - Inclusion criteria: All the subjects are men, only studies using healthy adults (>20 year of age), To have practical experience of at least 1 (one) year in overload exercises, although training was recorded as avariable, not to smoke and/or drink alcohol, ration nutrition together, not to present pathological history. Procedures: Substance: 100% Creatine Monohydrate (Powder) - Preparing: Ultimate Nutrition Creapure Creatine Monohydrate - 300 g. - Dose: The study was used creatine supplementation for 8 week with 20 g/d-1 of Cr for the first week of training, 2 time per day (morning, evening) with 250ml water/1time drink, followed by a maintenance dose of 5 g/d -1 continued 312

daily throughout the training period. (John Rosene, 2009), (Wilderet al, 2001), (Kilduff et al, 2003). - Half-life: The serum half-life of Creatine is probably approximately 1-2 hours, and resynthesis is rapid with a half-life of about 95% of Phosphocreatine is after only 3-4 min. (Jackson, 2001), (Havenetidis 2003), (Brilla et al, 2003). - Form: Creatine group (20 g x d-1) Cr + (10 g x d-1) glucose for 7 days (loading), followed by (5 g x d-1) Cr + (10 g x d-1) glucose for 49 days (maintenance) or placebo (30 g x d-1) glucose (loading) followed by 15 g x d-1 (maintenance). (Cooke, 2009), (Merwe, 2009), (Kilduff, 2003) This study comprised two phases: - Phase 1: Pre-test (before the pre-season resistant training program of the first week). - Phase 2: Post-test (after 8 weeks, or at the end of the resistant training program). The same fitness test was used to collect data in Phase 1. Research design outline was shown in Figure 1 as below.

Figure 1 Research design of the study. Measurement and Data Collection Substance: Ultimate Nutrition Creapure Creatine Monohydrate - 300 g Muscular fitness tests: In study six tests were used for muscular fitness: in upper body of muscular strength used with bench press test 1RM (kg), and handgrip test (kg) and low body of muscular strength used leg press test 1 RM (kg) and Sergeant jump test (cm); muscular power using Wingate Anaerobic 30 cycle Test to evaluate Peak Power Output (PP) (W), relative peak power (W/kg), anaerobic capacity (W/kg) on Monark E828 Cycle Ergometer (Monark, Varberg, 313

Sweden) interfaced with a computer and the Wingate software program from the Sports Authority of Thailand (SAT); muscular endurance using Curl Up test (number/1minute) Test to evaluate abdominal strength of athletic. All variables were re-measured at the end of the 8week pre-season resistant training session. (ACSM's Health-Related Physical Fitness Assessment Manual.2008) and (Brian Mackenzie ((2005) 101 Performance Evaluation Tests Data analyses: Means and standard deviation (SD) of each variable (hand grip strength, vertical jump, bench press strength, leg press strength, peak power, relative peak power, anaerobic capacity, curl -up ) were determined. Data collections were analyzed by using SPSS for Windows which was to estimate the muscular fitness in two groups (creatine and placebo group), and to compare all variables of pre and post test between two groups (creatine and placebo group). All significant differences were set at p<0.05 Results In the study, the subjects are male athletic professional of HoChiMinh City basketball team. They were divided into two group creatine and placebo. The averge age, height and weight of C and PL group basketball player were nearly similar. The characteristics of the subject were shown in Table1 Table 2 showed mean values of variables measured of muscular fitness at pre and post-test of Creatine group male basketball players. Significant differences were found in most variables between pre and post-test except Curl-Up (p>.05). Table 3 showed mean values of variables measured of muscular fitness at pre and post-test of Placebo group male basketball players. No significant differences were found in most variables between pre and post-test except vertical jump, leg press, anaerobic capacity (p<.05). Table 4 showed the comparison mean values of muscular fitness in pre-test between C and PL group male basketball players. There were no significant differences were found in most variables 314

Table 5 showed the comparison mean values of muscular fitness in post-test between C and PL group male basketball players. Significant differences were found in most variables except hand grip, vertical jump, curl-up (p>.05). Table1 Subjects characteristics Age (year)

Height (cm)

Weight (kg)

Mean  SD

Mean  SD

Mean  SD

6

25.50  2.95

179.33  6.12

Placebo Group (PL) 6

23.83  4.12

181.50  4.59

76.33  5.96

Sig. (P-value)

0.301

0.291

0.300

Group

n

Creatine Group (C)

74.42  8.51

Table 2 Mean values of variables measured at pre and post of Creatine group

Indexes

Phase

Mean

SD

Pre - test

52.283

5.2381

t value

df

Sig.

(P-

value)

Muscular strength

Hand Grip (kg)

Post

-

test Pre -test Vertical Jump (cm)

Post

-

test Pre - test Bench Press ( kg)

Post

-

test Pre - test Leg Press (kg)

Post test

-

54.550

5.7148

53.17

8.353

56.50

8.479

80.00

12.649

100.00

15.492

178.33

25.626

5.105

5

.004*

5.423

5

.003*

7.746

5

.001*

5

.000*

5

.000*

11.00

215.00

30.166

0

798.66

54.203

8.433

Muscular power Peak Power (W)

Pre - test

315

7 Post

Relative

Peak

Power

(W/kg)

- 898.28

3 63.590

test

3

2

Pre - test

10.783

0.6585

Post

-

test Pre - test

Anaerobic Capacity (W/kg) Post

-

test

11.967

0.5854

9.100

0.3950

9.517

0.2563

53

6.772

54

6.713

9.903

5

.000*

4.110

5

.009*

0.162

5

.878

Muscular endurance Curl-Up ( Number/1minute)

Pre - test Post test

-

*

A significant difference between pre-test and post-test (p<.05)

Degree of freedom (df) equal 5 Table 3 Mean values of variables measured at pre and post of Placebo group Indexes

Phase

Mean

SD

Pre - test

55.000

6.5510

Post - test

56.700

4.5961

Pre - test

51.83

7.139

Post - test

56.17

7.627

Pre - test

80.00

15.492

Post - test

85.00

15.166

Pre - test

176.67

16.330

Post - test

191.67

13.292

t value

df

Sig.

(P-

value)

Muscular strength Hand Grip (kg)

Vertical Jump (cm)

Bench Press ( kg)

Leg Press (kg)

1.623

5

.166

3.379

5

.020*

2.236

5

.076

4.392

5

.007*

Muscular power 316

Peak Power (W)

Pre - test

802.483 35.3199

Post - test

831.000 32.4367 10.567

0.7941

10.917

0.7414

Capacity Pre – test

8.917

0.4706

Post - test

9.000

0.4099

Curl-Up

Pre - test

52

9.099

(Number/1minute)

Post - test

52

9.960

Relative

Power Pre - test

Peak

(W/kg)

Post - test

Anaerobic (W/kg)

2.513

5

.054

2.300

5

.070

2.712

5

.042*

.000

5

1.000

Muscular endurance

*

A significant difference between pre-test and post-test (p<.05)

Degree of freedom (df) equal 5 Table 4 A comparison of pre-test mean of muscular strength, muscular power and muscular endurance between C and PL male basketball players:

Pre-test Indexes

Group

Mean

SD

Creatine group

52.283

5.2381

Placebo group

55.000

6.5510

Jump Creatine group

53.17

8.353

Placebo group

51.83

7.139

Creatine group

80.00

Placebo group

80.00

15.492

Creatine group

178.33

25.626

Placebo group

176.67

16.330

Creatine group

t value

df

Sig.

(P-

value)

Muscular strength Hand Grip (kg) Vertical (cm) Bench Press ( kg)

Leg Press (kg)

.793

10

.446

.297

10

.772

.000

10

1.000

.134

10

.896

798.667 54.2033 .145

10

.888

12.649

Muscular power Peak Power (W)

317

Placebo group Relative

Peak Creatine group

802.483 35.3199 10.783

.6585

Power (W/kg)

Placebo group

10,567

.7941

Anaerobic

Creatine group

9.100

.3950

Capacity (W/kg)

Placebo group

8.917

.4708

Creatine group

53.33

6.772

(Number/1minute) Placebo group

52.00

9.099

.514

10

.618

.731

10

.482

.288

10

.779

Muscular endurance Curl-Up

*

A significant difference between pre-test and post-test (p<.05)

Degree of freedom (df) equal 10 Table 5 A comparison of post-test mean of muscular strength, muscular power and muscular endurance between C and PL male basketball players:

Post-test Indexes

Group

Mean

SD

Creatine

54.550

5.7148

56.700

4.5961

56.50

8.479

56.17

7.627

105.00

13.784

t value

df

Sig.

(P-

value)

Muscular strength

Hand Grip (kg)

group Placebo

.718

10

.489

.072

10

.944

2.390

10

.038*

group Creatine Vertical Jump (cm)

group Placebo group Creatine

Bench Press ( kg)

group Placebo

85.00

15.166 318

group Creatine

218.33

23.166

group

Leg Press (kg)

Placebo

191.67

13.292

2.446

10

.035*

2.309

10

.044*

2.723

10

.021*

2.618

10

.026*

.340

10

.741

group Muscular power Creatine group

Peak Power (W)

Placebo group Creatine

Relative

Power group

Peak

(W/kg)

Placebo group Creatine

Anaerobic

Capacity group

(W/kg)

Placebo group

898.283 63.5902

831.000 32.4367

11.967

.5854

10.917

.7414

9.517

.2563

9.000

.4099

53.67

6.713

Muscular endurance Creatine Curl-Up

group

(Number/1minute)

Placebo group

52.00

9.960

*

A significant difference between pre-test and post-test (p<.05)

Degree of freedom (df) equal 10. Discussion The study showed that there was the influence of creatine supplementation on muscular strength, muscular power and muscular endurance: 319

Muscular strength: In the aspect of theory, in exercises of short time with high power and intensity such as resistance training, they will need supplying much energy that is ATP for the action of muscles. However, the content ATP in the muscles has limit, with a little quantity. Therefore, ATP will be used all when the activities are extended, but there will be the appearance of reproduced ATP owing to the combination of ADP and (Phosphocreatine) PCr. So, the usage of creatine supplementation will add PCr directly into muscles in the transformation of ATP instead of taking a long time to synthesize PCr from daily food. Therefore, the content of ATP will be supplied much more for muscles in some exercises with high power and intensity, which helps to maintain longer and increase horizontal section of muscular fiber. It also means that the strength of the athletes will tend to increase. Resultsofstudies

show

thatwhen

compared

eachgroup,all

topretestandposttestof

fourindicatorsofmuscularstrengthof

thecreatinegrouphasdifferentmeaningsinstatisticsthatthe

placebo

twoindicatorsareverticaljumpandlegpress,

thatcreatinegroupisthe

developmentofmuscularstrengthbetter comparedresultsbetween

suggesting than

the

theplacebogroup, two

nodifferencebetweenstatisticalsignificanceindicatorsatpretest thecreatinegroupshowedbettertest

resultsthan

grouponly

evenwhen

groupstogether,found andposttestyetin

theplacebogroupandtwoindicators

ofmuscularstrengthdifferenceandstatisticalsignificancewasbenchpressandlegpress(p <0.05). The topic showed that using creatine for a long time (20g/d for the first week and 5g/d for the remaining 7 weeks) had the effect on muscular strength of professional basketball athletes in Ho Chi Minh City team. The result in this topic is the same as some research works before. A study of Netreba, (2006) and Shenkman, (2006) was 20 g/d of Cr for the first week of training and 5 g/d for the remaining 9 wk. Cr supplementation resulted in a significant increase in types I and II fiber, and an increase in muscle strength, suggesting that the increase in muscle strength and fiber size to be a result of an increase in calcium influx, The 320

result in the study of Kilduff,(2003) showed that using creatine supplementation after 4 weeks combined with resistance training helped to increase Cr uptake, total body mass and isokinetic and isometric muscle force production. On the other hand, study results of Becque M, (2000); Bemben, (2001); (Stone, 1999); Izquierdo, 2002; Pearson (1999); Volek (1999); Kilduff (2002); Stanisaw Poprzecki (2008) showed that using creatine supplementation combined with resistance training had the effect on muscular strength, upper-arm muscular strength and muscle area, maximal strength However, A few studies gave different results that there was no effect on muscular strength when using creatine supplementation. Wilder et al. (2001) assigned 25 highly trained male collegiate football players (20 g/d 3-d + 5 g/d 10 wks) combine with Resistance exercise progressive weight training 4 wk; 10 wks. They reported no effect on 1-RM squat strength. The study of Gilliam et al. (2000) showed that Creatine had no effect on maintaining peak isokinetic torque. However, the differences from these studies may be due to the differences in study Subjects about ages, sex, degree of training, or difference in the dosage of creatine supplementation used in the study. On the other hand, nowadays there are few studies in the world which showed that creatine supplementation had no effect on muscular strength Muscular power: From the results of the research showed that when compared to pre test and post test, the of three indicators of the differences of muscular power of creatine group are statistically significantbut only one in the placebo group only the difference is statistically significant is Anaerobic capacity (p <0.05), indicating that the effect of creatine supplementation the creatine group to develop better muscular power of the placebo group. When we bring the results of both groups compared with each other at the pre test did not differ significantly between the index between the two groups, but at the time of post test all three indicators of power muscualr creatine group were higher compared with placebo, and both have differences with statistical significance, from which we have found that creatine 321

affects the muscular power of professional basketball athletes in Ho Chi Minh City team. Most of studies had the results proved that creatine supplement had the effect on muscular power. The study of Tarnopolsky (2000) is an example. The effect of short-term Cr supplementation on high-intensity exercise performance in males and females was determined by providing 5 g/d of Cr monohydrate for 4 d. Cr significantly increased peak and relative peak anaerobic cycling power and maximal strength with no gender-specific responses, suggesting that short-term Cr supplementation can increase indices of high-intensity exercise performance for both males and females. Another study of Burke, (2000) showed that using creatine supplementation in 3 weeks with the dosage of 7g/d combined with resistance training can enhance short-duration, high-intensity activities evidenced. The result of the topic showed that there were significantly greater improvements in peak force and peak power, and maintaining elevated mean peak power for a longer period of time. The study of Tarnopolsky (2000), Burke, (2000), Dawson (1995); Stone (1999), Izquierdo, (2002), Bemben, (2001) and Stanisaw Poprzecki (2008) showed Cr significantly increased peak power, Relative peak anaerobic cycling power, Maximal strength with no gender-specific responses, Peak force and Anaerobic power. But the research of Jakapong Khaothin (2006) claimed that creatine supplementation did not have any effect on muscular power. However, this latter only researched the effect of creatine for a short time and on the subjects which were wheelchair racing athletes in Thailand. Therefore, the different results are absolutely able to occur. From the result of the topic and the above studies, we find that creatine supplementation has active effect on muscular power of the athletes, so using creatine supplementation combined with resistance training is very necessary for the development of muscular power for the athletes in the field of anaerobic system such as basketball (80%), football (70%), Tennis (90%), Volleyball (85%), Hockey (70%) through adequately supplying creatine for muscle 322

in order to enhance the procedure of reproducing ATP energy for high intensity performance (Foss & Keteyian, 1998). Muscular endurance: Most of the studies focused on endurance exercise do not support the ergogenic effect of acute Cr supplementation or even may argue an ergolytic effect on it (Balsom et.al (1993), Engelhardt et.al (1998), Mujika et.al (2000), and Stroud et.al (1994)). In theory, muscular endurance is maintaining and lengthening the performance of muscle for a long time. The energy used to supply for muscular endurance can not ATP-PC or Lactic System, it can only be Oxydative system. Therefore, the essential element to synthesize ATP this time is glycolysis in liver and fact, not PCr, so using Creatine supplementation will not have any effect on endurance exercises in general and on muscular endurance in particular. The study used Curl-up test (time/1 minute) to evaluate muscular endurance of the professional basketball athletes in HCMC team. In the study, we found that when we compared Pre and Post of Creatine group and Placebo group there were no differences in the aspect of statistic significance. When we compared Creatine group and Placebo group we did not see the differences in the aspect of statistic significance at the pre test and post test stage. In the study of Izquierdo M (2002) on 19 handball players, the result also showed that there was no effect of creatine supplementation on muscular endurance. However, another study of Philip D et al (2007) on Rugby union football players showed that Creatine supplementation during a rugby union football season was effective for increasing muscular endurance, but had no effect on body composition or aerobic endurance. Furthermore Peeters et al.(1999) found that creatine supplementation was also beneficial for endurance athletes. Nowadays, it is arguable and unclear for determining whether creatine had effect on exercise endurance in general as well as muscular endurance or not. However, in theory, based on their effect on energy system supplied for the body, that creatine does not have effect on exercise and muscular endurance is easy to understand. 323

From the result of the study, we see that creatine supplementation does not have any effect on muscular endurance of professional basketball athlete in HCMC team. Therefore, using creatine supplementation is not necessary in endurance exercises in general and in the development of muscular endurance in particular for HCMC basketball athletes Conclusion In conclusion, the result of the study after 8 weeks using creatine supplementation combined with resistant training is creatine supplementation does not have effect on muscular endurance, but are different in the aspect of statistic significance in muscular strength and muscular power on HCMC basketball athletes. Suggestion

The effect of creatine supplementation on muscular fitness is an important problem for other sports such as football, volleyball, karatedo, swimming. Since then, we can draw up a general surveying table in order to compare and evaluate the effect of creatine in sports in Vietnam. The effect of creatine supplementation on muscular endurance nowadays is an arguable and unclear problem. Therefore, we should have more studies about the effect of creatine supplementation on muscular endurance in other sports in order to determine this problem clearly. References

American College Of Sports Medicine: Gregory B. Dwyer, Shala E. Davis. (2008). ACSM's Health-Related Physical Fitness Assessment Manual. Second edition by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins. Andrea Petroczi and Declan P Naughton. (2008). The age-gender-status profile of high performing athletes in the UK taking nutritional supplements: Lessons for the future Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition. 324

Balsom p. D., s. D. R. Harridge, k. So¨derlund, and b. Ekblom. Creatine supplementation per se does not enhance endurance exercise performance. Acta Physiol. Scand. 149:521–523, 1993. Becque, M. Lochamann, J., Melrose D. (2000). Effects of oral creatine supplementation on Muscular strength and body composition. Med Sci Sports Exerc: 32(3):654-658. Bemben M, Bemben D, Ooftiss D. Knehans A. (2001). Creatine supplementation during esistance training in college football athletes. Med Sci Sports Exerc: 33 (I0): 1667-1673. Brian Mackenzie. (2005). 101 Performance Evaluation Tests, by Electric Word plc 67-71 Goswell RoadLondon EC1V 7EP Burke D, Silver S, Holt L, Smith Palmer T, Culligan C, Chilibeck P. (2000). The effect of continuous low dose creatine supplementation on force, power, and total work. Int J Sports Med Exerc Metab: 10(3):235-244. Burke, L.M., Pyne, D.B. and Telford, R.D. (1996) Effect of oral creatine supplementation on single-effort sprint performance in elite swimmers. International Journal of Sport Nutrition 6, 222-233. Casey, A., Constantin-Teodosiu, D., Howell, S., Hultman, E. and Greenhaff, P.L. (1996). Creatine ingestion favorably affects performance in muscle metabolism during maximal exercise in humans. American Journal of Physiology 271, E31-E37. Catherine G. Ratzin Jackson. (2001). Nutrition and the strength athlete, by CRC Press LLC.

325

FORMATION OF GENERAL PROFESSIONAL COMPETENCES OF SPORTS AND ENTERTAINMENT DIRECTORS WITH SHOW TECHNOLOGIES Turaev A.V. student Kosmina I.P. PhD, Assistant Professor Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

Introduction. The use of show technologies in the teaching of the Bachelor of Arts is mandatory and necessary for the formation of the general professional competences of the director, such as: mastering the practical skills of directing and performing the actor's skill; mastering the ways of applying various means of artistic expressiveness in the creation of various theatrical or festive forms. This specific type of technology in the process of mastering special disciplines such as "Scenario Skills", "Scenography", "The Basics of Directing Theatrical and Sports Events" contribute to a deeper immersion in the aspects (nuances) of the chosen profession, as well as the emergence of creative innovations. Creative innovations are the main distinguishing feature of the manifestation of the professional skill of the director, which characterizes his style. Research’s methods: Analysis of informational resources, documents, observations and comparative analysis.

Results: Show-technology is an interesting, spectacular action, which has the following features: the division of participants into the performers - "scene" and the audience - "hall"; competition on the stage; prepared script of the show program.

326

The implementation of show technology in the educational process of the university is carried out according to the scheme: preparing a show program, holding a show and summarizing results. The main tasks to be solved when teaching students using show technologies are: developing or searching for a show script; Distribution of responsibility for direction, distribution of roles, use of technical means (audio and video equipment, lighting), etc .; Preparation of the "hall", "stage", the host, the procedure of evaluation, design. The sports and entertainment show includes three parts: the launch, the main part, the final. The main mechanisms for the implementation of the sports and entertainment show are: "emotional charging" (transfer of emotions from person to person), competition and improvisation. The launch - the beginning of the show, which gives a certain emotional mood to the participants and spectators, allocates the values, which are incorporated in the show program. The host of the show has the main role in carrying out the program. In the main part of the show program the following features are introduced: alternating contests, musical numbers, which are subsequently evaluated by the jury, whereas simultaneously stage action takes place with support of the interest of the audience and includes people throughout the stage action. At the last final evaluation occurs, but before that it is necessary "to soften the competition between the participants". It can be like a joint appearance on the stage, and handshakes, the exchange of memorable gifts, consolation prizes, thankful words to each other, flash mob, etc. The jury or all spectators can evaluate the show. They can do it through voting, applause or by any other means. In the implementation of each part of the sports and entertainment program there can be one’s innovations, developed by any student alongside with the teacher, which allow to create and use new forms, methods and means of teacher’s knowledge through interaction with the student. 327

Conclusion. The main feature of the formation of general professional competencies of students of the physical culture university studying in the department of "Directing theatrical performances and festivals" is that new means are included in the process of teaching with the help of show technologies. These means are the physical exercises. Inclusion in sports and entertainment programs of performances by athletes from various sports allows to increase the entertainment of the show and enhances the emotional perception. Sources: The following sources were used in the report’s preparation: www.sportedu.ru http://nsportal.ru/primenenie-shou-tehnologiy-v-obrazovatelnom-i

328

FITNESS AND PHYSICAL EXERCISE AGAINST SOCIAL NETWORK ADDICTION: THE SCALE OF THE CATASTROPHE AND CONTEMPORARY METHODS FOR IMPROVEMENT Marina Udalova , Associate Professor, PhD, Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE) Tatiana A.Baier, PhD, MUSC Wellness Centre, Charleston, South Carolina, USA

Key words: social networking sites, mass addiction, fitness and physical exercise.

Introduction. Over the past decade, society has witnessed massive changes in the way media and technology intersect with how we work and live. Devices are more mobile, functional, and seemingly indispensable. A 2015 review of 18 research studies found that Internet addiction might affect between zero and 26% of adolescents and college students in the United States, according to Common Sense Media. Researchers at Chicago University concluded that social media addiction can be stronger than addiction to cigarettes and alcohol following an experiment in which they recorded the cravings of several hundred people for several weeks. Media cravings ranked ahead of cravings for cigarettes and alcohol23. Symptoms for Internet addiction can be similar to addiction to anything else, and fall into two types of behaviors: an ever increasing need to engage with the object of the addiction, and a bad feeling when not getting enough of it.

Objective. 23

https://www.lifewire.com/what-is-social-networking-addiction-2655246

329

To determine how social network addiction influences people’s lives; define methods which can be used to prevent the lack of fitness and physical activity because of social network addiction. Methods. Methods of literature survey (over 37 sources), method of direct observation and of mathematical statistics were used in the research. Discussion. Social Networking Sites (SNSs) are virtual communities where users can create individual public profiles, interact with real-life friends, and meet other people based on shared interests. They are seen as a ‘global consumer phenomenon’ with an exponential rise in usage within the last few years. Anecdotal case study evidence suggests that ‘addiction’ to social networks on the Internet may be a potential mental health problem for some users. Roiworld’s Teens & Social Networks Study conducted in the United States in June 2010 surveyed 600 13- to 17-year-old boys and girls in the country. The results of the research show that teenagers spend 2 hours and 20 minutes online a day with 80 percent of their time online spent on a social networking site. Data from PEW Research Center shows that 65 percent of all adults in the U.S. now use social networking sites, such as Facebook and Twitter, up nearly 10-fold in the past decade. The mass appeal of social networks on the Internet could potentially be a cause for concern, particularly when attending to the gradually increasing amounts of time people spend online. An interesting and life changing fact is that the more time people spend online – the more opportunity there is for them to get involved with the exercise apps and networks. This can help people get motivated and give a start for improving their exercise habits. Even the international craze for Pokemon Go Hunting app added to physical fitness of thousands of people in Royal parks of Brussels, London, and numerous parks and open areas around the world as parks were the preference of pokemons and people of all ages ran around hunting them. The advent of so many technological advances in the past two decades have forever changed the way we work, love, play, and communicate. Unfortunately, this may be causing our bodies and minds to short circuit. Currently more than 43 percent of Americans don't get enough daily exercise. According to the data of the All-Russian Public Opinion Research Center situation is improving in Russia with 61% of population doing some kind of physical activity in 2015 as compared to 330

52 % in 2014. Still almost one third of us are obese. The idea of using social networking to motivate people to exercise more is a timely and much needed intervention. In a new study researchers at the University of Pennsylvania have found a way to make Social Networking Sites more effective for improving people's exercise habits. It is suggested that the tremendous promotional abilities of social networking should be used for promoting fitness and physical activities. Social networking Organizations should be using social tools to help people lose weight, stop smoking, and live healthier lives. Results. How can Social Networking Sites help people to get more active and exercise more? It gives people an opportunity to record body statistics, post before and after pictures, and casually solicit for comments. This is helpful because people’s efforts get validated with the feedback they receive. Having a social network centered on health, fitness, and exercise can help people stay focused. Social Networking Sites create a great impact in putting people together in the web world, which than brings people together in real life. When surrounding yourself with people who share the same goals, people can be motivating to each other especially when discussions about fitness and diet are taking place. Students of the Advertising and Public relations in Sports Department studying at Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism should master the techniques of using social networks not only for advertising sports events but also for making their target audience do sports and share their pictures and results in social networks. Conclusion. Using Social Networking Sites responsibly helps improve communication and information sharing across the world. It has become an important way by which people share essential health information that impacts young people and adults every day. Social media networking has had an amazingly positive impact on the distribution of information and acquiring help and support for those who suffer from obesity and don’t have enough motivation to exercise daily.

331

Literature. 1. Griffiths M. Internet addiction—Time to be taken seriously? Addict Res. 2000;8:413– 418. 2. Young K. Facebook Addiction Disorder? The Center for Online Addiction; Bradford, PA, USA: 2009. [accessed on 29 November 2010]. Available online: http://www.netaddiction.com/index.php?option=com_blog&view=comments&pid=5&Ite mid=0. 3. Li L. Exploration of adolescents’ Internet addiction. [accessed on 16 Feburary 2011];Psychol Dev Educ. 2010 26 Available online: http://en.cnki.com.cn/Article_en/CJFDTOTAL-XLFZ201005019.htm. 4. Subrahmanyam K, Reich SM, Waechter N, Espinoza G. Online and offline social networks: Use of social networking sites by emerging adults. J Appl Dev Psychol. 2008;29:420–433. 5. Müller KW, Dickenhorst U, Medenwaldt J, Wölfling K, Koch A. Internet addiction as comorbid disorder in patients with a substance-related disorder: Results from a survey in different inpatient clinics. Eur Psychiat. 2011;26:1912.

332

MORPHOLOGICAL AND FUNCTIONAL FEATURES OF ELITE MALE BOXERS AND KICKBOXERS IN COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE Ekaterina Valyakina master student Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

Key words: morphological and functional features, boxing and kickboxing, anthropometric measuments. Topicality: Morphological and functional features of boxers and kickboxers are great significance for achievement of high results in competitive activity in these sports. The study of these features enables the experts to select athletes and to improve their performance which is very relevant for modern sports science since these features haven’t been studied yet. Objective is to study the morphological and functional features of boxers and kickboxers. The following methods have been used in the research: literature analysis; anthropometric measuments of qualitied boxers and kickboxers by metal rod anthropometr system Martin, large and small stout compasses, sliding the caliper, mm (plain or rubberized) tapes with a length of 1.5-2 m, electronic scales with an accuracy of 50 g, caliper and dynamometer; methods of mathematical statistics and bioimpedans. Discussion: In the study participated (25 boxers and 25 kickboxers) elite athletes. Study results: 1) In terms of total body size, kickboxers surpass MSU students with the exception of body length and body weight; 2) The body dimensions girth of kickboxers exceed MSU students by almost all signs except for the girth; 3) The body diameter of kickboxers is less, thsn MSU students; 4) The thickness of the skin fatty folds is higher for MSU students compared to kickboxers. 333

Practical recommendations: 1) At the sports selection of kickboxers it is necessary primarily to take into account the degree of development of all longitudinal dimensions of the body length, the length of the limbs and their segments; 2) A lower percentage of fat mass and a higher percentage of muscle mass should be considered as the next important factor of selection for achieving higher sports results; 3) It is important to pay attention to the degree of development of bone diameters, since these indicators with a high statistical reliability differ from the experimental group. Bibliography: 4. Baquet G., Twisk J.W.R., Kemper H.C.G., Van Praagh E., Berthoin S. Longitudinal follow-up of fitness during childhood: interaction with physical activity // American journal of human biology. – 2006. – no. 18. - p. 51-58. 5. Heyward V.H., Wagner D.R. Applied body composition assessment. (2nd ed.) Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, 2004. 280 p. 6. Matton L., Duvigneaud N., Wijndaele K., Philippaerts R., Duquet W., Beunen G., Claessens A.L., Thomis M., Lefevre J. Secular trends in anthropometric characteristics, physical fitness, physical activity, and biological maturation in Flemish adolescents between 1969 and 2005 // American journal of human biology. – 2007. – no. 19. - p. 345-357.

334

 

RESEARCH ON COMPETITION ABILITY OF CHINESE UNIVERSITY MEN'S BASKETBALL TEAM BASED ON ANALYSIS OF RSR Yu Wenqian, Sc.D., Professor Zhu Yan, Post-Graduate student Institute of Higher Education， Dalian University of Technology, Dalian, China

Abstract: In recent years, countries all over the world pay more and more attention to the university students' basketball competition as a way of cultivating basketball reserve talents. Chinese university men's basketball team is an important part of China's men's basketball talents reserve. Improving Chinese college students' competitiveness in the world university basketball competition is the key of the runoff in the world series in the future. This article basing on the 28th session of the World University Games men's basketball statistics index RSR analysis, makes attempt to explore Chinese university men's basketball team performance, it’s advantages as well as the gap in the offensive and defensive ability, which is important for the enhance of China men's basketball team competition ability. Key words: China; university students; men's basketball; statistical indicators ; RSR; analysis 1. The research object and methods The research object is Chinese college students men's basketball competitive ability. The research is based on the 28th world university games men's basketball

335

team 96 games statistic data and previous research results[1-4]. Selection of offensive capability index: shooting score, 2-pointers, number of shooting, 3pointers, offensive rebounds, free throws, turnovers, assists, violated times. Defensive ability indicators: points, defensive rebounds, steals, blocks, fouls. Basing on these 16 indexes rank and ratio analysis, we got the present team offensive and defensive ability RSR values, using SPSS21.0 software to various teams RSR values deviation analysis data. Each team ability grade level is evaluated from A - E (high to low). Besides we analyzed 7 games of Chinese team in order to investigate the specific difference in offensive and defensive strategies of Chinese and other countries teams, the results with P values (< 0.05/0.01). 2. Results and analysis 2.1 World University Games men's basketball teams comprehensive ability RSR analysis Basketball game comprehensive ability includes teams’ offensive and defensive ability [5], it is an important indicator of the overall team performance. Based on the comprehensive ability of each participating team offensive and defensive game RSR value analysis we found out that the United States, Germany, Russia teams comprehensive ability RSR values respectively is 1.0000, 0.9348, 0.8913, their offensive and defensive ability belongs to grade A level, the top three in the world, and the results of the competition (gold, silver, copper) prove this. Brazil and France also belong to the A level teams, their offensive and defensive game ability (RSR value of 0.8260, 0.8478) is slightly lower than the other teams of the same level, although they gained no medals, but also had the defensive power of the world's top teams, basic ideal performance. Lithuania, Australia, Canada, Estonia teams comprehensive ability RSR values is between 0.6630 ~ 0.7391, they belong to the class B level, reflecting the strong ability of attack and defense. Serbia, South Korea, Sweden, Montenegro, Finland's comprehensive ability of RSR values is between 0.4022 ~ 0.5870, belonging to the C level. 336

Chinese team's offensive and defensive RSR value is 0.3261, comprehensive list ranking is the 15th, belonging to D level teams, offensive and defensive level of comprehensive ability in the same with Turkey, Mongolia, Switzerland, Mexico, Chile, but due to the attack ability is insufficient, in qualifying with weak points difference (1 points, 10 points), defeated against Sweden and Turkey. Offensive and defensive game comprehensive ability is the key to determine the results of the competition, compared China's offensive (RSR, 03202, 20) and defensive (RSR, 0.5043, 13) index, the attack is very weak compared to the defense, this imbalance is the important factor that affect the Chinese team competition ability, therefore, promotion the balanced development of the team offensive and defensive ability is an important problem for the Chinese team to solve. Japan, Chinese Taipei, Mozambique RSR values, respectively are 0.1739, 0.1304, 0.0870, these teams belong to the E-class level, as a result of offensive and defensive ability is too low, ranking the last three ( see table 1). Table 1. The 28th World University Games men's basketball teams comprehensive ability analysis Offensive capability Number

Comprehensive ability

Defensive capability

Team RSR

Number Level

Rank

RSR

Number Level

Rank

RSR

Level Rank

1

USA

0.8063

1

A

23

0.7826

1

B

23

1.0000 A

1

2

GER

0.7628

2

B

22

0.7391

3

B

21

0.9348 A

2

3

RUS

0.7620

3

B

21

0.6870

4

B

20

0.8913 A

3

4

BRA

0.7194

5

B

19

0.6174

5

B

19

0.8260 A

5

5

FRA

0.6482

7

B

17

0.7652

2

B

22

0.8478 A

4

6

LTU

0.7273

4

B

20

0.5652

10

C

14

0.7391 B

6

7

CAN

0.6877

6

B

18

0.5913

8

C

15.5

0.7282 B

7

8

EST

0.6166

8

B

16

0.6087

7

B

17

0.7173 B

8

9

SRB

0.6008

10

B

14

0.5391

11

C

13

0.5870 C

10

10

AUS

0.6126

9

B

15

0.5913

8

C

15.5

0.6630 B

9

11

KOR

0.5494

13

C

11

0.5217

12

C

12

0.5000 C

12

337

12

SWE

0.4387

16

C

8

0.6173

6

B

18

0.5652 C

11

13

MNE

0.4545

15

C

9

0.4870

14

C

10

0.4130 C

13

14

FIN

0.5810

11

C

12.5

0.4522

18

C

6

0.4022 C

14

15

TUR

0.5455

14

C

10

0.3652

20

D

4

0.3043 D

17

16

CHN

0.3202

20

D

4

0.5043

13

C

11

0.3261 D

15

17

MGL

0.5810

11

C

12.5

0.1963

23

D

1

0.2935 D

19

18

SUI

0.3518

17

D

7

0.4609

17

C

7

0.3040 D

18

19

MEX

0.3478

18

D

6

0.4696

15

C

8.5

0.3152 D

16

20

CHI

0.2332

21

D

3

0.4696

15

C

8.5

0.2500 D

20

21

JPN

0.3360

19

D

5

0.3217

21

D

3

0.1739 E

21

22

TPE

0.1542

23

E

1

0.4261

19

C

5

0.1304 E

22

23

MOZ

0.1621

22

E

2

0.2261

22

D

2

0.0870 E

23

2.2 World University Games men's basketball Chinese team’s performance compared with rival ability analysis 2.2.1 World University Games men's basketball Chinese team offensive capability index analysis Offensive ability generally refers to the break through the opponent line's ability to create scoring, using personal attack technology combined with the whole team tactics [6]. Through the analysis we found out that Chinese university men's basketball team shooting, free throws, the box score, the secondary attack and other data have significant difference with the opponents (P < 0.05). Shots in total and rebounds of rivals are highly significant differences (P < 0.01), only free throws percentage is higher than rivals, in the other nine indicators Chinese team is obviously lag behind the opponents, especially in the case of shooting number and rebounds, offensive capability is low(see table 2).

Table 2. The 28th World University Games men's basketball team offensive capability analysis schedule

338

CHN/GER

CHN/EST

CHN/KOR

CHN/MOZ

CHN/SWE

CHN/FIN

CHN/TUR

PTS

64/91

64/71

62/76

74/56

53/69

53/89

78/83

M

23/37

20/33

26/33

30/24

21/24

18/37

29/31

A

54/77

44/88

65/75

68/72

56/68

70/69

64/75

%

43/48

45/38

40/44

44/33

38/35

26/54

45/41

M

18/30

12/29

19/25

26/23

20/19

13/26

23/23

A

37/53

27/66

44/45

49/58

44/42

42/44

36/44

%

49/57

44/44

43/56

53/40

45/45

31/59

64/52

M

5/7

8/4

7/8

4/1

1/5

5/11

6/8

A

24/17

17/22

21/30

19/14

12/26

28/25

28/31

%

29/29

47/18

33/27

21/7

8/19

18/44

21/26

M

13/10

16/1

3/2

10/7

10/16

12/4

14/13

A

17/17

26/2

4/4

22/15

16/20

19/10

20/18

%

76/59

62/50

75/50

45/47

63/80

63/40

70/72

Rebounds

OR

5/22

4/29

11/16

11/13

5/20

12/16

8/21

Total rebounds

TOT

26/49

30/53

34/43

48/45

29/50

31/58

35/54

Assists

AS

13/15

6/15

9/16

19/7

7/15

3/18

4/9

Turnovers

TO

18/13

24/17

22/16

19/21

12/13

12/17

12/15

Fouls drawn

FD

16/17

23/10

10/5

18/15

18/17

17/14

17/15

Points from turnovers

PT

7/17

10/32

15/17

14/14

7/14

12/13

23/12

Points in the paint

PP

34/56

18/54

36/44

40/10

34/36

20/50

34/44

Second chance points

SCP

6/30

3/31

15/13

8/8

2/15

8/11

7/31

4/6

0/16

8/10

4/12

4/16

2/6

12/12

MD

F

t

Sig

CHN-AGN

Points

Shots number

total

2-pointers

3-pointers

Free throws

Fast break points

FBP

CHN-AGN

Points

Shots total number

CHN

AGN

China( X +±)

Rival( X +±)

PT S

64.0

±

9.50

76.4

±

12.35

-12.429

.675

-2.110

*.050

M

23.9

±

4.60

31.3

±

5.44

-7.429

.093

-2.760

*.017

A

60.1

±

9.25

74.9

±

6.67

-14.714

1.670

-3.415

**.005

%

40.1

±

6.77

41.9

±

7.43

-1.714

.258

-.451

.660

M

18.7

±

5.02

25.0

±

3.79

-6.286

.415

-2.644

*.021

339

2-pointers

3-pointers

A

39.9

±

7.20

50.3

±

9.03

-10.429

.776

-2.389

*.034

%

47.0

±

10.12

50.4

±

7.41

-3.429

.083

-.723

.483

M

5.1

±

2.27

6.3

±

3.25

-1.143

1.167

-.763

.460

A

21.3

±

5.88

23.6

±

6.35

-2.286

.070

-.699

.498

%

25.3

±

12.47

24.3

±

11.46

1.000

.102

.156

.878

M

11.1

±

4.18

7.6

±

5.68

3.571

1.386

1.339

.205

A

17.7

±

6.90

12.3

±

7.09

5.429

.402

1.452

.172

Free throws

%

64.9

±

10.51

56.9

±

14.40

8.000

1.169

1.187

*.025

Rebounds

OR

8.0

±

3.37

19.6

±

5.26

-11.571

.685

-4.905

**.000

Total rebounds

TO T

33.3

±

7.16

33.3

±

7.16

0.000

0.000

0.000

1.000

Assists

AS

8.7

±

5.62

13.6

±

3.99

-4.857

.537

-1.864

.087

Turnovers

TO

17.0

±

5.07

16.0

±

2.77

1.000

5.053

.458

.655

Fouls drawn

FD

17.0

±

3.83

13.3

±

4.35

3.714

.495

1.696

.116

Points from turnovers

12.6

±

5.56

17.0

±

6.88

-4.429

.008

-1.324

.210

PT

Points in the paint

PP

30.9

±

8.40

42.0

±

15.66

-11.143

.935

-1.659

*.012

Second chance points

SC P

7.0

±

4.24

19.9

±

10.34

-12.857

18.996

-3.045

*.010

FB P

4.9

±

3.98

11.1

±

4.14

-6.286

.072

-2.897

*.010

Fast break points

Note: “*”In the .05 level have significant difference; “**”In. 01 level have highly significant difference; "M" means hitting times; "A" means shots; "%" means the shooting percentage.

2.2.2 World university men's basketball match Chinese team defensive ability index analysis. Basketball defensive ability is the ability to quickly use personal defense technology combined with a team's overall defensive tactics[6].Through the analysis we found out that Chinese university men's basketball team performance at blocks, steals, defensive rebound etc.is slightly behind other teams, but at control of foul etc.is much better than the other teams (see table 3). 340

Table 3.The 28th World University Games Chinese menbasketball defence capacity analysis list CHN-AGN

PTSA

BS

PF

ST

DR

CHN/GER

91/64

2/3

17/16

11/19

21/17

CHN/EST

71/64

7/5

11/23

7/15

26/24

CHN/KOR

76/62

1/7

5/10

13/19

23/27

CHN/MOZ

56/74

2/1

16/19

20/18

37/32

CHN/SWE

69/53

1/5

20/18

7/10

24/30

CHN/FIN

89/53

3/2

14/17

16/12

19/42

CHN/TUR

83/78

1/5

15/17

10/6

27/33

CHN

76.4±12.35

2.4±2.14

14.0±4.83

12.0±4.76

23.3±11.08

AGN

64.0±9.50

4.0±2.08

17.1±3.89

14.1±5.01

29.2±7.82

MD

12.429

-1.571

-3.143

-2.143

-6.000

F

.675

.140

.378

.098

.503

t

2.110

-1.390

-1.341

-.820

-1.170

Sig

*.048

.190

.205

.428

.265

Note: “*”In the .05 level have significant difference; “**” In the .01 level have highly significant difference.

Conclusion. The offensive ability RSR value of Chinese University Men's Basketball Team is 0.3020, which belongs to the class D level, ranking 20th in the basketball game offensive ranking list; the defensive ability RSR value of Chinese University Men's Basketball Team is 0.5043, which belongs to the class C level, ranking 13th in the basketball game defensive ranking list. The comprehensive ability RSR value of Chinese University Men's Basketball Team is 0.3261, which belongs to the class D level, ranking 15th in the basketball game ranking list of comprehensive ability. Chinese team belongs to the typical imbalance type team, 341

low offensive capability is one of the important factors leading to the defeat,which is mostly reflected in significant differences in shooting percentage and offensive rebounds between the Chinese team and its opponents(P<0.001). It is advised that the Chinese team create a balance in offense and defense, improving the former especially in shooting and rebounding, and latter by limiting the opponent's scoring References [1]Tian

Fengdiao.

Zhi

hebi

fa

ji

qi

ying

yong

1

[M]．Dì

ban，Beijing：Zhongguo tongji chubanshe，2002.12. [2]Zhu Yan, Zhou Dianxue. 2014-2015 saiji zhongguo nanzi lanqiu zhiye liansaiji housai ge can sai qiudui gong, fang nengli bijiao yanjiu [J]. Zhongguo tiyu keji, 2016(1):105-112. [3][4][5] Dan Shuguang. Dui lanqiu bisai jishu tongji guifan he fenxi pingjia de yanjiu [D]. Beijing tiyu daxue, 2007:17-24. [6] Liu Yongfeng. Dì 26 jie yazhou nanzi lanqiu jinbiaosai zhongguo dui yu duishou gongfang shixiao de duibi yanjiu [J]. Zhongguo tiyu keji, 2012(1):54-61. [7]. Xia Chongde, Chen Po, Yin Ying. Di 15 jie shijie nanzi lanqiu jinbiaosai zhongguo dui jishu tongji jieguo fenxi [J]. Zhongguo tiyu keji , 2007(1):52-55. [8] Jia Zhiqiang, Wang Jianjun, Chen Tao. Dì 25 jie yazhou lanqiu jinbiaosai zhongguo nan lan yu duishou gong fang nenli chayi yanjiu [J]. Beijing tiyu daxue xuebao, 2010(2):102-105. [9] Mao Jie, Dan Shuguang. Lanqiu jishu tongji ruanjian de yanzhi [J]. Wuhan tiyu xueyuan xuebao, 2012(2):70-73. [10] Jin Jiasheng. San zhong chang yong tiyu zonghe pingjia fangfa de bijiao yanjiu ——duì 2003-2004 NBA xianyi youxiu zhong feng jingji shuiping de paiming [J]. Beijing tiyu daxue xuebao, 2005, (2):213-216. 342

[11] Guo Di, Hu Qiongli. Youxiu lanqiu yundongyuan bisai nenglì de zonghe pingjia yanjiu [J]. Tiyu kexue, 2000(6):25-28. [12] García J., Ib ñez S.J., Gómez M.A., et al. Basketball Game-related statistics discriminating ACB league teams according to game location, game outcome and final score differences[J].International Journal of Performance Analysis in Sport,2014, 14(2):443-452. [13]Wu L. Research of basketball offensive technical ability based on AHP analysis[J].Information Technology Journal,2013,12(14):2836-2840. [14] Wang P., Chen B., Su G.D., et al. Realization of electronic scoring device on ball games[Z],2013:2460-2463. [15] Malarranha J., Figueira B., Leite N., et al. Dynamic modeling of performance in basketball[J].International Journal of Performance Analysis in Sport,2013,13(2): 377-386.

343

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF TOURISM DEVELOPMENT IN THE ALTAI KRAI. Yanturin A.A, second year student, Faculty of Informatics and Management Systems Specialty information technologies Moscow Polytechnic University. Zhukova G. S. doctor of physico-mathematical Sciences, Professor, Financial University under the Government of the Russian Federation", Financial University

Annotation.The article presents a statistical analysis of the cultural values of the Altai Territory. The growth of tourist traffic in the region was 14 percent compared to the same period in 2016. It is concluded that due to the active development of tourism in the Altai Mountains, about 15 related sectors of the economy are developing, which contributes to an increase in the gross regional level. Keywords. Tourism, economy, statistical analysis, Altai Territory, resort resources of the region. Introduction. The Altai Territory is one of the most beautiful and amazing places in the Russian Federation, located in the southeast between 50 and 55 degrees north latitude and 77 and 87 degrees east longitude. The length of the territory is 610 km, from the north to the south - about 390 km. The population of the region reached 2366492 people. (2017). The population density is 15 people / km2 (2017). The urban population is 57.06% (2017 figure 1).

344

Figure 1. The population of the Altai Territory. Tourism in the Altai Territory - one of the components of the economic system of the province. The share of tourism from total income of the Altai Territory increased by 8.9% (2016). Compared with the average Russian indicators, the pace of the development of the tourism industry is ahead of many well-known resort cities of Russia (on average in Russia, the indicator of development of the tourist area is 6.7%). One of the main resort resources of the Altai Territory is the climate: a lot of sun, fresh air, as well as a high degree of ionization of air, mineral lakes. The most popular of the sanatorium-resort complexes is the resort of Belokurikha, consisting of 17 health and preventive sanatoriums. The second most popular among holidaymakers is the Yarovoe - city, which gained fame due to therapeutic mud. The number of tourists who visited the Altai Territory in 2016 is shown in Figure 2.

345

Figure 2. The number of tourists who visited the Altai Territory. By the end of 2016, the Altai Territory was visited by more than 1,750,000 tourists, which in percentage terms in the region is 9 percent (2015-7.2 percent). The greatest increase occurred in the city of Belokurikha, according to observations the highest degree of congestion was at the ski resorts of Charyshsky and Solononshensky. At the end of 2016 it was found that the guests are actively studying the western part (Romanovsky and Zavyalovsky districts). Conclusion. Altai this year was visited by about 1.9 million people. For several years the region has been breaking all records on the number of tourists per resident of the region in Russia. Bibliography 1. Aslanov R. M., A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A. Design of interactive educational resources based on technologies WolframCDF // Teacher XXI century. 2016. Vol. 1. No. 1. S. 96-103. 2. Aslanov R. M., Belyaeva, E. V., Mukhanov, S. A., Trainer on differential equations on the basis of WolframCDFPlayer// Siberian pedagogical journal. 2015. No. 4. Pp. 26-30. 3. V. V. Britvina, Zhukova G. S., Mukhanov, S. A. analysis of the implementation activities of the hotel enterprise by methods of mathematical 346

statistics on the example of hotel "maxima hotels" // Scientific review. 2016. No. 20. P. 115118. 4. V. V. Britvina Higher mathematics. Differential equations / V. V. Britvina, G. P. Konyukhov, A. A. Mukhanov, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. P. 88. 5. Zhukova G. S. Higher mathematics. Mathematical statistics / S. G. Zhukov, V. V. Britvina, Mukhanov S. A.// international journal of experimental education. 2016. No. 12-1. Pp. 88-89. 6. Philips P. C. B. Understanding spurious regressions in econometrics //Econometrica, 1986, pp.311-340.

347

ON THE QUESTION OF THE PROMOTION OF CHILDREN’S AND YOUTH HOCKEY IN THE REPUBLIC OF TATARSTAN Zhernenkov I.O., Bokov K.V., students of 314 gr., Scientific supervisors - candidate of political sciences, associate professor Shabalina Y.V. Department of Social, Economic and Humanitarian Disciplines, Сandidate of pedagogic sciences, senior lecturer Garipova A.N. Department of Foreign Languages and Linguistics, Volga Region State Academy of Physical Culture, Sports and Tourism Introduction. Socialization is a permanent process where the main parameter is the adolescent age. The aspects of the "healthy lifestyle" are one of the most important in shaping the strategic planning for the development of childhood and youth of the Russian Federation. Today, the main tasks of this promotion are to show a qualitatively new level of being in modern Russia, its fixation by the media and the means of promoting the "physiological working capacity" of modern Russia, as well as its position in the world, through involving the population in a healthy lifestyle [1]. PR-promotion, these are methods of forming public opinion. Hockey is the most visible and understandable, as well as popular in terms of participation and viewership. In the Republic of Tatarstan, "a competent policy of the ruling elite" was used to create the hockey club "Ak Bars", which, along with the football club "Rubin" is the face of the Republic of Tatarstan. The process of institutionalizing hockey was expressed in the construction of ice sports venues "Tatneft Arena" and "Zilant". The purpose of the work. Identify features of public awareness of a healthy lifestyle through children’s and youth hockey. Organization and methods of research. The central method of research, along with theoretical methods (analysis and synthesis), was applied sociological research - through the method of "included observation" and "in-depth interview" 348

with the parents of children aged 8-12 (sample n-30). This sociological study of children's and youth hockey was held in the universal sports complex "Zilant" from March 13 to 17, 2017, Republic of Tatarstan (address: RT, Kazan, Mavlutova st., 19). The methods of "included observation" and "in-depth interviews" allow qualitatively to define the aspects of promotion of children's and youth hockey. Results of the study and their discussion. In our work, we will consider some aspects of promoting healthy lifestyles through hockey (through the method of "included observation" and "in-depth interview"). The sports complex "Zilant" was opened in October 2009, becoming one of the first sports facilities of the Universiade put into operation. The total area of the sports complex is 6196 sq.m. The complex includes: a covered ice arena with a capacity of 1 thousand spectators. There are main training sessions for children and youth hockey in Republic of Tatarstan. Finally we approach the following results: 1. "Positive" mass consciousness to a qualitatively new level of life - a healthy lifestyle, fixation on one idea, and the creation of a "positive future" for large social groups. And here promotion and development of social advertising of a healthy way of life could play a big role. So in RT hockey is promoted as a mass culture for children, and, consequently, on this basis, future hockey players will be trained here. 2. "Reformation" - improving the health of the lives of Russians. "A healthy nation is the key to successful development of the state" - this slogan became the norm for all of us. In the basis of the Strategy for the Development of Physical Culture and Sports for the period until 2020, the transition of the sphere of physical culture and sports in the Russian Federation to an innovative model of development was laid, which has now been established in the Russian Federation. Hockey is positioned as a promising sport for preschoolers and schoolchildren, and mass skating for the general population as a form of recreation. Sport as one of the types of mass culture is assignment by Y.V. Shabalina, she notes its recreational function for the social masses [2]. 349

3. The concentration of the image of the "positive future" in hockey is visually fixed in the national idea "WE ARE RUSSIANS" (film "Legend No. 17). It captures the image of a hockey player (D. Kozlovsky), who had to go through the "copper pipes" to become a famous player. After this film, thousands of boys were transfixed by hockey, and, consequently, contributing "reference" groups parents. So the mass media in the movies form an illusory-compensatory function, and are a method of PR promotion. Many boys in our republic took up hockey as a result. 4. "Structurization": a healthy way of life - is one of the means of shaping the world outlook of the masses, social groups (in our case, in children's and youth hockey). Today, when the main task of the state is to increase the wellbeing of the population and ensure social stability, it is more important than ever to rally people together with a single "national idea" in order to distract from the "policy of unreasonable sanctions" unleashed by the US as a response to the Crimea's admission to Russia. Arriving in the sports section of the children's and youth sports school, the young hockey player gets into a new social structure: coaches, judges, a sports team - specific people responsible for sports training and education, and training in cultural norms and patterns of behavior. This ensures the effective development of a new structure of social life in which a young hockey player is raised. So, healthy lifestyle is part of the information space. 5. "Socialization" - socialization in sport is the formation of the world view and behavior of a healthy way of life, a special role is played by socialization in adolescent age. Promotion of children's and youth hockey plays an important role in shaping the personality of adolescents and young people not only in big cities of the Republic of Tatarstan, but also in rural areas. Thus, there are ice arenas in the Republic of Tatarstan in practically all the large "rural" regions of the republic. The main goal of the current policy of the Republic of Tatarstan in the field of sports is the approach to the population of sports facilities. In the "primary" socialization of the athlete, along with the family and the school, the social institute of physical culture and sports is involved. For a young athlete, the 350

coach also plays one of the leading roles, among the agents of primary socialization. The coach in this case strengthens the parents' positions in the formation of basic values, and also regulates the "transitional" age, orienting the behavior of the young athlete on the sporting lifestyle, and achieving high results. 6. "Mass" - in this framework SC "Zilant" every Saturday and Sunday free skating for the population is conducted. As noted, the researcher and practitioner of political promotion, a member of the Interuniversity Coordination Council of the Republic of Tatarstan for Humanitarian and Socio-Economic Sciences Y.V. Shabalina, "mass culture is a peculiar phenomenon of social differentiation ... in a modern society designed for mass consumption of this culture, while mass production of culture is perceived by analogy with the flow-conveyor industry [2]. One of the important tasks is the creation of conditions that orient citizens to a healthy lifestyle, it is impossible without the development of a sports infrastructure. Mass sport enables millions of people to improve their physical qualities and motor abilities, to strengthen their health and prolong their creative longevity, and therefore to resist undesirable effects on the organism of modern production and the conditions of daily life. 7. "Physical Development" - Due to the fact that the game takes place on ice, skating perfectly develops a sense of balance and control over the whole body. In pursuit of the puck, a person has to constantly change direction and speed of movement. In addition, hockey helps to train endurance, because the pace of the game is very high. Teaches hockey and attention - all players need to constantly monitor the movement of the washer, which has small dimensions and its speed is quite high. Physical development, since the 30-ies. The twentieth century is one of the indicators of the standard of living and health of the population. The processes of physical and sexual development are interrelated and reflect the general patterns of growth and development, but at the same time depend significantly on social, economic, sanitary and other conditions, the influence of which is largely determined with the age of the person. 351

8. "Prevention of diseases" - the core of a healthy lifestyle for adolescents motor activity, and around it, all the other components that ensure the preservation and promotion of health should be organized: the right regime, harmonious nutrition, hardening, and most importantly hockey. Hockey is a unique sport for young people. This is a set of regular classes on sports simulators, 30-minute vivacity, performed a "dry hall" - is not only a charge of energy. But also employment on "ice" means as prevention of catarrhal diseases. Conclusions. So, the promotion of children's and youth hockey in the Republic of Tatarstan is based on improving the quality of life of youth, the formation of mass character for a qualitative subsequent selective defense. Along with this, the physiological component is based on the "best traditions" of hockey: sports training increases the vital forces, endurance of the body systems. The existing sports facilities in the Republic of Tatarstan form a qualitatively new level of hockey development.

References 1. Shabalina Y.V. Teaching the discipline "History" in the conditions of a sports university (on the example of the "Volga State Academy of Physical Culture and Sports / Shabalina Y.V. // Science and Sport: Modern Trends. 2015. T 6. No. 1. P. 86. 2. Kartseva L.V, Shabalina Y.V. Sociology of Culture: Textbook .- M: for students of higher educational institutions / L.V. Kartseva, Y.V. Shabalina, Moscow, 2007. P.81.

352

TENNIS PLAYER'S REHABILITATION AFTER ARTHROSCOPIC KNEE SURGERY ON MENISCUS Zotova M. master student Komova E. PhD, Associate Professor, Russian State University of Physical Culture, Sport, Youth and Tourism (SCOLIPE)

Tennis is a fast-paced sport which can take place on a number of different surfaces; this may contribute to a range of different injuries. Knee injurie can be common in tennis due to the quick changes of direction and the pressure caused by playing on a hard surface. The most common injuries are tendonitis and damage to the ligaments, cartilage. The knee is supported by the lateral and medial meniscus, which protect the knee and absorb pressure during physical activity. Some actions can cause the meniscus to be stretched beyond their limits, which may contribute to sprains or tears. In general, arthroscopic surgery of the knee is a reliable mean of addressing pain from mechanical symptoms,from a torn meniscus or piece of cartilage. It is, however, less predictable in its ability to relieve pain from osteoarthritis. The degree to which the knee improves after arthroscopic surgery largely depends on the degree to which the knee pain stems from osteoarthritis and the degree to which your pain stems from a mechanical cause. The meniscus is a crescent shaped cartilage that acts as a shock absorber between the femur (thigh bone) and tibia (shin bone). Each knee has two meniscus: medial (inner) and lateral (outer). There is an additional type of cartilage in the knee joint called articular cartilage. This is a smooth, white glistening surface that covers the ends of the bones. The articular cartilage provides lubrication and as a result, there is very little friction when the joint moves. Either by virtue of regular wear and tear 353

on your knee joint, or an acute injury these cartilages can become torn and cause pain. These tears are often accompanied by swelling, and can occasionally be accompanied by sensations of popping, grinding, buckling or having the knee lock in place. Although the puncture wounds are small and the pain in the joint that underwent arthroscopy is minimal, it takes several weeks (6-8, sometimes longer) for the joint to maximally recover. A specific activity and rehabilitation program may be suggested to speed your recovery and protect your future joint function. Tennis players may in some case return to athletic activities within a few weeks. Rehabilitation for tennis player after surgery include: special exercises for the knee and standart exercises for upper body to keep other muscles fit. First 4-5 weeks sportsman is not allowed to run or to have long distance walk. For tennis player it's really important to have strong legs, to run fast with quick changes, jump. So after surgery main goal is to make leg stronger with special exercises. Phase 1. Exercise 1. Lie or sit with knee fully straight. Tighten and hold the front thigh muscle making the knee flat and straight (this should make your knee flatten against the bed or floor). Hold 5 seconds for each contraction. Exercise 2. While sitting in a chair or over the edge of the bed, support the operated leg with the uninvolved leg. Lower the operated leg, with the unoperated leg controlling, allowing the knee to bend. Hold for 5 seconds and slowly relieve the stretch by lifting the foot upward with the uninvolved leg to the straight position. Exercise 3.

354

While sitting or lying on your back, actively slide your heel backward to bend the knee. Hold this bent position for five seconds then slowly relieve the stretch and straighten the knee. While the knee is straight, you may repeat the quadriceps setting exercise. You can assist by using a towel to pull your heel back. Exercise 4. Sit on the chair with bend legs. Unbend the knee slowly than put down slowly. Try not to move your leg to the side. Keep your leg straight. Exercise 5. Lie on your back with straight legs. Than lift your straight leg up for around 20 cm. Keep your muscles tight. Hold for 5-10 seconds and than slowly back to start position. Phase 2. Than slowly start with walking without any crutches. After some weeks sportsman can start with stationary bicycle, ellipsoid, stretching. Exercise 1. You can bear weight and walk on the leg as much as you are able. Try to avoid limping and walk with a heel - toe pattern. Avoid walking for long distances for 4 to 6 weeks after surgery. Exercise 2. Stationary bicycle without resistance. Easy ride for 10-15 minutes. Exercise 3. Walking on ellipsoid slowly for 10 minutes. Exercise 4.

355

Continue to ice the knee to reduce pain and swelling. Ice the knee three times a day for 15 to 20 minutes. Always place a towel or cloth between the skin and the ice to prevent skin injury. Exercise 5. Continue with special exercises and increase repetitions and slowly add 0,5 or 1 kg weights on your legs. Player can start with some tennis not earlier than he can stand on his leg without support. But he is allowed to play only sitting on the chair or fit ball. Phase 3. If during or after these workouts tennis player has no pain than he can start with slow running on soft surface ( grass, sand, etc. ). And continue with special exercises, increasing repetitions, sets and weights. It will take some weeks for the knee to get used to it. In case of any pain sportsman has to finish his workout immidiatly. Tennis player can go from one phase to next phase of his rehabilitaion only if he doesn't feel any pain or uncomfortable feelings. Phase 4. When player is able to run without pain, fear and uncomfortable feelings, he can start with short and easy tennis training on the court. He is allowed to move about 1 meter to any directions but only forward run, no backward and to the side. Leg has to get used to specific movements on the court. For next one week sportsman's coach can't increase time of training session or movement distance. Phase 5. Day by day slowly add the time of training and increase the running distance. Also slowly start with backward running and side steps. When all these elements will be done without any pain and leg's muscles become fit, than he can starts with short 356

sprints 40-50% from maximum and after weeks come to 80-90% and start playing with another players. Very important to hear your own body, do a lot of stretching and cool down to avoid injuries.

357

SPORTS REHABILITATION AS A MULTI-DISCIPLINARY APPROACH TO TREAT INJURES Khodyreva I.N. senior professor RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE), MOSCOW, RUSSIA Sports rehabilitation is a multi-disciplinary approach to treat injuries sustained through sports participation so the athlete can regain normal pain-free mobility. The team may consist of highly trained professionals which can include physical therapists, athletic trainers, chiropractors and massage therapists. The primary goal is to return to pre-injury activities, whether the athlete is a professional, amateur or casual player. The most common injuries treated by the sports rehabilitation team is sprains and strains. A sprain is an injury to the ligaments caused by overstretching or tearing. A strain, on the other hand, is an injury or tear to the muscle itself. Other conditions that can be treated through a sports rehabilitation program are fractures, arthritis issues, joint replacements and generalized pain issues. Rehabilitation typically begins with a pain management treatment program, usually given by a licensed physical therapist. Some modalities utilized for pain relief include ice or heat application, ultrasound and electrical stimulation. Ultrasound is an effective tool to increase circulation to the affected or injured area which assists in speeding up the healing process. It can also reduce the edema or swelling causing pain. Electrical stimulation, commonly known as TENS, or transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, utilizes electric waves that penetrate into the muscle and aid in the relief of pain. A big component of sports rehabilitation involves a stretching and exercise routine. Stretching assists the muscles shortened by injury or pain to 358

regain its normal length to optimize pain-free motion. Exercise routines encompass things like strength, endurance, flexibility and balance to improve performance. The final progression of the exercise routine is the utilization of functional exercises to help return the athlete to his former performance level. Functional exercises are often sport-specific athletic trainers often can supply immediate intervention of an injury. They can also be an integral part of the healing process and the prevention of further injury. A massage therapist can supply the manual techniques to assist in the recovery of movement as well as the pain relief required for optimal participation in the sport. Today many rehabilitation programs utilize chiropractors. A chiropractor is a healthcare professional trained in the manipulation of the spine and manual soft tissue techniques to aid in the recovery of pre-injury performance. Many chiropractors are also trained in exercise and stretching techniques. Sports rehabilitation begins with the treatment of the acute injury. It then follows the athlete through every step of recovery. From pain relief to optimizing muscle length to returning to pre-injury performance to injury prevention, rehabilitation is comprehensive rehab program that focuses on every facet of pain-free, effective, sports-specific motion. References : http://www.myshared.ru/slide/767780/ http://your-figure.com/sport-dlya-invalidov-parafitnes/ http://www.fitolimp.ru/publications/articles/?ELEMENT..

359

MYTHS AND FACTS ABOUT PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES Belyakova E.A. teacher RUSSIAN STATE UNIVERSITY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, SPORT, YOUTH AND TOURISM (SCOLIPE), MOSCOW, RUSSIA Everybody is fighting some kind of stereotype, and people with disabilities are no exception. The difference is that barriers people disabilities face begin with people’s attitudes- attitudes often rooted in misinformation and misunderstanding about what it’s like to live with a disability. Myth 1: People with disabilities re brave and courageous. Fact: Adjusting to a disability requires adapting to a lifestyle, not bravery and courage. Myth 2: All people who use wheelchairs are chronically ill or sickly. Fact: The association between wheelchair use and illness may have evolved through hospitals using wheelchairs to transport sick people. A person may use a wheelchair for a variety of reasons, none of which may have anything to do with lingering illness. Myth 3: Wheelchair use is confining; people who use wheelchairs are «wheelchair- bound». Fact: A wheelchair, like a bicycle or an automobile, is a personal assistive device that enables someone to get around. Myth 4: All persons with disabilities can read lips.

360

Facts: Lip- reading skills vary among people who use them and are never entirely reliable. Myth 5: People who are blind acquire a «sixth sense».Fact: Although most people who are blind develop their remaining senses more fully, they do have a « sixth sense». Myth 6: People with disabilities are more comfortable with « their own kind». Fact: In the past, grouping people with disabilities in separate schools and institutions reinforced this misconception. Today, many people with disabilities take advantage of new opportunities take advantage of new opportunities to join mainstream society. Myth 7: Non-disabled people are obligated to «take care of» people with disabilities. Fact: Anyone may offer assistance, but most people with disabilities prefer to be responsible for themselves. Myth 8: Curious children should never ask people about their disabilities. Fact: Many children have a natural, uninhibited curiosity and ask questions that some adults consider embarrassing. But scolding curious children may make them think having a disability is «wrong» or « bad». Most people with disabilities won's mind answering child’s question. Myth 9: The lives of people with disabilities are totally different than the lives of people without disabilities. Fact: People with disabilities go to school, get married, work, have family, do laundry, grocery shop, laugh, cry, pay taxes, get angry, have prejudices, vote, plan and dream like everyone else. 361

Myth 10: It is all right for people without disabilities to park in accessible parking spaces, if only for a few minutes. Fact: Because accessible parking spaces are designed and situated to meet the needs of people who have disabilities, these should only be used by people who need them. Myth 11: People with disabilities always need help. Fact: Many people with disabilities are independent and capable of giving help. If you would like to help someone with a disability, ask if he or she needs it before you act. Myth 12: There is nothing one person can do to help eliminate the barriers confronting people with disabilities. Fact: Everyone can contribute to change. You can help remove barriers by: 

Understanding the need for accessible parking and leaving it for those

who need it; 

Encouraging participation of people with disabilities in community

activities by using accessible meeting and event sites; 

Understanding children’s curiosity about disabilities and people who

have them; 

Advocating a barrier-free environment;



Writing producers and editors a note of support when they portray

someone with disability as a «regular person» in the media accepting people with disabilities as individuals capable of the same needs feelings as yourself, and hiring qualified disabled persons whenever possible. References : http://your-figure.com/sport-dlya-invalidov-parafitnes/ http://www.fitolimp.ru/publications/articles/?ELEMENT.. 362

THE ROLE OF THE INTERNRT TECCNOLOGIES IN DISTANCE FOREIGH LANGUAGE TEACHING IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF CULTURAL AND SIENTIFIC RELATIONS.

Platonova A.O. Senior teacher, Russian State University of Physical Education, Sport, Youth and Tourism, Moscow, Russia Developments in such fields as linguistics, psychology, anthropology and sociology have been the source of many methods and approaches which searched the most effective methods for students to study a new language. There are many methods and technologies of teaching languages. Some have fallen into relative obscurity and others are widely used; still others have a small following, but offer useful insights. Those looking at the history of foreign-language education in the 20th century might be tempted to think that it is a history of failure. Older methods and approaches such as the grammar translation method or the direct method are dismissed and even ridiculed as newer methods and approaches are invented and promoted as the only and complete solution to the problem of the high failure rates of foreign language students. Most books on language teaching list the various methods that have been used in the past, often ending with the author's new method. But the authors generally give no credence to what was done before and do not explain how it relates to the new method. According to many researchers and practitioners, innovations, as any meaningful introduction of new elements for qualitative changes of educational situation, help to successfully prepare future specialists for cross cultural professional communication. Dramatic development of such technologies as web363

site educational portals, telecommunications and use of the Internet resources allows us to speak that they are the future of our education. Internet technologies provide wide possibilities for international and cross cultural communication. They are: e-mail, communication in blogs, Internet — conferences, and tele-bridges. There is a great interest in the electronic or interactive whiteboard (IWB). The components of an IWB are comprised of a three-way system between data projector, computer and an electronic screen. The IWB allows the individual to interact with software at the front of a class rather than from the computer. The potential for the IWB is based on its enormous capabilities because of the vast amount of features available. The IWB is well adapted to whole-class teaching, especially in the ability to foster demonstrations and presenting information in variety of ways making the lesson more appealing for the students. The IWB makes it much easier to incorporate a wide use of multimedia resources at lessons such as text, pictures, video, sound, diagram and on-line websites. The use of the informational technologies in teaching foreign languages helps to optimize and modernize the process of learning; use the possibilities of the information technologies unavailable during traditional learning process; use the possibilities of multimedia techniques; organize different forms of student’s activities on personal extraction and presentation their knowledge; realize principles of multilevel variations; personal orientation of the teaching process; develop the abilities of information analysis and research; stimulate student’s motivation in their learning; enhance their social and professional abilities; widen horizons of their knowledge; contribute the formation of their communicative abilities. Creativity and reproduction are face to face on the line of communication perspective. “Reproduction embodies the traditional paradigm of education, privileging transmission and a conformist, passive reproduction of stereotyped forms”.

364

The teacher should be responsible for the selection, organization and exploration of the materials and technologies which are brought to class. They must be creative, provocative, meaningful, allow for the active, critical exploration of both students and the teacher. References: 1.

Howatt, A.P. R. A History of English Language Teaching. Volume

Glottodidactica, Issue 16.- 1986.- p.132–137. 2.

Richards, Jack C.; Theodore S. Rodgers. Approaches and Methods in

Language Teaching. Cambridge UK: — 2001. Cambridge University Press.ISBN 0–521–00843–3. 3.

Language

Education.

Mode

of

access:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Language_education 4. M. A. Clarke, Creativity In Modern Foreign Languages Teaching And Learning /International and European Studies Division, School of Languages and Area Studies, University of Portsmouth, Park Building, King Henry I Street, Portsmouth. PO1 2DZ. Tel. (023) 92846134 6.

Mode of access:

http://www.heacademy.ac.uk/creativity.htm 5.

Ivanchenko T.J. Creative Technologies in Foreign Language Teaching .

Mode of access:https://moluch.ru/archive/63/9710/

365

SOCIAL ASPECT OF CONCEPT “HEALTHY LIFE-STYLE” IN PUBLIC CONSCIOUSNESS Pokrovskaya T.Yu. Candidate of social sciences, Associated Professor Bayanov B.I. 3rd-year-student Kazan National Research Technical University named after A.N.Tupolev, Kazan, Russian Federation

Abstract. The results of a concept study of a healthy lifestyle are presented in this article. A poll of respondents in the age between 19 and 27 years is carried out. The components providing healthy lifestyle are analyzed. Keywords: healthy lifestyle, motion activity, physical training

Introduction. Recently, a healthy lifestyle is more or less a lifestyle of people, independently on the (their) age, sex and ethnic origin. Some of people in spite of leaving in uncomfortable climate conditions, or being elderly persons, find the possibilities for useful meals, motion activity, harmonious emotional relations. However, other people being young, or leaving in perfect conditions (for example, on the south seaside), ignore the possibilities for a healthy lifestyle promotion, and rapidly lose it (health). According to these conditions, a well organized healthy lifestyle favours in realizing their plans, coping with difficulties and with a large amount of overwork. A health, kept in a good state, allows us to work with a full power and to have a long life. However, in our country there are above 30 million of people, who have 366

an acute respiratory disease every year. The reason of this is an 80 % of citizens’ low immunity. But the best method to increase immunity is a healthy lifestyle. The scientific publications analysis shows us that the basic elements of the healthy lifestyle is keeping a day regyme, a regular combination of a work and relaxtime and, what is the most important, regular sports activities [2]. As a basic definition, the following thesis is taken: “healthy lifestyle is an individual system of a human behaviour, that provides physical, mental and social prosperity, in the real environment (natural, anthropogenic, and social), as well as an active and long life [1]. Within this definition, following components should be taken into account: Firstly, it is a correctly organized relaxtime. Two different kinds of relax are considered here – active and passive relax. The first one refers to doing sports, walking, dancing, etc. The second one is connected with visiting theaters, cinemas, museums, restaurants, etc. A correct combination of these relax types allows us to reach a maximum effective human relax. Secondly, it is a correctly organized working place. This condition includes sufficient working space, ergonomic instruments, healthy microclimate and sufficient lighting. Thirdly, it is a correctly combined work and relaxtime. Finding optimal modes of working and relaxing is based on following principles: - providing of production demands; - providing of a maximum working capability; - a combination of public and individual interests. These components of a healthy lifestyle were in a focus of our study.

367

Task of study. The task of our study is to investigate how a theoretical concept “healthy lifestyle” becomes a conscious lifestyle in a human mind. Method of study. The study was carried out on the basis of pulling young people in the age of between 19 and 27 years old, whom we asked a question: “How do you understand a phrase “healthy lifestyle?” In this experiment 126 persons took a part. The answers were classified on the basis of 5-point-scale. The highest point was given, if the answer was the nearest to the definition of a healthy lifestyle proposed in the area of medicine and hygiene and which is given above. Results of study. The answers of the most respondents (80%), who were asked by us, included the definitions of physical and mental prosperity into the meaning of a healthy lifestyle. Only 20% of respondents pointed out the social prosperity as a key-component of a healthy lifestyle. Most of people do not consider neither a long life time as a content of a healthy lifestyle – only 5% have chosen this component. Commonly, the full interpretation of the definition was given only by 5% of respondents. This means that a healthy lifestyle is not a fully conceivable and reflexive value. At the same time, it is well known that a healthy lifestyle creates the most comfortable conditions for physiological and psychological processes and increases human life. Conclusions. Thus, the healthy lifestyle is a special value for human life. Its content includes a day regime, a combination of a work and relaxtime, physical activity, healthy meals and regular sports activities. Our study demonstrates that the mind of young people in the age of between 19 and 27 years about a healthy lifestyle is essentially different from the definition, given by the medicine. Therefore, the promotion of this lifestyle is an important social task. References

368

1. Solovyev G.M. Fundamentals of healthy lifestyle and technique of healthimproving physical training: tutorial. Part 1 and 2 / Stavropol: Stavropol state university publishing, 1998. 233 p. (In Russian) 2. Stolyarov V.I., Bykhovskaya I.M, Lubysheva L.I. Concept of physical training

and

sport

upbringing

(innovative

approach)

/

V.I.Stolyarov,

I.M.Bykhovskaya, L.I.Lubysheva // Theory and practice of physical culture. 1998. No.5, p.11-15 (In Russian)

369